2006 35924 Information and Communications for Development Global Trends and Policies 2006 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Information and Communications for Development Global Trends and Policies THE WORLD BANK Washington, D.C. ©2006 The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development / The World Bank 1818 H Street, NW Washington, DC 20433 Telephone: 202-473-1000 Internet: www.worldbank.org E-mail: feedback@worldbank.org All rights reserved 1 2 3 4 09 08 07 06 This volume is a product of the staff of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development / The World Bank. The findings, interpretations, and conclusions expressed herein do not necessarily reflect the views of the Board of Executive Directors of The World Bank or the governments they represent. The World Bank does not guarantee the accuracy of the data included in this work. The boundaries, colors, denominations, and other information shown on any map in this work do not imply any judgement on the part of The World Bank concerning the legal status of any territory or the endorsement or acceptance of such boundaries. Rights and Permissions The material in this publication is copyrighted. Copying and/or transmitting portions or all of this work without permission may be a violation of applicable law. The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development / The World Bank encourages dissemination of its work and will normally grant permission to reproduce portions of the work promptly. For permission to photocopy or reprint any part of this work, please send a request with complete information to the Copyright Clearance Center Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, USA; telephone: 978-750-8400; fax: 978-750-4470; Internet: www.copyright.com. All other queries on rights and licenses, including subsidiary rights, should be addressed to the Office of the Publisher, The World Bank, 1818 H Street, NW, Washington, DC 20433, USA; fax: 202-522-2422; e-mail: pubrights@worldbank.org. Cover photo credits (clockwise from top left): Bill Lyons; Eric Miller; Bruno Lanvin; Alan Gignoux. ISBN-10: 0-8213-6346-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-8213-6346-1 eISBN: 0-8213-6347-6 DOI: 10.1596/978-0-8213-6346-1 Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data has been applied for. Table of Contents Foreword xi Preface xiii Acknowledgments xv Abbreviations and Acronyms xvii PART I Chapter 1 Overview 3 Pierre Guislain, Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang, Bruno Lanvin, Michael Minges, and Eric Swanson Chapter 2 Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 15 Pierre Guislain and Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang Chapter 3 Extending Communication and Information Services: Principles and Practical Solutions 41 Björn Wellenius Chapter 4 The Role of ICT in Doing Business 57 Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang, George R. Clarke, and Naomi Halewood Chapter 5 Trends in National E-Strategies: A Review of 40 Countries 87 Aref Adamali, John Oliver Coffey, and Zaid Safdar Chapter 6 Tracking ICTs: World Summit on the Information Society Targets 125 Michael Minges v PART II User's Guide to ICT At-a-Glance Country Tables 149 At-a-Glance Country Tables 151 Key ICT Indicators for Other Economies 295 Definitions and Data Sources 297 Contributors 301 ANNEXES Annex 2A: Data Sources of FDI in Telecommunications 36 Annex 2B: The 30 Largest Telecommunications Multinational Corporations in the World, 2002 37 Annex 4A: Measures of Firm Performance 72 Annex 4B: ICT-Related Investment Climate Survey Data by Country 76 Annex 4C: Regression Results 79 Annex 5A: Resources and Links for ICT Policies and E-Strategies 105 Annex 5B: Countries Covered in E-Strategy Review 105 Annex 5C: E-Strategy Analysis I Scorecards 107 Annex 5D: E-Strategy Analysis II Scorecards 108 Annex 6A: A Benchmarking Example of the WSIS Targets--Estonia 141 BOXES 1.1 Information and Communication Technology--Essential to Productivity Growth and Private Sector Development 4 1.2 Regulatory Measures That Help Markets Work Better 9 2.1 PPI Investment Data Definitions and Limitations 17 2.2 Mobile FDI in Nigeria 22 2.3 Expansion of Mexican Operators in Latin America 27 2.4 Celtel 28 2.5 Foreign Ownership Restrictions 31 2.6 Ending the Exclusivity of Cable and Wireless in the Caribbean 33 2.7 Selected FDI Disputes in Telecommunications 34 3.1 Regulatory Measures Help the Market Work Better 45 4.1 Impact of Telecommunications Infrastructure on ICT Use 63 4.2 Perception of ICT Affordability 67 4.3 Internet: No More than a Bulletin Board? 68 4.4 A Fruit and Vegetable Trader's Experience in the E-Marketplace 69 4.5 Pro-competitive Regulatory Framework to Ease Telecommunications Bottlenecks 71 5.1 Jordan's E-Strategy and Its Challenges 93 5.2 Embedding M&E into Implementation Structures in Rwanda 96 5.3 E-Education in Poland 99 6.1 WSIS Targets 126 6.2 Differences between Access, Subscription, and Use 138 vi Contents FIGURES 1.1 Telephone and Internet Access by Region, 2000 and 2004 6 1.2 Telecommunications FDI in Developing Countries, 1990­2003 8 1.3 Household Access to Telephones in Europe and Central Asia, by Country and Year 10 1.4 The Most Significant Costs That Obstruct E-Business 11 1.5 Thematic Areas of Focus for E-Strategies, by Number of Countries 12 1.6 Strengths and Weaknesses of E-Strategies 12 1.7 Internet Access in Thai Schools and Computers in Chilean Schools 13 2.1 Total and Telecommunications FDI, 1990­2003 16 2.2 Telecommunications FDI in Developing Countries, 1990­2003 18 2.3 Private Telecommunications Projects by Source of Funding, 1990­2003 18 2.4 Telecommunications FDI by Region, 1990­2003 18 2.5 Telecommunications FDI by Income, 1990­2003 19 2.6 Telecommunications FDI by Type of Project, 1990­2003 20 2.7 Telecommunications FDI in Developing Countries by Region and Type of Project, 1990­2003 21 2.8 Telecommunications FDI by Segment, 1990­2003 22 2.9 Average Annual FDI in Telecommunications, 1990­2003 23 2.10 Fixed, Mobile, and Internet Subscribers in All Countries, 1990­2003 24 2.11 Telecommunications FDI, North-South versus South-South, 1990­2003 26 2.12 Telecommunications Sector Liberalization in Developing Countries, 1998 Compared with 2004 30 4.1 E-Mail, Web Site, and Computer Use by Sector 59 4.2 Web Site and E-Mail Use by Subsector 59 4.3 E-Mail and Web Site Use by Size, Export Orientation, and Ownership 60 4.4 E-Mail and Web Site Use by Country 61 4.5 Monthly Broadband Charges by Income Group and Region, 2003 63 4.6 Quality of Telephone Service by Region 64 4.7 Bribe Value as a Percentage of Telephone Connection Charge 64 4.8 The Most Significant Costs That Obstruct E-Business 67 4.9 Main Constraints on ICT-Skilled Workforce 69 5.1 E-Strategy Review Sample: Country Composition by Region and Income Level 88 5.2 A Typical E-Strategy Life Cycle 88 5.3 Framework for E-Strategy Analysis I 89 5.4 Framework for E-Strategy Analysis II 90 5.5 Analysis I Review, Average Scores 91 5.6 Development Linkages by Income Group, Average Scores 92 5.7 Categories for Use of Indicators by Income Group, Average Scores 92 5.8 Use of Indicators by Income Group, Average Scores 92 5.9 Categories of Implementation Mechanisms, Average Scores 94 5.10 M&E by Region, Average Scores 95 5.11 Thematic Areas of Focus for E-Strategies, by Number of Countries 95 5.12 E-Government Objectives by Percentage of Countries in Income Group 97 5.13 E-Government Interventions by Percentage of Countries in Income Group 97 Contents vii 5.14 Infrastructure Objectives by Percentage of Countries in Income Group 98 5.15 E-Education Objectives by Percentage of Countries in Income Group 100 5.16 Regulatory Objectives by Percentage of Countries in Income Group 100 5.17 Regulatory Interventions by Percentage of Countries 100 5.18 E-Business Interventions by Number of Countries 102 5D Analysis II Summary by Region, Top Four Focus Areas 108 6.1 ICT Targets in Uganda and Lebanon 127 6.2 Importance of WSIS Targets 127 6.3 Number of Public Internet Access Points, 2003 129 6.4 Post Offices and ICT, 2003 132 6.5 The State of E-Government, 2004 134 6.6 ICTs in the Secondary School Curriculum in Europe 135 6.7 Broadcast Access, 2002 136 6.8 Measuring Content 137 6.9 Mobile Population Coverage 139 TABLES 1.1 Effect of ICT Use on Enterprise Performance in Developing Countries 5 1.2 Population, GDP, and Telephone and Internet Access in Developing Countries, 1980­2005 5 1.3 Measures of Electronic Government, Education, and Commerce in Developing and Developed Countries, 2004 9 2.1 Top 10 Recipient Countries by Total Telecommunications FDI, 1990­2003 19 2.2 Top 10 Recipient Countries by Telecommunications FDI per Capita, 1990­2003 20 2.3 Telecommunications Multinational Corporations Ranked by Presence in Host Countries, 2002 25 2.4 Top 10 Telecommunications Foreign Direct Investors, 1990­2003 25 2.5 Intraregional South-South Telecommunications FDI, 1990­2003 27 2.6 Mobile Operators in Sub-Saharan Africa, 2004 28 2A Data Sources of FDI in Telecommunications 36 2B The 30 Largest Telecommunications Multinational Corporations in the World, 2002 37 3.1 World Population, GDP, and Telephones 42 4.1 Countries in the ICS Sample 58 4.2 Enterprise Performance Measures 61 4.3 Effect of ICT Use on Enterprise Performance in Developing Countries 62 4.4 Effect on IT Use of Moving from Poor to Good Telecommunications Service 65 4.5 Barriers to ICT Adoption in Selected Countries 66 4A.1 Productivity Measures 73 4A.2 Countries with Enough Data to Compute Productivity Measures 73 4B.1 Telecommunications Results 76 4B.2 ICT Results 78 4C.1 Effect of Computer Use on Different Measures of Enterprise Performance 80 4C.2 Effect of E-Mail Use on Different Measures of Enterprise Performance 81 4C.3 Effect of Web Use on Different Measures of Enterprise Performance 81 viii Contents 4C.4 Effect of Telecommunications Service on IT Use 82 5.1 Economy Distribution by ICT Industry Segment 101 5A Resources and Links for ICT Policies and E-Strategies 105 5B Countries Covered in E-Strategy Review 105 5C.1 E-Strategy Analysis I Summary by Region 107 5C.2 E-Strategy Analysis I Summary by Income Level 107 5D.1 E-Strategy Focus Area: E-Government 110 5D.2 E-Strategy Focus Area: Infrastructure 111 5D.3 E-Strategy Focus Area: E-Education/E-Literacy 112 5D.4 E-Strategy Focus Area: Legal/Regulation 114 5D.5 E-Strategy Focus Area: ICT Industry 116 5D.6 E-Strategy Focus Area: IT Human Resources Development 118 5D.7 E-Strategy Focus Area: E-Business 120 5D.8 E-Strategy Focus Area: E-Health 122 6.1 Village Connectivity: Top 10 Developing Countries by Rural Population 128 6.2 Selected Research and Education Networks, 2005 131 6.3 National Archives Online in Southeast Asia 133 6.4 The 20 Most Desirable Online Public Services 134 6.5 Indicators for Monitoring the WSIS Targets 139 6A.1 Benchmarking Estonia 142 Contents ix Foreword Information and communication technology (ICT) has a measurement of the actual effects of ICT in development critical role to play in development efforts around the remains an important challenge going forward, especially in world. There was a time when the benefits of applying ICT light of the rapid pace of change in the sector and the dearth in fighting poverty and promoting economic growth were of concrete, long-term data across countries. not widely understood. Many in the development commu- In this context, Information and Communications for nity questioned how high-tech (and often expensive) Development 2006: Global Trends and Policies offers a realis- communication technology could be used to alleviate such tic assessment of experiences, trends, and outlook on the dire challenges as starvation, homelessness, and lack of ICT sector, with a focus on actual results and justified basic education and health services. Lately, however, this expectations. It attempts to track and analyze global ICT view has given way to an understanding of ICT as an essen- development trends and to provide empirical evidence of tial component of broader efforts to harness the free flow of the benefits that ICT is providing in terms of economic information to increase voice, accountability, and economic growth and poverty reduction. Indicators for the MDG development. targets, among others, have been incorporated into the ICT In recent years, developing countries and the international At-a-Glance tables compiled for this report. development community have started taking concrete It is our hope that this report will contribute to the actions to incorporate ICT into their economic policies and creation of a basis for more systematic monitoring and eval- development agendas. Many countries are preparing and uation of the progress and impact of ICT, as well as provide implementing national e-strategies that emphasize the ubiq- useful insights on ICT for development in general. uity of connectivity as well as new applications in areas such as e-government and e-business. The Millennium Develop- ment Goals (MDGs), drawn from the United Nations Millennium Declaration and adopted in September 2000, Katherine Sierra have several specific targets involving ICT as a tool for reduc- Vice President, Infrastructure ing poverty. Nevertheless, improving the identification and The World Bank xi Preface The international community is increasingly committed to "At-a-Glance" tables, found in Part II of this volume, provide the monitoring and evaluation (M&E) of development an overview of ICT sector growth as it relates to the general programs. The World Bank Group has sharpened its focus economic status of particular countries. on results in its own strategies, operations, diagnostic work, The purpose of Information and Communications for and instruments. It has put a premium on better measure- Development 2006: Global Trends and Policies is to consoli- ment of outputs and outcomes in order to assess progress date all these M&E efforts and share the findings with toward well-defined goals, increase accountability, and the development community. In addition to ICT At-a- better understand the Bank's contribution to sector Glance tables for 144 economies, this report includes performance--ultimately supporting policy advice and analytical work that applies these data to a range of topics: decision making. investment trends, principles and practical solutions to The Global Information and Communication Technolo- extending ICT services, the role of ICT in doing business, gies Department (GICT) is the World Bank Group depart- trends in national e-strategies, and approaches to tracking ment that focuses on the ICT sector. In response to the call ICT globally. for increased M&E efforts for ICT by the development Further efforts are needed to coordinate and make M&E community, most notably during the World Summits on the analysis fully operational in the arena of ICT for develop- Information Society held in Geneva in 2003 and Tunis in ment. The World Bank Group stands ready to work with 2005, GICT is undertaking several initiatives to advance countries and the international community to determine methods of monitoring results in ICT for development how best to use ICT for poverty reduction and economic projects. growth in the developing world. It is hoped that this report GICT's results measurement agenda aims to strengthen will play a positive role in these efforts. the availability of ICT sector indicators at country, micro, and project levels. Consolidating data from many different Mohsen Khalil sources, GICT has defined a core set of information-and- Director, Global Information and Communication communication-related indicators to create tables that Technologies Department present a snapshot of country-specific ICT issues. These The World Bank Group xiii Acknowledgments This report was prepared by the Global Information and Inputs, comments, guidance, and support at various Communication Technologies Department (GICT) and the stages of the report's preparation were received from Development Economics Data Group (DECDG) of the Magdi Amin, Seth Ayers, Shaida Badiee, Antonio Estache, World Bank Group. Richard Fix, Juan Manuel Galarza Tohen, Rachele Preparation of this report was led by an Editorial Gianfranchi, Carlos Gomez, Clive Harris, Timothy Irwin, Committee consisting of Pierre Guislain (Chair), Christine Ada Karina Izaguirre, Charles Kenny, Anat Lewin, Michel Zhen-Wei Qiang (Team Leader), Bruno Lanvin, Michael Maechler, Kayoko Shibata Medlin, Marisela Montoliu Minges, and Eric Swanson. The principal authors include Munoz, Juan Navas-Sabater, Isabel Neto, Cecile Thioro Aref Adamali, David A. Cieslikowski, George Clarke, John Niang, Vincent Palmade, Marta Priftis, Anwar Ravat, Robert Coffey, Pierre Guislain, Naomi Halewood, Kaoru Kimura, Stephens, David Townsend, Hien Thu Tu, Lee Tuthill, and Michael Minges, William Prince, Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang, Subramaniyam Venkatraman. Zaid Safdar, and Björn Wellenius. Debra Naylor, Hope Steele, Paul Holtz, and Mark Wahl The ICT At-a-Glance tables were prepared by David provided overall design direction, editing, and layout. A. Cieslikowski, Naomi Halewood, Kaoru Kimura, Michael Special thanks are due to Nancy A. Lammers, Stephen Minges, William Prince, and Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang. McGroarty, Santiago Pombo-Bejarano, and Janet H. Sasser The systems development team included Reza Farivari, from the World Bank Office of the Publisher for supervision Saurabh Gupta, Shahin Outadi, and William Prince of DECDG. of the production and dissemination of the report. xv Abbreviations and Acronyms $ All dollar amounts are U.S. dollars unless EDI electronic data interchange otherwise indicated. FDI foreign direct investment 2G second-generation (mobile communication GATS General Agreement on Trade in Services technology) (WTO) 3G third-generation (mobile communication G2B government-to-business technology) G2C government-to-citizens AAG at-a-glance G2G government-to-government APDIP Asia-Pacific Development Information GICT Global Information and Communication Programme Technologies Department (World Bank ATM automated teller machine Group) B2B business-to-business GSM Global System for Mobile Communications BOPSY Balance of Payments Statistics Yearbook HHI Herfindahl-Hirschman Index BOT build-operate-transfer ICC International Chamber of Commerce BRIC Brazil, Russia, India, and China ICDL International Center for Distance Learning CAFTA Central American Free Trade Agreement ICS Investment Climate Surveys CERT computer emergency response team ICSID International Center for Settlement of CRM customer resource management Investment Disputes CIO chief information officer ICT information and communication technology DAC Development Assistance Committee (OECD) IFC International Finance Corporation DECDG Development Economics Data Group IMF International Monetary Fund (World Bank) IP Internet protocol DOI Digital Opportunity Initiative IPR intellectual property rights DOT Force Digital Opportunity Task Force ISP Internet service provider DSL digital subscriber line ITU International Telecommunication Union ECOSOC Economic and Social Council (UN) M&A mergers and acquisitions ECTEL Eastern Caribbean Telecommunications MDGs Millennium Development Goals Authority M&E monitoring and evaluation xvii MPDF Mekong Project Development Facility UNCTAD United Nations Conference on Trade and NPV net present value Development OECD Organisation for Economic UNDESA United Nations Department of Economic Co-operation and Development and Social Affairs OECS Organization of Eastern Caribbean States UNECA United Nations Economic Commission for PIACs public Internet access centers Africa PIAP public Internet access point UNPAN United Nations Online Network in Public PKI public key infrastructure Administration and Finance PPI Private Participation in Infrastructure UPU Universal Postal Union PTO public telecommunications operator VoIP voice-over Internet protocol SME small and medium enterprise WB World Bank TERENA Trans-European Research and Education WDI World Development Indicators Networking Association WHO World Health Organization TFP total factor productivity WiFi wireless fidelity TNI Transnationality Index WiMAX worldwide interoperability microwave access UMTS universal mobile telecommunications WITSA World Information Technology and Services system Alliance UN United Nations WLL Wireless Local Loop UNCITRAL United Nations Commission on WSIS World Summit on the Information Society International Trade Law WTO World Trade Organization xviii Abbreviations and Acronyms Part I Chapter 1 Overview Pierre Guislain, Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang, Bruno Lanvin, Michael Minges, and Eric Swanson n the past few decades, information and communica- I access (chapter 3), diffusion and use (chapter 4), country tion technology (ICT) has transformed the world. Its policies and strategies (chapter 5), and targets, monitor- potential for reducing poverty and fostering growth in ing, and evaluation (chapter 6). Each chapter provides a developing countries has increased rapidly. Mobile tele- theoretical and qualitative framework supported by phones provide market links for farmers and entrepreneurs. quantitative evidence. Where limited data impede The Internet delivers vital knowledge to schools and hospi- comprehensive economic analysis, a case study approach tals. Computers improve public and private services, and is used. increase productivity and participation. By connecting Part II presents the new World Bank ICT At-a-Glance people and places, ICT has played a vital role in national, tables for 144 economies, which show the most recent regional, and global development, and holds enormous national data on key indicators of ICT development, promise for the future. including access, quality, affordability, efficiency, sustain- It has been over 20 years since the first telephone ability, and applications. The data enable assessments and company was privatized, 10 since the World Wide Web comparisons both over time and across economies, so they emerged, and 5 since the telecommunications bubble burst. help gauge ICT capacity, performance, and progress, as well How has ICT driven--and evolved in response to--these as suggest areas for future interventions. The tables also and other events? What has been learned about ICT trends include detailed snapshots of the economic context and ICT and the policies that shape an information society? And how sector structure in each economy. can further advances be fostered and facilitated? Experience over the past decade has shown that a vibrant Information and Communications for Development 2006: and competitive information and communication sector is Global Trends and Policies, prepared jointly by the World a prerequisite for developing information societies. Lessons Bank Group's Global ICT Department and Development can be drawn that may be particularly valuable for coun- Economics Data Group, analyzes ICT in light of lessons from tries launching new policies and programs to increase ICT's both developing and developed countries. It examines the contribution to economic and social development and roles of the public and private sectors, identifying the chal- extend its reach to a greater part of the population. lenges involved in adopting and expanding ICT use as well as Additional and complementary efforts are also needed to the benefits (direct and indirect) of doing so. ensure the success of such programs, particularly increased Part I of the report assesses topics essential to develop- monitoring and evaluation, based on appropriate goals, ing ICT. It contains chapters on investment (chapter 2), targets, and indicators. 3 When tailored to needs, ICT has the potential to raise demand growth, made ICT critical to competitiveness and growth in businesses of any size and countries at any stage growth. of development. Related, but even more important, is ICT's In recent years the world's policy makers have recognized role in reducing poverty and inequality, both within and that ICT provides key inputs for economic development, across countries. Thus it is crucial that ICT move closer to contributes to global integration, and enhances public the mainstream of development economics and policies-- sector effectiveness, efficiency, and transparency. There is nationally, regionally, and globally. Given ICT's far-reaching also growing consensus that countries seeking to strengthen payoffs--and the many efforts required to achieve them-- their investment climates (for foreign as well as domestic this report is aimed not only at ICT experts but also at the investors) should make it a priority to improve ICT access broader development community. and quality. Moreover, country conditions that bolster ICT investment--including sound economic policies, strong property rights, liberalized markets, limited restrictions Recent Progress and Lessons on entry and ownership, and predictable regulation-- ICT plays a vital role in advancing economic growth and contribute to a healthy overall business environment and so reducing poverty. Research in the 1960s and 1970s to growth throughout the economy. showed how telecommunications strengthens economic Firms that use ICT grow faster, invest more, and are production and distribution, public service delivery, and more productive and profitable than those that do not (box government administration. In the 1980s information 1.1). For example, sales growth is 3.4 percentage points became recognized as a crucial factor of production, along higher and value added per employee $3,400 more among with capital and labor. And in the 1990s globalization developing country firms that use e-mail to communicate and the increasing information intensity of economic with clients and suppliers (table 1.1). Profits are substan- activity, coupled with rapid technological change and tially higher among firms using ICT. Box 1.1 Information and Communication Technology--Essential to Productivity Growth and Private Sector Development A vibrant private sector--one where firms invest, create jobs, and increase their competitive- ness--promotes growth and expands opportunities for poor people in developing countries. ICT is an essential part of national infrastructure and private sector potential. It can create busi- ness opportunities, especially for companies located far from urban centers, and improve links among firms, suppliers, and clients. When used well, ICT can also make management and operations more efficient. The Internet can be especially valuable for firms in developing countries because it provides opportunities to connect to markets and participate in trade, domestic and foreign. A recent survey of 56 developed and developing countries found a significant link between Internet access and trade growth--with the greatest benefits accruing to developing countries with the weakest trade links. As with other factors of production, such as capital and labor, ICT use differs based on busi- nesses' size, ownership, and export orientation. In developing countries Web site and computer (though not necessarily e-mail) use are more common among service firms than firms engaged in manufacturing, agroindustry, and construction. Web site and e-mail use are especially high in the telecommunications, information technology, real estate, and hotel and restaurant industries, and among exporters and foreign-owned firms. Among regions, firms in Central and Eastern Europe use such technology the most, reflect- ing its correlation with national income. But Web sites and e-mail are also widely used in some low-income countries--Bangladesh, Kenya, Moldova, and Tanzania--suggesting that ICT is not a luxury. 4 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 1.1 Effect of ICT Use on Enterprise Performance in Developing Countries Enterprises that Enterprises Indicator do not use ICT that use ICT Difference Sales growth (percent) 0.4 3.8 3.4 Employment growth (percent) 4.5 5.6 1.2 Profitability (percent) 4.2 9.3 5.1 Investment rate (percent)a n.a. n.a. 2.5 Re-investment rate (percent)a n.a. n.a. 6.0 Labor productivity (value added per worker, dollars) 5,288 8,712 3,423 Total factor productivity (percent) 78.2 79.2 1.0 Note: n.a. Not applicable. a. Because the investment and re-investment rates are limited dependent variables (that is, they are truncated below at zero), their marginal changes are not equal to their coefficients. For that reason their average rates are not calculated. The unconditional mean for investment is 6 percent and for re-investment, 44 percent. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. ICT is also crucial to sustainable poverty reduction, the world's telephone lines (fixed and mobile) in 2005, up because it makes a country's economy more efficient and from less than 20 percent in 1980 (table 1.2). During this globally competitive, improves health and education period, population increased by half and real GDP more than services, and creates new sources of income and employ- doubled in these countries--while the number of telephone ment for poor people. In addition, ICT enhances social subscribers rose 28-fold. inclusion and promotes more effective, accountable, demo- Recent growth has been especially striking. Although the cratic government, especially when combined with effective proportion of subscribers to total population in developing freedom of information and expression. countries did not even double between 1980 and 1990, over the next decade it nearly quintupled, from 27 to 129 per Over the past 25 years, developing countries have consider- 1,000 people. And between 2000 and the end of 2005, it is ably increased ICT access, especially for telephone services. estimated to have tripled, reaching almost 400 subscribers Developing countries accounted for more than 60 percent of per 1,000 people. Table 1.2 Population, GDP, and Telephone and Internet Access in Developing Countries, 1980­2005 Indicator 1980 1990 2000 2005a Population (billions) 3.6 4.4 5.1 5.4 81 83 84 84 GDP (US$ trillions)b 3.1 4.2 5.9 7.5 18 18 19 21 Total telephones (per 1,000 people) 14 27 129 393 17 22 38 61 Fixed telephones (per 1,000 people) 14 27 83 135 17 23 43 57 Mobile telephones (per 1,000 people) n.a. 0.09 46 258 4 32 63 Internet users (per 1,000 people) n.a. n.a. 15 67 20 41 Note: Numbers in italics are percentages of the world total. n.a. Not applicable. a. Projected. b. In constant 2000 U.S. dollars. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from World Bank 2005 and ITU 2003. Overview 5 Most of the recent growth has involved mobile phones, the fastest growth, 370 percent, occurred in the Middle East which now outnumber fixed ones. In Nigeria the number of and North Africa. mobile subscribers jumped from 370,000 in 2001 to 16.8 million in September 2005, making its mobile market the Liberalization and competition--and the resulting increase second largest in Africa. In the Philippines, which has had in private investment--have driven the development of more mobile than fixed telephone subscribers since 2000, telecommunications infrastructure and ICT in general. mobile subscribers continue to multiply. By the end of 2005, Capital is crucial to the development and expansion of robust the country had about 40 million mobile subscribers--six telecommunications networks. Because developing countries times more than in 2000. often lack the capital--as well as the technology and manage- Mobile phones have an especially dramatic impact in rial know-how--needed to develop such networks, many developing countries--substituting for scarce fixed connec- have turned to private investors, domestic and foreign. tions, increasing mobility, reducing transaction costs, By opening their telecommunications markets through broadening trade networks, and facilitating searches for well-designed reforms, governments can create competitive employment. With prepaid services and calling cards, even markets that grow faster, lower costs, facilitate innovation, poor households have been able to benefit from increased and respond better to user needs. As a result, the traditional telephone access. monopoly model of telecommunications services--based Telephone services now reach many small cities and on extensive state control and protected national markets-- towns, and by 2005 half of the world's households had has eroded, in concert with rapid technological advances in telephones. Among developing regions the telephone the sector and fundamental changes in economic policy in subscription rate is highest in Europe and Central Asia, developing countries. where between 2000 and 2004 it more than doubled to 730 Over the past two decades telecommunications markets per 1,000 people (figure 1.1). But growth was highest in Sub- have undergone unprecedented liberalization in every Saharan Africa, with the rate tripling--albeit to a still-low region--though the pace and scale of reform have varied, 103 subscribers per 1,000 people. and markets for fixed local and international telephone Other types of ICT have also expanded rapidly in recent services remain closed or barely open in about half of years. The latest estimates indicate that worldwide, Internet developing countries. Effective competition between use more than quadrupled between 2000 and 2005. Again, multiple providers helps expand access and results in cheaper, Europe and Central Asia is in the lead among developing more modern services. regions, with 117 Internet users per 1,000 people in 2004-- In 2003, 130 of 164 countries with available data had at four times as many as in 2000 and six to eight times as many least three competing providers of mobile services. The as in South Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa. During this period Democratic Republic of Congo has six competing mobile Figure 1.1 Telephone and Internet Access by Region, 2000 and 2004 (per 1,000 people) Fixed and Mobile Subscribers Internet Users 800 140 730 2004 2004 700 117 120 2000 2000 104 600 100 507 500 450 80 76 400 315 60 300 267 47 206 40 34 200 148 29 119 21 87 103 18 100 20 15 10 31 32 5 5 0 0 East Asia Europe and Latin America and Middle East South Sub-Saharan East Asia Europe and Latin America and Middle East South Sub-Saharan and Pacific Central Asia the Caribbean and North Africa Asia Africa and Pacific Central Asia the Caribbean and North Africa Asia Africa Source: Authors' analysis based on World Bank data. 6 Information and Communications for Development 2006 telephone operators, giving it a mobile phone density 13 of FDI in telecommunications, up from 7 percent a decade times that of Ethiopia--which has a similar income per earlier. capita but just one operator. In Algeria almost no one had a During both waves, foreign investors were seeking new mobile subscription in 2000. But in 2003, after a second markets, higher returns, and diversified exposure. Many operator began providing services, nearly 5 percent of governments welcomed FDI as a way to expand networks, people did--and when a third operator entered the market develop new services, and generate revenue through license in 2004, that share leapt to more than 15 percent by the end fees. FDI also brought stronger, longer commitments than of the year and to 32 percent by September 2005. Similarly, did other types of foreign investment, as well as new skills, Grenada issued new licenses in 2002, and between 2000 and technology, and management approaches. Between 1990 2004 the number of mobile subscribers soared from 45 to and 2003, 122 of 154 developing countries received foreign 860 per 1,000 people. investment in telecommunications. In markets for international telephone services, full FDI in telecommunications jumped from $2 billion in competition leads to prices about half those in countries 1990 to $33 billion in 1998--but gradually fell to about $13 with limited competition. Among 30 African and Latin billion in 2002 and 2003. Still, the decline in FDI has been American countries that undertook telecommunications smaller for telecommunications than for other infrastruc- reforms in the 1980s and 1990s, those that introduced ture sectors. And although FDI to acquire government assets competition saw the sector grow and costs fall faster than dropped significantly after 2000, flows for sector expansion those that delayed competition. stayed at the same level as during the boom years. The Internet has also spurred a growing wave of innova- During 1990­2003, telecommunications projects ac- tion, ushering in new services and more cost-effective counted for 12 percent of FDI in developing countries. Latin network solutions--especially in countries where service America and the Caribbean attracted more than half of FDI providers are allowed to build their own networks and gate- in telecommunications, while Europe and Central Asia ways. New wireless technology is resulting in innovative received about a quarter. These large shares reflect the business models and holds the promise of connecting poor prominence of middle-income countries in telecommunica- users, extending competition to all market segments, and tions FDI: during 1990-2003 low-income countries received accelerating development of broadband infrastructure and just 6 percent of such investment. access. Such technology is affordably priced and commer- cially viable in a number of countries, in both urban and Developing countries are home to a growing number of rural areas. For example, a single broadband Internet FDI providers. Although the largest foreign direct investors connection in a village can provide access for numerous in telecommunications are multinational corporations from institutional programs (such as e-government and computers Europe and the United States, in recent years FDI originat- in schools) and private users. ing in developing countries has become a fast-growing trend. By 2003 these South-South investments accounted for Privatization and technological advances have boosted more than a quarter of telecommunications FDI in develop- foreign direct investment (FDI)--a major source of ICT ing countries, up from a negligible share in the early 1990s financing. In 1988 Chile privatized its incumbent operator, (figure 1.2). Most such investment came from countries that triggering the first wave of telecommunications-related FDI were among the early liberalizers in their regions. in developing countries, typically through divestitures of Some investors from developed countries have reduced state companies to foreign investors. Since then more than FDI due to the bursting of the telecommunications bubble 80 developing countries have privatized their incumbent in 2000, compromised balance sheets following major telecommunications providers. investments or acquisitions, disappointing returns on some A second wave of telecommunications FDI started in the projects (both at home and abroad), and pessimism about mid-1990s as governments, aiming to increase access to and emerging markets. For example, many global players revenue from communication services, awarded new invested in the developing markets of Latin America and licenses for mobile telephony and encouraged foreign invest- East Asia during the 1990s, but have since withdrawn. ment. In 2000­03 mobile projects accounted for 51 percent Global operators have also pulled out of Sub-Saharan Overview 7 Figure 1.2 Telecommunications FDI in Developing Countries, 1990­2003 Total Telecommunications FDI Telecommunications FDI by Source 40 100 35 30 25 North to South billions 20 50 Percent US$ 15 10 5 South to South 0 0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Source: Authors' analysis based on data from World Bank 2004. Africa, creating a bigger role for financial and regional The regulatory improvements needed to achieve investors. The region's three largest mobile phone opera- that goal often include opening markets to new entrants tors, accounting for nearly half of telecommunications FDI, (including small domestic entrepreneurs), rebalancing are all regional firms. retail tariffs, establishing an effective cost-based intercon- But growing South-South investment is also due to grow- nection regime, securing reasonable access to existing infra- ing wealth and capital account liberalization in some emerg- structure, and making radio spectrum available to a wider ing market economies--trends that have increased the range of service providers (box 1.2). Consistent and trans- supply of capital in these countries and enabled their parent processes--for legal, regulatory, and administrative companies to invest abroad. By 2002, 4 of the 30 largest procedures and institutions--are the main requirements. international telecommunications corporations were from Some traditional regulatory provisions may stand in the developing countries. Other factors favoring South-South way of new technologies, decentralized supply, and other investment include geographic proximity and ethnic and innovations. In addition, high taxation can discourage invest- cultural ties. ment by telecommunications operators and suppress demand Most South-South telecommunications investors stick to from users. And as the cost of manufacturing cell phones their home or neighboring regions: during 1990­2003 more continues to fall, government taxes and duties on their than 85 percent of such FDI stayed in the same region. Coun- import, sale, and use remain a binding constraint on extend- tries that avoid imposing unnecessary requirements that ing information and communication services to poor people. might exclude otherwise qualified bidders, and create a level playing field that provides fair opportunities to new entrants Future Challenges--and Options for regardless of size or origin, are more likely to attract South- Addressing Them South and regional FDI. Gaps in access to ICT remain large, as do differences in Consistent, predictable, and transparent sector policies and adoption of ICT applications. Access to ICT is highly un- regulation are essential to remove market impediments. equal across and within countries. In particular, developing Obstacles to well-functioning markets often remain even countries still have far to go to make ICT commonplace in after extensive sector reforms. In Peru all segments of the governments, schools, and businesses. Moreover, fast telecommunications market have been open since 1995, but growth in large emerging markets--especially Brazil, telephone services in provincial towns and marginal areas of China, and India--masks slower development elsewhere. big cities remain well below the levels achieved in other Although progress has been made reaching out to rural developing countries with comparably open markets. The areas and the urban poor, in many countries these groups challenge everywhere is to enable operators to tailor their still lag behind. And the advanced information and service offerings and technical choices as effectively and effi- communication services available through the Internet ciently as possible. initially reach mainly better-off groups. 8 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Box 1.2 Regulatory Measures That Help Markets Work Better Open entry. Lifting restrictions on the entry of new service providers accelerates expansion to underserved and unserved areas. Replacing individual licensing with a regime of general authorization facilitates entry, eases the regulatory burden on companies and authorities, and enhances transparency. Cost-based pricing. To minimize market distortions, retail prices must reflect differences in the costs of providing services. Geographically averaged prices discourage investment in high-cost areas. Tariff policy should be reviewed on a regular basis and prices rebalanced when necessary. Cost-based interconnection. An effective interconnection regime is essential. High-cost areas should receive larger than average shares of revenues for completing outgoing calls and larger than average payments for incoming calls. Access to infrastructure. New entrants must have reasonable access to the network infrastructure of incumbent operators. Unbundling the local loop, sharing physical infrastruc- ture, and co-locating the equipment of different operators lowers barriers to competitive entry, increases revenues of incumbents, and reduces public inconvenience. Access to the radio spectrum. Making radio spectrum available promptly and at low cost encourages the use of new wireless technology. Specific measures include increasing the allocation of spectrum for license-exempt use and mobile service. A United Nations index measuring the availability and The public and private sectors both have important sophistication of e-government applications shows that roles. In market economies the private sector is primarily developed countries score much higher than developing responsible for providing ICT services, and competitive, ones (UNPAN and UNDESA 2004). And whereas most private sector­led markets go a long way toward making developed nations have connected nearly all their primary these services widely available. The public sector's and secondary schools to the Internet, just 38 percent of main role is to provide a sound policy framework, developing countries have done so--and less than 1 percent regulate markets where they do not work well enough on of many African countries (table 1.3). Differences in the their own, and support additional service provision number of secure Internet servers, a proxy for the availabil- where markets do not achieve economic and social ity of e-commerce, are similarly stark. While developed objectives. The public sector is also an increasingly nations have more than 300 such servers per 1 million important user of ICT, particularly in the context of people, developing nations have fewer than 2. Canada has e-government, making it a major actor in fostering ICT more secure servers than all developing countries combined. uptake. Table 1.3 Measures of Electronic Government, Education, and Commerce in Developing and Developed Countries, 2004 E-education (% primary E-commerce (secure and secondary schools Internet servers per 1 Country group E-government index connected to Internet) million people) Developing 0.27 38 1.9 Developed 0.68 94 319 Ratio of developed to developing n.a. 2.5 165 Note: Based on incomplete data, with 142 countries for e-government, 68 for e-education, and 122 for e-commerce. n.a. Not applicable. Source: World Bank 2004; Netcraft 2004; UNPAN and UNDESA 2004. Overview 9 Targeted public intervention to expand services can maxi- as output objectives are met. In addition, subsidies can be mize social returns. Governments must play a leading role targeted to desired beneficiaries. Capital contributions and in promoting the modernization and extension of ICT infra- risk guarantees may also be appropriate in some cases. structure and services. Even in well-performing markets, Demand aggregation can be used to increase access to ICT there is typically a divide between what service providers are services, particularly advanced ones such as the Internet. For willing or able to do on commercial grounds and what example, by combining the demand for connectivity among governments consider necessary from a development or public agencies, schools, and hospitals, then seeking compet- broader economic perspective. itive bids, governments can help finance and expedite the Thus, most developing countries continue to face ICT expansion of broadband networks, particularly in rural areas. challenges, including service gaps among poor households Government commitment to buying broadband capacity and in rural areas (figure 1.3). Especially if such gaps persist reduces commercial risks for investors asked to build infra- after steps have been taken to make markets work, public structure with high upfront costs and untested market resources can be used to narrow them and to develop demand. This approach also fosters competition in this sustainable markets for the private provision of the desired market segment by creating opportunities for new entrants. services. Many governments have made bridging gaps in Determining proper levels of public support for fledgling access to ICT services an explicit public policy goal, as with markets can be difficult, and requires the examination of universal service programs for telephones. costs and benefits from the viewpoint of the economy as a One successful approach has been to use competitive whole. Such support involves tradeoffs between various bidding to award subsidies to ICT providers. Subsidies can development goals and limited public resources, and even catalyze private investment by offsetting political constraints with the best policies it can take years for a market to on prices, reflecting external benefits that would not develop. Moreover, not all unprofitable services merit public contribute to operating revenues, and helping providers support: only projects that require support to become viable overcome entry barriers resulting from front-loaded and yield economic benefits at least equal to their costs investment requirements or financial market failures. Subsi- should be eligible for it. In addition, using public resources dies are transparent in that they have known costs, are to help develop new markets is not always justified, espe- subject to the discipline of public budgets, and can be paid cially if services are not in high demand and widely and Figure 1.3 Household Access to Telephones in Europe and Central Asia, by Country and Year 100 Total population Poorest 20% of households 90 80 70 (percent) ss ceca 60 enohp 50 leet thiwsdlohesuoH 40 30 20 10 0 Albania Armenia Azerbaijan Bosnia and Belarus Bulgaria Georgia Hungary Kazakhstan Kosovo Kyrgyz Rep. Lithuania Moldova Poland Russian Serbia and Tajikistan Turkmenistan Uzbekistan 2002 2001 2001 Herzegovina 2001 2001 2001 2000 2001 2000 2001 2000 2001 2001 Federation Montenegro 1999 1998 2000 2001 2001 2002 Source: World Bank staff estimates based on household surveys 1998­2002. 10 Information and Communications for Development 2006 equitably shared. Any public support for private businesses To foster investment and use of ICT, governments must should also have a clear exit strategy. implement policies and regulations that remove such barriers and help businesses identify and exploit its potential. Steps The private sector should play a critical role as an early should be taken to provide a supportive legal and regulatory adopter and significant beneficiary of ICT, yet businesses environment for e-business (including e-security policies often face obstacles to ICT adoption. The potential benefits and programs), enhance technological diffusion, and over- of ICT--for growth, investment, profitability, and come market failures in areas such as demand aggregation productivity--provide a sound basis for promoting its use (for example, by launching e-government services of interest by businesses in developing countries. This is especially to businesses) and skill development (by providing and important because firms play a significant role as early supporting ICT training). Although income is a major adopters of new technology. But businesses in developing constraint on demand, businesses and people everywhere are countries often face obstacles to adopting and using ICT willing to spend a significant share of their income on infor- applications, including the following: mation and communication if given the chance. · Slow, unreliable, insufficient, and expensive telecommu- Another policy priority is to increase liberalization and nications services. Corruption is part of the problem: competition in ICT markets--to stimulate investment in many firms have to pay bribes for service licenses or bandwidth, raise demand through lower prices, and boost telephone connections. efficiency and innovation in the provision of services. Poli- · Limited incentives to change business models and cies should also promote neutrality among competing and operating structures when the costs of adopting ICT are emerging technologies to encourage interoperability, inno- significant and returns uncertain (figure 1.4). Many vation, and choice among services. firms--especially those that are small, domestically owned, E-strategies can prioritize and guide national ICT devel- or nonexporting--do not recognize the value of ICT opment. The World Summits on the Information Society strategies or applications for their activities, and do not feel (WSIS), held in Geneva in December 2003 and in Tunis in that they need ICT beyond a basic level of connectivity. November 2005, encouraged developing countries to adopt · Lack of trust in online business activities and related legal e-strategies. Such strategies, tied to a country's overall devel- impediments. opment goals, are intended to promote and coordinate ICT · Shortages of workers skilled in ICT. investments and extend their benefits to larger segments of Figure 1.4 The Most Significant Costs That Obstruct E-Business (percentage of survey respondents) Gaining technological expertise There are no cost barriers to the 3% growth of electronic commerce Don't know 2% 5% Changing business processes Running dual systems or 23% hybrid operations 10% Finding and/or training workers 10% Changing corporate culture 22% Building new systems and buying new products and services 11% Adapting existing systems 14% Source: WITSA 2000. Overview 11 these countries' populations. E-strategies are being devel- · implementation mechanisms, including institutions, oped and implemented by governments around the world, processes, and resources; and in both developing and developed countries. · monitoring and evaluation mechanisms, especially the A review of 40 of these strategies conducted for this responsibilities and budgets for these efforts. report finds that more than 85 percent aim to expand ICT use in governments and schools, expand telecommunica- The e-strategies reviewed were strong in establishing tions infrastructure, and provide an adequate legal and development links (especially the strategies produced by regulatory framework (figure 1.5). But the actions identi- middle-income countries) and providing implementation fied to achieve these goals vary considerably, partly details, and many were effective at setting targets (figure because of income differences across countries. Other 1.6). But the strategies were much weaker when it came to common themes include ICT industry development, monitoring and evaluation, with most saying little or information technology skill development, and e-business nothing about institutions or structures for doing so. growth. When formulating e-strategies, governments should make plans for monitoring and evaluation and commit Although many countries have made significant resources to implement them. Such plans would help progress on e-strategies, more work is needed to make e-strategy design and implementation more effective make them effective tools for development. E-strategies and relevant--without monitoring and evaluation it is need to better address the obstacles identified above by impossible to measure the results and assess the impact of providing stronger links to broader development goals-- ICT initiatives. particularly in low-income countries--and increasing their focus on monitoring and evaluation. The likely WSIS provided the first globally agreed targets for ICT development impact of an e-strategy can be assessed by development. These targets now need to be linked to evaluating its action-oriented indicators. Measuring the impact of ICT on development and evaluating the outputs of e-strategy · links to the country's overall development goals--political, implementation are essential for making e-strategies economic, and social; relevant and holding governments accountable for their · use of indicators to benchmark analysis and formulate implementation. WSIS set 10 far-reaching targets for ICT clear and realistic goals and targets; and information society development, to be achieved by Figure 1.5 Thematic Areas of Focus for E-Strategies, Figure 1.6 Strengths and Weaknesses of by Number of Countries E-Strategies 3 E-government 38 Infrastructure 36 2 E-education 35 1.66 1.53 Legal / regulatory 34 1.39 Score ICT industry 28 1 0.61 IT HR development 25 E-business 23 0 Development Use of Implementation Monitoring and Content 17 links indicators mechanisms evaluation E-health 14 Note: Explanation of scoring--development links: none (0), mention general development goals (1), reference national programs (2), specify 0 20 40 national and sectoral programs (3). Use of indicators: none (0), sporadic (1), Number of countries common (2), extensive (3). Implementation mechanisms and monitoring Note: HR = human resources and evaluation: none (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). Source: World Bank staff analysis. Source: World Bank staff analysis based on a review of 40 e-strategies. 12 Information and Communications for Development 2006 2015. These targets look beyond traditional measures of performance in developing an information society. But telecommunications development and include goals such many do not. For example, many governments cite school as connectivity for governments, schools, hospitals, and connectivity as an important ICT goal. Yet data on ICT rural areas. prevalence in schools are lacking in many countries, Because these targets are broad--and, in some cases, making it difficult to measure progress or evaluate ICT's poorly defined or difficult to measure or apply--this report contribution to education. A lot of the data needed to proposes discrete, concrete, comparable indicators to help compile the indicators should not be difficult to collect, individual countries as well as the international community and can be gathered as part of normal administrative monitor progress and benchmark performance. reporting. Although the targets provide a good starting point for Some countries with good monitoring data, such as quantifying ICT development, most countries will be Chile and Thailand, can demonstrate solid evidence of the unable or unwilling to pursue all 10 with equal vigor. success of their policies (figure 1.7). To foster progress Accordingly, monitoring and evaluation efforts should take toward the development of a global information society, all into account the priorities that governments place on each governments need to collect and maintain data for key ICT target. A recent survey of policy makers found that indicators. connecting schools to ICT is the top international priority, The international community can facilitate more followed by connecting scientific and research centers. effective coordination of efforts to compile global informa- Monitoring and evaluation should focus on targets that are tion, establish a database for benchmarking, and provide clear, for which action can make a difference, and on which technical assistance to interested countries. ICT data progress can be tracked between now and 2015. Finally, collected by national and regional authorities are often parallel activities are needed to identify policies that cumbersome to locate. These data need to be standardized accelerate achievement of the targets, such as improving and put in a central, global repository. In addition, agree- regulations and identifying appropriate financing and ment is needed on which data should be compiled and business models. benchmarked internationally and which organizations should be responsible for various indicators. To support Countries should increase efforts to collect and dissemi- such efforts, this report compiles nearly 30 ICT indicators nate ICT data. The availability of current data in most for 144 economies, which offer data on access, quality, developing countries is limited, which does not allow for affordability, efficiency and sustainability, and applications. policy making based on timely and relevant benchmarking. They allow countries to compare themselves with other Some developing countries compile measurable, compara- countries and to assess their progress in different ICT areas ble indicators to track their progress and benchmark their over a five-year period (2000 to 2004). Figure 1.7 Internet Access in Thai Schools and Computers in Chilean Schools Thailand Chile 5,000 60,000 4,500 access provided 4,000 50,000 3,500 Internet schools 40,000 3,000 in (cumulative) with subscribers) 2,500 30,000 2,000 20,000 schools 1,500 computers government of (SchoolNet 1,000 of by 10,000 500 Number 0 Number 0 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 1995 1998 2000 2003 Source: Enlaces 2005; NECTEC 2003. Overview 13 Recognizing--and Seizing-- References Opportunities Enlaces. 2005. Data from Enlaces Web site of Chile's Ministry of This report assesses what has worked well and what has not Education. http://www.enlaces.cl/index.php (accessed September 11, 2005). worked as well in developing ICT around the world. The digital divide between countries is not insurmountable, as ITU (International Telecommunication Union). 2003. World Telecommunication Development Report. Geneva: ITU. shown by the phenomenal success of new technology-- such as mobile telephony--in bridging the access gap, as NECTEC (National Electronics and Computer Technology Center). 2003. Thailand ICT Indicators. Bangkok, Thailand. well as the positive impact of efforts to stimulate competi- tion and develop independent regulation of telecommuni- Netcraft. 2004. "Netcraft Secure Server Survey." Bath, United Kingdom. http://news.netcraft.com/archives/2003/04/09/net cations markets. But many developing countries still require craft_ssl_survey.html. improvements in their ICT policies and strategies. Among UNPAN (United Nations Online Network in Public Administra- the biggest challenges facing these countries are weak policy tion and Finance) and UNDESA (United Nations Department and implementation capacity, opposition from vested inter- of Economic and Social Affairs). 2004. UN Global E- ests, and persistent obstacles to adoption of ICT. Many also Government Readiness Report 2004: Towards Access for Oppor- lack adequate tools to monitor, evaluate, and guide invest- tunity. New York. http://www.unpan.org/egovernment4.asp. ments in ICT and connectivity in underserved areas. WITSA (World Information Technology and Services Alliance). The World Bank hopes to make this report a regular 2000. International Survey of E-commerce 2000. Arlington, publication. Doing so would contribute to continuity in Va. benchmarking of ICT data and in monitoring and World Bank. 2004. "Private Participation in Infrastructure (PPI) assessment of trends, themes, and programs supporting ICT Project Database 2004." Washington, D.C. http://ppi.world- bank.org/. in developing countries. This report will have achieved its purpose if the views, _______. Various years. "Investment Climate Surveys." Washington, D.C. http://rru.worldbank.org/Investment analyses, data, and indicators it contains help stakeholders Climate/. determine how their separate and collective efforts can yield _______. 2005. World Development Indicators database, World the highest returns and contribute to inclusive information Bank. societies around the world. 14 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Chapter 2 Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries Pierre Guislain and Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang I n an industry as capital-intensive as telecommunica- developing countries, which needed not only capital but also tions, access to capital is key to ensuring the deployment management skills and technology transfers to accelerate the and expansion of a robust network. Until the mid- expansion and modernization of their telecommunications 1980s, telecommunications services were made available in networks. Historically run as public monopolies, telecommu- most countries on a monopoly basis either by state-owned nications companies were often burdened with organizational service providers or by heavily regulated private entities.1 and operational inefficiencies. Heavy public debt levels and The traditional monopoly model involved extensive state fiscal consolidation precluded injections of public funds. control and protected national markets. As a result, foreign Domestic private investors had no experience in managing direct investment (FDI) in the sector was minimal when the telecommunications enterprises and were not able to provide first privatization and liberalization wave began. Indeed, by all the required investment capital by themselves (Guislain 1990, only $2 billion out of a total telecommunications 1997). investment of $20 billion in developing countries was FDI. The second wave of FDI in telecommunications occurred The public offerings of shares in British Telecommunica- with the revolution in mobile telephone technology. The tions in the United Kingdom in 1984 and NTT (Nippon driving force of this revolution was the introduction of Telegraph and Telephone) in Japan in 1985 opened the digital cellular services in the mid-1990s. The cost effective- sector to private investment and competition. The breakup ness of cellular networks and the generally more liberal atti- of AT&T (American Telephone and Telegraph) in the United tude of governments toward this new technology created a States in 1984 enabled competition and the growth of new boom in demand in developed and developing countries companies. Led by these public offerings and the dissolution alike. The result was a renewed rush to invest, this time in an of the U.S. monopoly, the traditional model began to erode. entirely new network infrastructure (UN 2004). This erosion coincided with rapid technological changes in During both waves of FDI, strategic foreign investors the sector. Fundamental transformations in economic policy were drawn into developing economies to seek new market in developing countries began at the same time, leading to opportunities, higher returns, and diversification of risk. the ascendancy of free market principles in national Governments in countries receiving FDI saw it as an oppor- economic policies and international trade. tunity to expand existing telecommunications networks or The privatization of incumbent operators in Chile (1988) install new telecommunications services. Through these new launched the first wave of FDI in telecommunications into services, especially in mobile telephony, they extracted 15 immediate revenues in the form of license fees. In addition, data are usually limited and of poor quality. Annex 2A lists foreign investors tended to be the only ones with the expert- 10 data sources for FDI and private investment in the ise and finances needed to provide telecommunications telecommunications infrastructure. Although each source services in markets that had hitherto been served only by the has certain limitations, as summarized in the annex, these incumbent monopolist. FDI brought greater commitment sources as a whole can be used to distill some generalized and longer-term engagement by foreign investors as well as investment trends in the sector. new management approaches, technology, and skills transfer In this chapter, the World Bank Private Participation in to the host countries. Infrastructure (PPI) Project Database (http://ppi.world- As FDI has typically been the driver of sector growth in bank.org/, 2004 update) is used as the main data source for liberalizing economies, FDI levels are an important indicator analysis, primarily because it covers more developing coun- of sector development. A country that ends its sector tries than other sources reviewed. The PPI Project Database monopoly and has an open investment regime will see the tracks information on more than 2,700 infrastructure share of public investment shrink and foreign investment projects with private investment participation in low- and rise rapidly. As the market grows, becomes more competi- middle-income countries, of which 25 percent are in the tive, and matures, private domestic investment follows and telecommunications sector. Box 2.1 provides key definitions often overtakes FDI. and outlines some limitations of this database. This chapter illustrates FDI trends in telecommunications in developing countries from 1990 through 2003. It also Investment Volume analyzes the factors that lead to success in attracting and Trends in the volume of FDI in telecommunications have managing FDI, with a focus on regulatory issues and sector fluctuated in line with the privatization and liberalization of policies. the sector. FDI flows at first increased extremely rapidly, from a low base of about $2 billion in 1990 to a peak of $33 Trends in FDI Flows billion in 1998. Flows then hovered between $20 and $25 billion in the following three years, and dropped to about Understanding the trends of FDI flows into developing $13 billion per year in 2002 and 2003 (figure 2.1). countries can help policy makers interested in attracting Between 1990 and 2003, 122 of 154 developing countries private and foreign investment in the telecommunications financed telecommunications infrastructure projects with sector make good, effective decisions. foreign investment. Investments included expanding facili- ties and acquiring assets, as well as license fees paid to Measurement governments. During this period, foreign investors or To identify FDI trends in telecommunications, investment consortia of foreign and domestic private investors partici- flows must be measured and data collected. But measuring pated in more than 460 telecommunications infrastructure FDI flows into developing countries is difficult because the projects, making foreign investment commitments of about Figure 2.1 Total and Telecommunications FDI, 1990­2003 Telecommunications FDI in Developing Countries Telecommunications FDI as a Percentage of Total FDI 200 20 180 FDI FDI in telecommunications 160 15 140 120 billions 100 10 80 Percent US$ 60 5 40 20 0 0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project Database (2004 update). 16 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Box 2.1 PPI Investment Data Definitions and Limitations The World Bank PPI Project Database has figures that include investments in both facilities and government assets. Investments in facilities are either in greenfield facilities or in expand- ing or modernizing existing infrastructure. Investments in government assets are resources the investor spends on acquiring publicly owned property such as state-owned enterprises (divestiture proceeds), rights to provide services in a specific area (license proceeds), or the use of a specific radio spectrum (spectrum fees). Because the PPI Project Database is not designed to track foreign investment, only the percentage of the private participation and the origin of the investor ("sponsor") in projects are available. We conducted further research to determine the type of investor based on the following criteria made in relation to the recipient country: · If a project has either one sponsor that is foreign or multiple sponsors that are all foreign, then the sponsor type is taken to be purely foreign. · If a project has multiple sponsors among which at least one is foreign and one is domes- tic, then the sponsor type is taken to be consortium. · If a project does not have any foreign sponsor, then the sponsor type is taken to be domestic. · Public refers to the public share in private consortia but does not include purely public- financed projects. The FDI share of the project amount is calculated according to the type of sponsor and infor- mation on the composition of consortia from other sources. The analysis in this chapter is based on the 2004 update of the PPI Project Database and reflects the ownership structure and consortium arrangement as of mid-2004. Several other data sources in annex 2A--including the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Regulatory and Competition Database and the UNCTAD (United Nations Conference on Trade and Development) FDI Database, as well as the Business Monitor Online Database-- have been reviewed to check consistency. Although major new investment projects of large operators were all included in the PPI Project Database, it did not capture some smaller projects or reinvested profits. We estimate that the data in this chapter cover approximately 75 percent of FDI projects and 85 percent of the total telecommunications FDI amount. Source: Authors' analysis. $194 billion--an amount that is 11.5 percent of the total $15 billion if one excludes the privatization of Telebras, the FDI inflows of $1.7 trillion to developing countries, and 30 Brazilian incumbent, which constituted the single largest percent of the total investment of $650 billion in the transaction during the period; see figure 2.2). After this telecommunications sector in developing countries.2 If one boom, annual flows dropped. However, levels in 2001­3 excludes China--which received about 30 percent of total ($16.5 billion per year on average) were still much higher FDI to developing countries but no telecommunications than those in 1990­5 ($5.2 billion per year on average). FDI--the share of telecommunications in total FDI was over Purely foreign investment (without domestic partners) 16 percent. accounted for 42 percent of total private investment and Telecommunications FDI increased sharply during the funded 59 percent of projects. In addition, foreign investors' first half of the 1990s, growing on average by 40 percent participation in consortium projects allowed domestic annually during 1990­5, and reached an average of investors to gain exposure to the sector alongside seasoned $23 billion a year from 1996 to 2000 (this figure drops to international operators and investors. As a result, an Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 17 Figure 2.2 Telecommunications FDI in Developing Figure 2.3 Private Telecommunications Projects Countries, 1990­2003 by Source of Funding, 1990­2003 40 35 200 Total 30 Excluding Brazil 25 billions 150 20 US$ 15 10 billions 100 5 US$ 0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 50 Note: The numbers in the figure refer to the annual total telecommunica- tions FDI. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project 0 Sub-Saharan South Asia Middle East Latin America and Europe and East Asia Database (2004 update). Africa and North Africa the Caribbean Central Asia and Pacific Foreign Consortium Domestic Public additional 22 percent of total capital for private telecommu- Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project nications projects, or $79.5 billion, was raised from public Database (2004 update). and domestic private investors through consortium arrange- ments with foreign investors. Latin American telecommunications FDI volume, called for international operators or consortia including such operators. Regional and Country Breakdown European and Central Asian countries were transitioning A regional breakdown of private telecommunications projects from planned economies, had little domestic private capital, by source of funding displays notable differences (figure 2.3).3 and opened their doors to foreign investors. In contrast, in Latin America and the Caribbean and Europe and South Asia and in East Asia and Pacific, a substantial portion Central Asia are the two regions with the highest percentage of telecommunications investments came from domestic of countries in which private capital has become a significant investors, including large family groups that historically kept source of funding for the telecommunications sector.4 More- their investments within the region. over, the dominant players were mainly foreign: these two The large share of FDI received by Latin America and the regions together received about 80 percent of the overall Caribbean and by Europe and Central Asia also reflects the worldwide FDI flows in telecommunications (figure 2.4). prominence of middle-income economies as recipients of In Latin America and the Caribbean, bidding requirements FDI in telecommunications projects (figure 2.5). Of the for privatization transactions, which represent the bulk of the $194 billion total telecommunications FDI flows to Figure 2.4 Telecommunications FDI by Region, 1990­2003 Total Telecommunications FDI by Region Telecommunications Telecommunications as a percentage of 6% 7% 4% Region FDI (US$ billions) regional GDP 3% East Asia and Pacific 13.6 0.07 24% Europe and Central Asia 47.2 0.32 Latin America and the Caribbean 109.8 0.47 Middle East and North Africa 5.5 0.07 56% South Asia 7.4 0.10 Sub-Saharan Africa 10.8 0.24 East Asia and Pacific Europe and Central Asia Total 194 0.27 Latin America and the Caribbean Middle East and North Africa Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project Database South Asia Sub-Saharan Africa and the WDI Database (2004 update). 18 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 2.5 Telecommunications FDI by Income, amounted to $51 billion, making it the largest single recipient 1990­2003 (accounting for 26 percent of the total). Several other large developing economies--such as Argentina, Poland, Indone- 100 90 27% sia, and Turkey (see table 2.1)--were also in the top 10. 40% 80 Although the BRIC (Brazil, Russian Federation, India, and 70 China) economies together attracted 42 percent of the total 60 50 $1.7 trillion FDI to developing countries from 1990 through Percent 59% 40 54% 2003, their share of telecommunications FDI was only 30 30 percent. Brazil, with $51 billion, was the top single recipient of 20 10 telecommunications FDI; India (at $4.8 billion) and Russia 14% 6% 0 (close to $2 billion) ranked 11th and 17th, respectively. China, Total GDP Telecommunications FDI the single largest recipient of overall FDI--attracting close to Low income Lower middle income Upper middle income 30 percent of the total FDI flows from 1990 to 2003--had no Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project foreign direct investments in telecommunications because of Database and the WDI Database (2004 update). the restrictions it placed on FDI in this sector. In per capita terms, however, small economies--such as developing countries during 1990­2003, 54 percent went to the Seychelles, Estonia, Belize, and Grenada--attracted the 48 of the 55 lower-middle-income countries.5 Upper- highest levels of FDI (table 2.2). This is not entirely surpris- middle-income countries also had significant foreign partic- ing, as small countries are not able to take advantage of ipation, attracting 40 percent of total telecommunications economies of scale; they thus incur higher per capita FDI flows to developing countries. Only the remaining 6 investment costs. Small countries also represent the major percent went to low-income countries; of this, only 20 exceptions to the absence of FDI in telecommunications percent ($2 billion) went to Sub-Saharan Africa. However, prior to the late 1980s--in particular, small island although volumes are admittedly low, the number of low- economies in the Caribbean and the Pacific where Cable and income countries with foreign participation in telecommu- Wireless of the United Kingdom was the (foreign) incum- nications infrastructure grew from 20 in the first half of the bent monopoly operator. 1990s to 51 (out of 66) by 2003. The top 10 recipients of FDI in telecommunications Types of Investment projects accounted for about 70 percent of total foreign FDI flows can be distinguished by regions, and also by type investment in the sector in 1990­2003. Inflows to Brazil alone of project and composition. The PPI Project Database Table 2.1 Top 10 Recipient Countries by Total Telecommunications FDI, 1990­2003 Number of Telecommunications Percentage of global Rank Country projects FDI (US$ billions) telecommunications FDI 1 Brazil 29 51.2 26 2 Argentina 7 22.8 12 3 Hungary 17 11.5 6 4 Venezuela, R.B. 6 8.9 5 5 Peru 8 8.0 4 6 Poland 10 8.0 4 7 Chile 20 6.2 3 8 Czech Republic 14 6.1 3 9 Indonesia 17 5.6 3 10 Turkey 3 5.4 3 Total 131 133.7 69 Source: Author's analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project Database (2004 update). Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 19 Table 2.2 Top 10 Recipient Countries by Telecommunications FDI per Capita, 1990­2003 Total telecommunications Population Rank Country FDI (US$ millions) (millions) FDI per capita (US$) 1 Hungary 11,506 10.2 1,131 2 Seychelles 71 0.08 884 3 Argentina 22,841 34.7 658 4 Czech Republic 6,073 10.3 590 5 Estonia 708 1.4 500 6 Belize 116 0.23 497 7 St. Kitts and Nevis 20 0.04 461 8 Chile 6,185 14.5 427 9 Grenada 41 0.1 424 10 Lithuania 1,439 3.6 405 Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project Database (2004 update). reports three main types of projects in telecommunications by large privatizations; in the latter half of the decade, new infrastructure: license awards (mostly mobile telephony licenses) rose to prominence. · divestitures (privatization of state-owned telecommuni- cations companies and sale of private entities), The First Wave: Privatization. The first wave of FDI flows to · greenfield projects (operations involving new licenses and telecommunications in developing countries occurred in the investments in new companies), and early to mid-1990s and was characterized by divestitures, typically through sales of controlling stakes in the · concessions (fixed-term management and operation incumbent state-owned operator to foreign strategic contracts with major capital expenditure). investors. Since the first major privatization of an incumbent The composition of global telecommunications FDI flows operator in a developing country (Chile) in 1988,6 more has changed over time, reflecting the evolution of the sector than 80 developing countries have privatized their incum- (figure 2.6). In the first half of the 1990s, they were dominated bents (Qiang and Guislain 2003). Privatization proceeds Figure 2.6 Telecommunications FDI by Type of Project, 1990­2003 25 100 90 20 80 70 15 60 billions 50 Percent US$ 10 40 30 5 20 10 0 0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 Greenfield project Divestiture Concession Greenfield project Divestiture Concession Source: Authors' analysis based on data from World Bank PPI Project Database (2004 update). 20 Information and Communications for Development 2006 paid by foreign investors to the selling governments shorter monopoly or duopoly periods and come close to accounted for $57 billion; additional investments of $137 promoting full competition (Harris 2003). billion were made in the privatized facilities. East Asia and Pacific, relative to the size of the region's Privatizations accounted for 70 percent of total invest- economy, has attracted only modest FDI in telecommunica- ment in projects with foreign participation in Latin America tions--amounting to merely 0.07 percent of the region's and the Caribbean, 48 percent in Europe and Central Asia, GDP (only one-seventh of the percentage in Latin America and 35 percent in Sub-Saharan Africa (figure 2.7). Large and the Caribbean, as shown in figure 2.4). This can be privatization transactions in Latin America and the explained by three factors: the absence of telecommunica- Caribbean during that period included tions FDI in China, the low number of East Asian and Pacific countries that privatized their incumbent operators by · Argentina ($3.3 billion in 1990-92), selling controlling stakes to strategic investors, and the · Mexico ($7.5 billion between 1990 and 1994), region's mobilization of domestic private capital.7 · República Bolivariana de Venezuela ($2.9 billion East Asia and Pacific was also the main region to use between 1991 and 1996), concessions.8 Some of the biggest FDI in East Asia and Pacific went to Indonesia in 1995­6 as "joint operations · Cuba ($1.4 billion in 1994), schemes" (akin to 15-year concession arrangements) with · Peru ($3.1 billion between 1994 and 1996), and international consortia that included PT Telkom, the state- · Brazil ($34 billion in 1998 from the privatization of the owned incumbent operator, among their shareholders.9 Telebras system). These concession schemes were, however, inherently unsta- ble and ran into difficulties as a result of the 1997 East Asian In the first half of the 1990s, governments--intent as they crisis and the devaluation of major currencies in the region. were on maximizing privatization proceeds--often granted PT Telkom ended up buying out its foreign partners.10 the privatized companies 5-to-10-year monopoly rights in basic services. These exclusivities have, however, had an adverse impact on overall sector development and are The Second Wave: Mobile Growth. The rising share of increasingly running afoul of World Trade Organization greenfield projects among FDI investments reflects the rising (WTO) commitments on trade in telecommunications serv- number of countries opening their telecommunications ices. As a result, more recent privatizations have featured sector to competition and the shrinking number of assets to be privatized. But it is also a result of the impact of the revolution in mobile technology, which has led to the rapid Figure 2.7 Telecommunications FDI in Developing deployment of mobile (or cellular) telecommunications Countries by Region and Type of Project, 1990­2003 networks. Market enthusiasm for mobile communications can be 100 seen in the increasing ratio of mobile FDI in total telecom- munications FDI, which has risen from 7 percent on average 80 in 1990­3 to 30 percent in 1994­9, and up to 51 percent in 2000­3. Over the same period, fixed-access and long- 60 distance FDI remained at about 30 percent of total telecom- Percent munications FDI. More than half of all projects with foreign 40 participation that were carried out between 1990 and 2003 20 were mobile projects (see figure 2.8); in the past two years, the share has been 95 percent . 0 The soaring number of mobile projects confirms the East Asia Europe and Latin America and Middle East South Asia Sub-Saharan and Pacific Central Asia the Caribbean and North Africa Africa obvious: that mobile telephony has become the most dynamic telecommunications segment in developing coun- Greenfield project Divestiture Concession tries. The experience of Nigeria demonstrates this well (see Source: Authors' analysis based on data from World Bank PPI Project Data- base (2004 update). box 2.2). By requiring lower infrastructure investments than Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 21 Figure 2.8 Telecommunications FDI by Segment, 1990­2003 FDI Amount 100 Amount of FDI Investments (total = US$194 billion) 32% 80 38% 60 30% Percent 40 Number of Projects (total = 582) 20 29% 54% 0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 17% Fixed access and long distance Fixed and mobile access, and long distance Mobile access Source: Authors' analysis based on data from World Bank PPI Project Database (2004 update). fixed-line networks, cellular systems offer a cheap, quick way telephony, both as a growth sector and a disruptive technol- to expand coverage. They also have the potential to reach ogy, was initially not widely recognized (Ure 2004). remote areas, which is a crucial feature from a development Between 1990 and 2003, 213 foreign operators began point of view. From an institutional perspective, liberalization providing mobile services--either on a stand-alone basis or of the mobile market was easier as this was a new service with along with basic fixed-line services--in more than 100 few established vested interests. Also, the potential of mobile developing countries. By 2003, of the 164 countries with Box 2.2 Mobile FDI in Nigeria Following the adoption of the National Telecommunications Policy in 2000 and the award of three GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) licenses to private operators in 2001, mobile investment and network rollout increased rapidly in Nigeria. The most dynamic new entrant was Mobile Telephone Networks (MTN) of South Africa, which achieved a 42 percent market share by March 2005. Globacom followed (100 percent held by local shareholders) with a 24 percent market share, V-Mobile (majority-owned by private investors, see box 2.7) with 24 percent, and then M-Tel (fully owned by state-owned incumbent NITEL) with 10 percent. New mobile subscriptions increased from about 28,250 per month during 2001 to more than 500,000 per month in 2004, raising the number of mobile subscribers from 370,000 in 2001 to about 11 million by March 2005. Mobile penetration rates rose from 0.3 percent to 8.2 percent over the same period. Industry reports estimate that foreign investment in the telecommunications sector had reached $3.5 billion by the end of 2004, making it the second biggest recipient of private investment in the country, behind only the oil and gas sector. Mobile telephony represented more than 70 percent of this investment, at $2.5 billion. Source: Authors' analysis of World Cellular Networks Datapack 2005; Middle East and Africa Wireless Analyst 2004. 22 Information and Communications for Development 2006 available data, 130 had three or more competing digital annual investment needs in developing countries from 2005 mobile operators (Qiang and Guislain 2003). to 2010 at $40 billion for fixed lines and $56 billion for mobile ones.11 Such needs, if met, imply an increase from Increased Domestic Financing and Emerging Mergers and the 2000 level in annual investment of 16.2 percent and 26.6 Acquisitions. The overall financing pattern of the telecom- percent, respectively. Internal sources (such as retained munications sector changed after the two major waves of FDI, earnings) and domestic private financing are likely to and sector FDI flows dropped after the 1996­2000 boom. The increase rapidly to finance this continued expansion, thus decline was smaller than it was in other infrastructure sectors, reducing the share of FDI in total new investment (World however, suggesting the strength and resilience of this sector Bank 2005a). despite global economic downturn and sector-specific This is not to say, however, that the privatization trend factors--including the bursting of the telecommunications has died. Many developing-country governments still own bubble and the overextension of established operators in the incumbent operator, or part thereof. The majority of advanced economies (Izaguirre 2005; Palmade 2004). those state-owned operators are under increasing stress, It is worth noting that the decline in telecommunications caught between growing pressure from private competition FDI flows did not reflect a slowdown in sector expansion. In and the rigidities inherent in state ownership. The year 2005 part, this was because of the increase in domestic private may turn out to be another bumper year for privatization: it financing, which took care of some of the telecommunica- has witnessed major transactions in the Czech Republic tions capital needs. And, although FDI flows for the acquisi- (51.1 percent of Cesky was sold to Telefónica for $3.5 billion), tion of government assets (divestiture proceeds and license Pakistan (26 percent of Pakistan Telecommunication fees) dropped significantly after 2000, FDI flows for sector Company Ltd. [PTCL] was sold to Orascom for $2.6 expansion remained at the same annual level as during the billion), and Turkey (55 percent of Turk Telecommunica- boom (figure 2.9). The high FDI flows of the mid-1990s tions was sold to a consortium led by Saudi Oger Telecom- reflected large one-off privatizations that would have been munications and Telecommunications Italia for $6.5 difficult to sustain even in the most favorable environment. billion).12 Over the past decade, the bulk of telecommunications FDI has thus been directed to finance infrastructure rollout, a trend that can be expected to continue in the future. A Investor Profile recent paper by Fay and Delgado (2003)--which considers The opening up of the telecommunications market, the new telecommunications to be the highest-growth infrastructure mobile technologies, the explosion of the Internet, and the sector for low- and middle-income countries--projects the financial crisis that hit many telecommunications investors from advanced economies in the early 2000s have all Figure 2.9 Average Annual FDI in contributed to the evolution of the investor profile in the Telecommunications, 1990­2003 past 15 years. 20 1990 ­ 1995 Telecommunications: A Multiplayer 1996 ­ 2000 15 Global Industry 2001­ 2003 Removing restrictions to competition and FDI since the 1990s has created new opportunities for foreign investors. billions 10 US$ The development of new technologies has further facilitated liberalization by reducing entry costs, introducing new 5 services (mobile phone, paging, Internet, voice-over IP [Internet protocol]), and undermining service segmenta- 0 tion. Wireless transmission improvements and higher Acquisition of Sector expansion government assets productivity in undersea fiber-optic cable systems have lowered the cost per circuit. Digital technologies now make Source: Authors' analysis based on data from World Bank PPI Project Database (2004 update). it possible to distribute voice, data, and video on the same Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 23 Figure 2.10 Fixed, Mobile, and Internet Subscribers in All Countries, 1990­2003 (per 100 people) All Countries Developing Countries 25 15 20 15 0 1990 2003 Developed Countries 10 80 5 0 0 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 1990 2003 Fixed Mobile Internet Source: Authors' analysis based on data from ITU 2004. communications channel, thus transmitting more informa- capita, and economic growth. Multinational corporations tion per cable and portion of spectrum. Such developments tend to invest in foreign markets where they have a "natural" have enabled investors to become multifaceted information cultural or historical affinity that arises from geographic providers and to expand across national borders. Global and proximity, common language, trade relationships, and regional telecommunications companies, competing outside political ties (for example, with former colonies). Examples their home bases, have emerged in this new environment. are the investments by Telefónica of Spain as well as Bell- As a result of the host of new opportunities, the telecom- South and other U.S. operators in Latin America, Telstra munications sector, once composed monopolistic domestic (Australia) in Asia, and Deutsche Telekom in Central and providers, has become a multiplayer global industry. Inter- Eastern Europe. national telephone traffic and revenues grew rapidly in the Between 1990 and 2003, the 10 largest foreign direct early 1990s. This growth, along with the explosion of mobile investors in telecommunications were all multinational and Internet usage (see figure 2.10), encouraged the large corporations from Europe and the United States. They telecommunications corporations to diversify out of their accounted for $110 billion, or 57 percent, of the total FDI in highly competitive home markets, which were characterized telecommunications in developing countries (see table 2.4). by relatively slow growth, into emerging markets with higher Although telecommunications FDI flows to developing growth prospects. These diversified firms dominated the countries were generally high during the mid- and late- substantial investment in the industry in the 1990s, and they 1990s, they decreased after 2000. Several factors contributed expanded very rapidly. In 2002, there were eight telecommu- to this reduction: nications firms listed among the world's 100 largest (by presence in host countries) multinational corporations-- · the bursting of the telecommunications bubble in four times the number listed in 1992 (UNCTAD 2004). On advanced economies; average, they were each present in 30 host countries (see · the compromised balance sheet of leading global opera- table 2.3). tors, following major investments or acquisitions and Market opportunities and the comparative long-run high bids for 3G (third-generation mobile communica- profit potential generally determine the flow and direction tion technology) licenses; and of their foreign investments (Palmade 2004). The potential for such profit is a function of economic and political · pessimism about emerging markets following the East factors that include the size of the market, income per Asian, Russian, and Argentine economic crises. 24 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 2.3 Telecommunications Multinational Corporations Ranked by Presence in Host Countries, 2002 Presence Assets Sales in number (US$ billions) (US$ billions) TNI of host Rank Corporation Home economy Foreign Total Foreign Total (percent)a countriesb 1 France Télécom France 73 112 20 49 50 42 2 Telecom Italia Italy 85 6 30 20 41 3 Deutsche Telekom Germany 37 121 17 51 32 28 4 AT&T United States 55 2 38 4 28 5 Cable & Wireless United Kingdom 4 26 5 8 37 27 6 Teliasonera AB Sweden 18 24 1 7 75 26 7 BT Group PLC United Kingdom 2 43 2 29 8 26 8 Tele2 AB Sweden 5 6 4 5 77 23 Note: Blank cells indicate negligible values. a. The Transnationality Index (TNI) is calculated as the average of the following three ratios: foreign assets to total assets, foreign sales to total sales, and foreign employment to total employment. b. Presence of multinational corporations in host countries includes subsidiary enterprises, associate enterprises, and branches. Source: UNCTAD 2004. Additionally, some investors grew too fast and stretched assets were underperforming or were considered nonstrate- too far; disappointing returns from some projects, both in gic. In 2001­3, France Télécom exited Argentina, El their home countries and abroad, have also affected their Salvador, and Indonesia and offered for sale assets in Brazil. appetite. Deutsche Telekom sold its shares in telecommunications Moreover, macroeconomic and regulatory risks in host operators in Malaysia, the Philippines, and Ukraine. Verizon countries were causing even major international companies left Argentina, the Czech Republic, and Mexico. Telia Sonera to reassess further investments, to slow down their expan- divested assets in Brazil, Hungary, and India (Izaguirre sion abroad, or even to withdraw from some markets where 2005). Table 2.4 Top 10 Telecommunications Foreign Direct Investors, 1990­2003 Destination regions (amounts in US$ billions) Telecom- Europe Latin Middle munications and America East and Sub- Country FDI (US$ East Asia Central and the North South Saharan Rank Investor of origin billions) and Pacific Asia Caribbean Africa Asia Africa 1 Telefonica Internacional Spain 34.0 33.8 0.2 Holdings 2 Telecom Italia Italy 17.3 2.0 15.3 3 France Télécom France 13.5 0.55 5.7 5.9 0.4 1.0 4 Deutsche Telekom Germany 11.4 0.66 10.7 0.03 5 Verizon United States 9.6 0.44 0.6 8.5 0.04 6 Portugal Telecom Portugal 7.7 7.4 0.23 0.15 7 MCI United States 6.3 6.3 8 BellSouth Corporation United States 3.9 3.9 9 SBC Communications United States 3.8 1.7 2.1 10 TeliaSonera Sweden 3.4 0.24 2.5 0.6 0.07 Note: Blank cells indicate negligible values. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project Database (2004 update). Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 25 The Rise of South-South and Regional Investors domestic markets and increased competition limiting profit The withdrawal of some developed-country investors has opportunities (UNCTAD 2004). Specific factors--especially given investors from developing countries the chance to geographic proximity--seem to favor South-South invest- acquire assets at low prices and compete for new licenses. At ment. Since the cost of acquiring reliable information about the same time, increasing wealth and capital account liberal- foreign markets can be high for relatively small companies, ization in some emerging market economies have increased they tend to invest in neighboring countries where they have the supply of capital from the South and enabled their gained familiarity through trade, cultural, or family links companies to invest abroad. and thus comprehend the complexities of investing in these This is reflected in the composition of the list of the 30 markets. They also tend to be more knowledgeable about largest telecommunications multinational corporations local conditions than multinational operators and more (see annex 2B). Though still dominated by companies from tolerant of political risk. Europe and the United States, by 2002 the top-30 list In addition, when a multinational company considers a included four companies from developing countries: market too small or marginal to invest in directly, it may do Datatec (South Africa), América Móvil (Mexico), MTN so through a subsidiary. Investments by Vodacom of South Group (South Africa), and Telekom Malaysia. These Africa (partly owned by Vodafone of the United Kingdom) investors tend to be operators from large developing coun- and Sonatel of Senegal (a subsidiary of France Télécom) are tries investing within their own regions. They also tend to examples of multinational corporations investing through be from countries that reformed early: privatization and regional affiliates. competition forced them to become more efficient. At the Over 85 percent of South-South FDI flows during same time, their exposure to competition was limited as 1990­2003 stayed within the same geographic region (see they were generally protected from full market liberaliza- table 2.5). East Asia and Pacific, Europe and Central Asia, tion. This combination allowed them to generate high Latin America and the Caribbean, and the Middle East and margins and profits at home, available for investment North Africa received South-South FDI only from investors abroad in new companies or acquisitions. in their respective regions. This trend is even stronger when Developing-country investors are increasing their share one considers investors from the Middle East and North of total telecommunications-related FDI (see figure 2.11). Africa for whom Africa and South Asia are often perceived as From 2001 to 2003, South-South FDI accounted for over 36 part of their "natural" region. Moreover, nonregional percent of total inflows and close to 20 percent of the total investors are withdrawing: the largest Asian investor in Sub- number of telecommunications projects, compared with Saharan Africa, Telekom Malaysia, for example, is gradually only 23 percent and 11 percent, respectively, in 1990­9. pulling out of the continent. The rise in South-South FDI has been stimulated by In Latin America and the Caribbean, early movers from the structural, cyclical, and policy factors similar to those driv- largest advanced economies--AT&T, BellSouth, France ing North-South FDI flows. These factors include maturing Télécom, MCI, and SBC--retreated after the burst of the Figure 2.11 Telecommunications FDI, North-South versus South-South,1990­2003 FDI Amount Number of FDI Projects (total = $194 billion) (total = 582) 100 100 North to South North to South 50 50 Percent Percent South to South South to South 0 0 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project Database (2004 update). 26 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 2.5 Intraregional South-South Telecommunications FDI, 1990­2003 (as a percentage of total South-South FDI) Destination region East Asia Europe and Latin America and Middle East Sub-Saharan Region of investor and Pacific Central Asia the Caribbean and North Africa South Asia Africa North to South 72 93 90 52 75 51 South to South 28 7 10 48 25 49 East Asia and Pacific 100 24 50 Europe and Central Asia 100 Latin America and the Caribbean 100 Middle East and North Africa 100 36 5 South Asia 40 Sub-Saharan Africa 45 Note: Based on the largest 75 investors in telecommunications, accounting for 95 percent of total telecommunications-related FDI in developing countries between 1990 and 2003. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank PPI Project Database (2004 update). telecommunications bubble and the decline in demand for spin-off, América Móvil, which is now the largest wireless fixed-line services in which they had invested heavily.13 This provider in Latin America (box 2.3). left as principal foreign operators Portugal Telecom and Many global operators invested in the developing Spain's Telefónica, both counting on common cultural roots markets of the East Asia and Pacific region in the 1990s, but to convey strategic commercial advantages. It also created most have since withdrawn. It is the regional companies that room for regional investors such as Telmex of Mexico and its have kept or expanded their investments in this region, Box 2.3 Expansion of Mexican Operators in Latin America Once a state-owned monopoly, Teléfonos de México (Telmex) was privatized in 1990. It remains the largest telecommunications operator in Mexico, where it enjoyed a 78 percent market share in international long distance and 52 percent in Internet dial-up access in Decem- ber 2004. Telmex has expanded aggressively and has become a leading regional player in Latin Amer- ica. In 2004, it acquired AT&T Latin America (with operations in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colom- bia, and Peru) and paid $113.5 million for an 80 percent stake in Techtel, Argentina's data and voice provider. In early 2005, it acquired MCI's equity stake in Brazilian long-distance operator Embratel. Today, Telmex has a direct presence in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru, Puerto Rico, and the United States. América Móvil was spun off from Telmex in 2000 and operates Mexico's largest mobile company, Telcel. It has expanded aggressively in Latin America in recent years, investing over $2 billion and purchasing assets from Bell Canada International, SBC, and AT&T, as these oper- ators pulled out of Latin America. This acquisition strategy, funded by América Móvil's profits in Mexico, has opened up new markets for the operator: it now has (mostly fully owned) subsidiaries in Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Paraguay, Peru, and Uruguay as well as in the United States. América Móvil tripled its sales during the last two years, and is now the largest wireless provider in the region. With about 66 million customers by mid-2005, it is one of the 10 largest mobile operators in the world. Source: Business Monitor International 2004 and América Móvil Web sites (accessed on September 16, 2005). Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 27 Table 2.6 Mobile Operators in Sub-Saharan Africa, 2004 Subscribers excluding Fiscal year 04 Subscribers South Africa Number of Population revenue Operator Ownership (millions) (millions) countries under license (US$ millions) Celtel Mobile Telecommunications 6 6 13 234 614 Company K.S.C. (Kuwait) MTN Employees (18.7%); institutional 14.3 6.3 5 179 4,266 and private investors Vodacom Telkom SA 50%, Vodafone 35%, 15.5 2.6 4 106 3,960 VenFin Limited 15% Note: Cable and Wireless (25%) and SBC Communications (15.5%) sold their shares in MTN in 1998. In 2002, employees acquired their shares through a management buy-out (Newshelf 664). Source: World Bank, adapted from Celtel, MTN, and Vodacom, March 2005. including SingTel (with a presence in Bangladesh, Indonesia, media empire. France Télécom and its subsidiary Orange, the Philippines, and Thailand), Telekom Malaysia (with although present in six African markets, have not shown operations in Bangladesh, Cambodia, Indonesia, Pakistan, strong strategic interest in the region in recent years. The three Sri Lanka, and Thailand), and Shinawatra from Thailand main mobile operators in Sub-Saharan Africa today are (investing in Cambodia and the Lao People's Democratic regional operators: South Africa's MTN and Vodacom, and Republic) (Ure 2004). Celtel, owned by the Mobile Telephone Corporation (MTC) In Sub-Saharan Africa, global operators have also gradually of Kuwait (see table 2.6 and box 2.4). These operators are phased out, to be replaced by regional players. Vivendi, for expanding their presence across Africa, having provided about example, sold its equity stake in a Kenyan mobile operator in $5 billion in FDI in telecommunications to other countries in 2004 to Celtel as part of a debt reduction effort required after the region. Together they represent about 47 percent of total its ill-fated attempt to establish a global communications and FDI in Sub-Saharan Africa. Box 2.4 Celtel Celtel International, previously known as MSI, was founded in 1998 by a group of sharehold- ers (including its chairman, a Sudanese investor) and international investment institutions such as the International Finance Corporation. Celtel embarked on an aggressive investment strategy in Africa. Emphasizing smaller markets, it aimed to establish a regional brand and reap economies of scale. It issued $356 million in equity between 1998 and 2003 to finance African licenses (around $30 million) and network deployment. Investments in Africa in 2004 were $250 million, an increase of 140 percent over the previous year, resulting in a doubling of the number of subscribers from 2.5 million at the end of 2003 to 5.2 million a year later, and an additional 16 percent increase to 6 million subscribers by March 2005. By that time, the company had invested over $900 million in telecommunications. Today, Celtel has equity stakes in operators in Burkina Faso, Chad, the Democratic Repub- lic of Congo, the Republic of Congo, Gabon, Kenya, Malawi, Niger, Sierra Leone, Sudan, Tanza- nia, Uganda, and Zambia. The company is the market leader in all countries where it has a presence, with the exceptions of Tanzania and Uganda. In early 2005, Celtel was acquired by MTC of Kuwait for $3.34 billion. Source: Authors' analysis. 28 Information and Communications for Development 2006 As mentioned above, cross-regional South-South FDI financial returns on their investments. Among the top 20 flows have been limited. The biggest recipient has been Sub- telecommunications investors from developing countries, Saharan Africa. About $2 billion (or one-fifth) of foreign Isbank (Turkey) and Banco Opportunity, Banco Safra, and investments in telecommunications in Africa came from Techold (all from Brazil) are financial investors. East Asian and Pacific sponsors during 1990­2003, most of Financial investors typically look for companies with it in the mid-1990s. However, Telekom Malaysia, the most strong cash flows and good business fundamentals. The cash important Asian operator in Sub-Saharan Africa, has sold its flows attract bank loans, syndicated for large borrowings, 12.6 percent stake in Telkom South Africa and announced which provides the leverage for which the funds are looking. that it intends to divest its stakes in the Ghanaian and other Having good fundamentals implies that the company is African operators. The company has decided to refocus its probably already a major force in the industry, either as a overseas investments on countries closer to Malaysia. Inter- dominant player or a leading innovator. estingly, Chinese companies have made some inroads in The funds' typical investments are in the range of 10 to 25 Africa in recent years, though (so far) on a relatively modest percent stakes, but on occasion they can reach to 15 to 40 scale.14 percent or even outright control. Unlike strategic investors, Middle East and North African FDI to Sub-Saharan financial and equity investors look for shorter-term Africa has included investments from Morocco and Tunisia investments of about 3 to 5 years, with rates of return of 25 to Mauritania, and from the Arab Republic of Egypt percent or better. In some cases these funds pair up with (through Orascom) to 12 Sub-Saharan African countries. operators in order to mitigate company, market, and mana- Orascom, which invested in the late 1990s, exited from most gerial risk. For example, Newbridge Capital partnered with of these countries as well as from Jordan and the Republic ChinaNet to purchase Asia Global Crossing in November of Yemen during 2002­4 in an attempt to refocus its strat- 2002. egy on core operations in the Middle East. The most recent During 2004­5, major private equity transactions in the Middle East and North African FDI in Sub-Saharan Africa telecommunications sector consisted mostly of buyouts of was the acquisition by MTC (Kuwait) of Celtel in March mature firms with strong fundamentals and an industry 2005 (see box 2.4). track record.16 To take just one example, in June 2004 the South Asia has also benefited from South-South cross- private equity firm Advent International acquired a 65 regional FDI. In addition to the $455 million from within its percent stake in Bulgaria's fixed-line telecommunications own region, it received $1 billion of investment from East operator, the Bulgarian Telecommunications Company Asian sponsors and $2.9 billion from Middle East and North (BTC), and agreed to invest $450 million in telecommunica- African ones--the latter inflows will almost double follow- tions infrastructure. One of the last European telecommuni- ing the sale in March 2005 of 26 percent of PTC (Pakistan) cations operators to be privatized, BTC needed major to Orascom of Egypt for $2.6 billion. investments to significantly upgrade its network. Advent, Most of these FDI flows are categorized as cross-regional active in Central and Eastern Europe, had previously because of the World Bank regional classifications. In fact, invested in Cesky Mobil in the Czech Republic and Connex however, investors and recipients are often located in in Romania. neighboring regions. The limited South-South FDI across This trend of growth in portfolio and financial invest- continents and the recent divestment by investors to refocus ment is typical of a maturing sector that is moving away on regional investments underscores the importance of from the old public sector monopoly paradigm toward geographic proximity as well as links of culture and trade. market-based financing mechanisms. Investors: From Strategic to Financial Factors for Success: Attracting Financial and equity investors--such as investment banks, Telecommunications FDI private equity, and mutual funds--became more active in the telecommunications sector in developing countries in A range of conditions affect the FDI-friendliness of a the late 1990s, bringing an alternative source of private country's telecommunications sector. The basic contributing capital.15 These investors are usually driven purely by factors mirror what applies to other sectors of the economy. Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 29 Healthy General Business Environment that as of 2004, 50 percent of developing countries retained A business-friendly overall environment is an important monopolies on international telephony, 43 percent still had ingredient for attracting and retaining FDI in telecommuni- monopolies on fixed local services, and 13 percent on mobile cations. Factors that favor FDI for any sector are sound services (see figure 2.12). A recent survey of 15 Asian macroeconomic policies, low political risk, ease of market economies notes that all but 1 had restrictions on telecom- entry, the protection of property and investor rights, and-- munications FDI, including maximum foreign share of 30 to more generally--reliable contract enforcement. Good infra- 49 percent of total equity (Ure 2004). structure, a skilled work force, and favorable tax policies are A similar picture is found around the world (box 2.5), additional factors. pointing to a considerable unfinished liberalization agenda The emergence of South-South and regional FDI adds and many missed opportunities for FDI. Ure reports that new considerations to the business environment. Most one foreign investor pulled out of a partnership investment South-South investors are operators with limited global in an Asian telecommunications company because "the experience. Many of them have smaller market shares and regulations . . . made it very clear that we couldn't be in less experience in distributing products and services in other control--capped at 49 percent. That was the main reason we countries than multinational operators have.17 They may left" (Ure 2004, p. 32). have less bargaining power in negotiating for new contracts In most cases, foreign ownership restrictions limit or resolving disputes in existing contracts. They may also takeover risk and hence management accountability, and have greater difficulty in meeting qualification requirements reduce investment incentives, thereby inhibiting effective, for tenders and lower creditworthiness with local banks, profit-oriented management. Furthermore, limited owner- making it more difficult to raise financing. Unlike multina- ship arrangements were more attractive when the investors tionals, they are often not well positioned to raise capital by had the security of a monopoly situation. With the gradual issuing new bonds or stocks. opening up of telecommunications markets, there is To maximize competition, countries wishing to attract decreasing acceptance among foreign investors of these FDI should be careful not to insist on unnecessary require- restrictions. ments that might exclude otherwise qualified bidders. They Policy makers in developing countries should further should focus instead on creating a level playing field that reduce foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommuni- provides fair opportunities to new entrants irrespective of cations sector to reap the benefits FDI brings in terms of size or origin. Figure 2.12 Telecommunications Sector Liberalization in Developing Countries, Liberalized Telecommunications Market 1998 Compared with 2004 The first sector-specific step countries have taken to attract foreign investment has been to liberalize the telecommuni- 1998 2004 cations sector by opening it up to private and foreign 100 100 investors and allowing competition. This is the most funda- mental factor for attracting FDI because if there is no oppor- 80 80 tunity to invest in a country (other than purchasing the 60 60 incumbent operator, where that option is offered), there can be no FDI. Governments have also realized that any restric- Percent Percent 40 40 tion they place on investment (be it foreign or domestic) raises the cost of financing (and ultimately of services), thus 20 20 making investment less likely. The past two decades have witnessed an unparalleled 0 0 Long Local Mobile Long Local Mobile opening and modernization of the telecommunications distance distance sector in all regions, although the pace and scale of reform Monopoly Partial competition Competition Unavailable have varied by region and country. Despite this progress, the Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the ITU Regulatory and 2005 ITU Regulatory and Competition Database suggests Competion Database 2005. 30 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Box 2.5 Foreign Ownership Restrictions Many countries are sensitive about foreign ownership of strategic or otherwise sensitive assets. Arguments in favor of restrictions are often linked to sovereignty or national security issues. Countries also express concern that foreign investment may crowd out local compa- nies. Restrictions may be embodied in the country's constitution, laws, or regulations. The constitution had to be amended in Brazil and Mexico, for example, to allow the privatization and liberalization of the telecommunications sector (Guislain 1997). In some countries, including the United States, foreign ownership rights are restricted to minority shares, typically 25­49 percent. Countries with such limits in telecommunications include Malaysia (30 percent); Kenya and the Philippines (40 percent); and India, Mexico, and Poland (49 percent, though in Poland the restriction does not apply to local services operators). Proctor and Olivier (2002) analyzed the impact of FDI restrictions in Canada and India. They concluded that FDI restrictions led to an increase in the cost of capital in the telecommunica- tions sector, slowing down investment and artificially prolonging the dominance of the incum- bents. In India, for example, FDI is limited to 49 percent for most services, but it is allowed for up to 74 percent for Internet service with a gateway, certain infrastructure providers, and radio paging. Up to 100 percent FDI is permitted there for Internet service providers (ISPs) without gateways, and for providing e-mail and voice mail. The Indian government is now in the process of increasing the foreign investment ceiling from 49 percent to 74 percent in an effort to mobilize additional capital to fulfill its ambitious telephone penetration targets. FDI may also be restricted to special arrangements under which foreign investors may purchase assets (typically as minority stakeholders) only in partnerships with domestic resi- dents. In China and Vietnam, for example, until very recently, private and foreign involvement in basic telecommunications networks could occur only through special investment schemes. In these schemes, foreign companies finance capital investment and share in revenues, but they have no equity share and have only limited or no management control. In Indonesia, to take another example, the 1989 telecommunications law limited the award of basic telecom- munications licenses to companies in which the incumbent public operator is a shareholder. And in yet another example, Turkish foreign investment law excluded foreign investment in concessions; it was modified in 1994 to pave the way for the privatization of Türk Telekom, which is to materialize more than 10 years later. Source: Authors' analysis. lower cost of capital (Procter and Olivier 2002) and higher independence of regulatory bodies from political influence productivity, coverage, and quality of services (Harris 2003; and from capture by incumbent operators promotes regu- Palmade and Anayiotas 2004; Qiang and Guislain 2003). latory credibility. Not surprisingly, countries that estab- lished independent regulatory authorities before they Consistent Regulatory Framework privatized and liberalized their telecommunications sector For most telecommunications operators and potential have seen more outside investments than countries that did investors, "regulatory risk" is the principal factor in their not (Wallsten 2002). investment strategies.18 Foreign investors respond posi- The principal requirement for a regulatory framework is tively to a stable and predictable regulatory framework. consistency--not only with respect to the law, regulations, They are willing to pay more for a telecommunications and administrative procedures, but also with respect to how company if it operates in a well-established regulatory those are applied in practice.19 Well-managed regulatory framework, as this stability reduces uncertainty and bodies operating under a clear legal framework lead to greater thereby risk (Kirkpatrick, Parker, and Zhang 2004). The predictability in decision making; greater predictability Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 31 reduces the cost, time, and risk to which potential investors In many countries, this has led to terminating the and participants are exposed. This is particularly important incumbent's monopoly early, to mandatory interconnection, for foreign investors who are less familiar with the local laws, to introducing new tariff structures, or to changing the business culture, and officials. terms and conditions of licenses. Any of these changes may Inconsistency, delays, uncertainty, and policy confusion alter initial contract terms significantly. Although license or increase the cost of doing business and deter investments. concession agreements do not prevent the legislature from For example, the Thai Telecommunications Act of 2001 modifying the legal framework, they may provide redress reduced the foreign ownership ceiling from 49 percent to 25 (such as compensation rights) to aggrieved investors.20 percent. But the government, under intense industry pres- Governments need to carefully consider the tradeoff sure, quickly reversed the decision. Such policy reversals between maintaining the status quo (if that is an option at send the signal that either regulations are not well thought all), unilaterally modifying the initial terms of service provi- through, which is a capacity issue, or that special interests sion, or reaching some form of agreement with the wield significant influence, which is an independence and concerned service providers. integrity issue (Ure 2004). Either way, the inconsistency acts The resolution of this type of dispute is challenging for as a deterrent to FDI. the government or regulator, caught between the rival objec- tives of introducing competition or other regulatory changes Dispute Resolution Mechanisms and of honoring contractual commitments to investors. Some countries have a relatively short FDI track record. The Ending exclusivities, for instance, should normally lead to a reliability of these countries' regulatory institutions or the more competitive market and greater foreign investment strength of their governments' commitment to adhere to key (see box 2.6).21 In some cases, the parties are able to reach an contractual provisions may not be clear. Governments may amicable agreement. For example, Is-Tim (Aria)--a Turkish consider providing guarantees to investors during their mobile operator 49 percent owned by Telecom Italia Mobile country's transition to full competition and regulatory inde- (TIM's bid to obtain this license in 2001, $2.5 billion, was the pendence. Guarantees could be in the form of government largest ever single FDI in Turkey)--claimed that the Turkish commitments to predefined regulatory frameworks, govern- Telecommunications Authority did not enforce its roaming ment payment of contractually obligated subsidies, and rights with other operators. This case was filed in Paris specifically agreed dispute resolution processes. For the under International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) rules. additional comfort of potential investors, such guarantees The parties were later able to reach an amicable settlement-- may be backed by international financial institutions (Gupta brokered in part by the Italian and Turkish prime minis- et al. 2002). ters--which involved the merger in 2004 of Is-Tim and However, privatization agreements governing the sale of Aycell, the Türk Telekom mobile subsidiary. a government's stake in the incumbent operator to foreign In other instances, disputes between foreign investors and investors often included provisions that guaranteed the the host government have led to litigation. Most FDI buyer certain exclusive rights or an increase in tariffs over a contracts call for international arbitration to settle disputes certain period. These guarantees have often created because foreign investors are often not comfortable with the stumbling blocks for the continued growth of the sector. judicial system, practices, and traditions of the host country. Similarly, inherently unstable agreements such as build- Moreover, more countries have signed bilateral investment operate-transfer (BOT) agreements, concessions, and treaties giving their investors the right to go to international revenue- sharing arrangements have often outlived their arbitration with respect to investments in the host country, usefulness before the lapse of their contractual term. In these even when their contract does not include an arbitration cases, the agreements may be terminated early or converted clause. This helps explain the large increase in FDI arbitra- into more stable mainstream licenses. tion cases over the last decade (box 2.7). When rights given to investors are exorbitant or when Arbitration tends to be a last resort, however, to be used technological or market conditions make them no longer when all communication has broken down and agreement reasonable, governments and legislators often end up modi- cannot be reached. It typically implies the end of the fying the concerned laws, regulations, or license conditions. business relationship between the country and the investor. 32 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Box 2.6 Ending the Exclusivity of Cable and Wireless in the Caribbean Until the mid-1980s, Cable and Wireless (C&W) was one of the few foreign direct investors in telecommunications in developing countries. Its operations (typically with exclusivities) were mostly in the Commonwealth (see endnote 1). In the Caribbean, C&W was able to negotiate licenses with very long exclusivity periods, in some cases for 20 years or more. The common belief was that the island developing states that C&W operated in were too small to sustain competition. However, a growing perception that lack of competition was keeping communi- cation costs high and hence limiting these countries' participation in the global economy led to a reevaluation of the C&W monopoly. Five member countries of the Organization of Eastern Caribbean States (OECS)--Dominica, Grenada, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, and St. Vincent and the Grenadines--joined together to negotiate with C&W for an early termination of its market exclusivities. In 2000 they estab- lished a regional telecommunications authority, the Eastern Caribbean Telecommunications Authority (ECTEL), to coordinate their sector policies and regulations, negotiations with C&W, and new licensing approaches. The five countries worked with ECTEL to renegotiate existing exclusivity arrangements with the incumbent. In 2001, OECS member states reached an agreement with C&W on phas- ing out its exclusivity rights. New licenses were issued starting in 2002. Unlike previous termi- nation agreements, such as those in Hong Kong (China) and Singapore, the termination agreement with C&W provided no compensation. The end of the monopoly led to a significant increase in foreign investment in the OECS, especially in mobile telephony. Direct investment in the sector increased from $40 million in 2001 to more than $80 million in 2003 and over $90 million in 2004. Thanks to intense compe- tition from new entrants, mobile penetration increased in Dominica from 1.6 percent in 2000 to 60 percent in 2004; in Grenada it increased from 4.5 percent to 86 percent. Meanwhile retail prices fell on average by about 50 percent. Source: World Bank 2005b; World Bank and ITU 2004. Arbitration is not suitable for working on the many day- telecommunications revenues) that made commitments on to-day issues that may pit a foreign investor against the basic telecommunications. government or regulator of the host country. Other forms These commitments lay the foundation for improved of settlement--such as mediation and technical expert market access and the liberalization of investment, both intervention--are needed to deal with such disputes as they foreign and domestic. They strengthen investor confidence by arise. demonstrating that a country intends to reform its telecom- munications sector in a nonreversible way. They also provide International Agreements recourse to foreign investors (through their government) to FDI in telecommunications has been bolstered by the WTO settle disputes under the WTO dispute resolution system. General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) and the GATS commitments, in this way, enhance and underpin the commitments undertaken under its auspices, especially the domestic sector reform agenda of developing countries, 1997 Basic Telecommunications Agreement. These agree- providing investors with greater predictability. ments open markets to foreign suppliers of telecommunica- Specific country commitments are classified along four tions services. As of June 2005, 104 of 148 WTO member modes. Mode 3, "commercial presence," opens the telecom- countries had made some commitments on telecommunica- munications sector to FDI. If explicit restrictions are tions in their GATS schedules, including 96 governments introduced in the GATS schedule, it provides for a more (whose suppliers account for over 95 percent of the world's limited opening. Such possible restrictions include a specific Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 33 Box 2.7 Selected FDI Disputes in Telecommunications As of mid-2005, a number of telecommunications FDI disputes were at various stages of adju- dication. The following paragraphs summarize some of the key issues raised by these cases. Argentina: The government's decision to freeze utility tariffs following a 70 percent devalua- tion of the Argentine peso in 2002 has generated considerable litigation. One telecommuni- cations dispute has been referred to the International Center for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID). In July 2003, Telefónica of Spain, an investor in Telefónica de Argentina SA, claimed $3.8 billion in damages from the Argentine government as compensation. The tribu- nal was constituted in April 2004, but as of September 2005, no decision had yet been issued in this dispute. Belize: In March 2005, a U.S. district court in Miami fined the government of Belize for defy- ing its order to return control over Belize Telecommunications to a U.S. investor. The govern- ment installed a new board in the company after the investor failed to pay an installment on the purchase price of his shares. The investor argued that the government had failed to protect him from competition as agreed in the context of the sale. Ghana: Telekom Malaysia acquired a 30 percent stake in Ghana Telekom following a privati- zation tender in 1997. Telekom Malaysia lent $50 million to the government in 2000 as advance on an additional 15 percent equity stake. Its management contract, which gave it control over the company, expired in 2002. Disagreements between shareholders ensued, and the government appointed a new board and took over control of the company. Telekom Malaysia filed an arbitration claim under United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) rules in London in 2003 pursuant to the Malaysia-Ghana bilateral investment treaty. The parties have reached an agreement for the government to reimburse the amount of the loan and buy back the shares. Lebanon: The government decided in 2001 to terminate BOT or concession-type agreements with two mobile companies--France Télécom Mobile Liban, owned by France Télécom and local investors, and Libancell, owned by Sonera of Finland and local investors. The government alleged, among other things, that the companies offered services to more subscribers than authorized by their contract. The owners claimed expropriation and filed international arbitra- tion proceedings in 2002. In February 2005, the arbitral tribunal ordered the government to pay France Télécom $266 million in indemnification. Libancell owners were awarded a similar amount. Nigeria: A dispute opposes Econet of Zimbabwe and the main shareholders of V-Mobile, a private mobile operator, over the proposed sale of 51 percent of V-Mobile's shares to Vodacom (South Africa) and Virgin Mobile (United Kingdom). Econet, which has a 5 percent sharehold- ing, claims it has preemptive rights. It also claims that it has a contract to manage V-Mobile's network. The dispute was referred to the permanent court of arbitration in The Hague, which appointed an arbitration panel. The panel found it had no jurisdiction--the case is now (September 2005) with the Nigerian federal high court. Source: Authors' analysis based on INVEST-SD News Bulletin 2004; World Bank and ITU 2004. ceiling on foreign ownership in the sector or the incumbent overall GATS disciplines on regulation and transparency, operator, or limiting the opening to certain market these principles are considered to be best practices funda- segments. mental to ensuring minimum standards of good regulatory More than 93 governments also committed in GATS to behavior, effective competition, and a stable climate for telecommunications regulatory principles. Along with the investors. 34 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Countries wishing to accede to the WTO also have to countries and opening it up to foreign investment. CAFTA make telecommunications commitments deemed reason- has already provided impetus for sector reform in Costa Rica able by the major WTO member countries with whom and elsewhere. The focus of trade negotiation has thus accession is negotiated. This by and large implies more moved beyond the cross-border movement of goods and liberal commitments than those made by many of the coun- services and now embraces the movement of capital as well. tries that joined WTO before 1998. WTO accession is This has resulted in dramatic increases in trade linkages and contributing to sector reform in countries such as Russia, cross-border capital flows. Saudi Arabia, Ukraine, and Vietnam. The first WTO dispute settlement case in telecommuni- Looking Forward cations (and in services, more generally) was filed in 2002. The United States complained that Mexico had failed to This chapter summarizes trends in telecommunications FDI meet several of its obligations under the GATS. The panel in developing countries over the last two decades. As govern- charged with settling this dispute concluded that the inter- ments in developing countries privatized incumbent opera- connection rates charged by Mexican operators to terminate tors, liberalized foreign investment regimes and their international calls from the United States were not cost- telecommunications sectors, and established consistent oriented and that Mexico had failed to maintain appropriate regulatory frameworks, FDI levels in telecommunications measures to prevent anticompetitive practices, both required grew about 10-fold from very low levels in the early 1990s to under the Reference Paper that Mexico had adopted as part about $16.5 billion per year in the early years of this decade. of its GATS commitments. The panel also found that Mexico The rapidly changing nature of the sector makes it difficult did not ensure access to public telecommunications to predict what the future holds for telecommunications networks in Mexico to U.S. telecommunications operating FDI. The following issues are likely to affect upcoming FDI companies on reasonable terms, thus breaching provisions trends in the sector: in the GATS Annex on Telecommunications. The panel, · Sustainability of the level of telecommunications FDI however, found that Mexico had not committed to allow flows. Will overall telecommunications FDI flows international simple resale using cross-border leased continue at their current levels? The likelihood of circuits, as also claimed by the United States. The WTO sustained or increased inflows may depend on many dispute resolution body approved the panel's findings in factors, including continued globalization of the economy, June 2004. Mexico and the United States agreed on a the recovery of capital markets and the global telecommu- timetable for Mexico to revise its international long-distance nications industry, renewed appetite for privatization (as rules to allow competitive negotiation of interconnection seen in early 2005), continued liberalization of markets, charges and to issue regulations for companies without own increasing demand for high-capacity broadband networks, facilities to provide international telecommunications serv- and investor interest in providing access to rural areas. On ices using the networks of Mexican concessionaires. These the other hand, internal sources of financing and domestic measures were satisfactorily implemented by August 2005 private financing are likely to increase rapidly in many (Wellenius, Galarza, and Guermazi 2005). developing countries, reducing the need for FDI. Besides multilateral agreements, developing countries increasingly view bilateral and regional investment treaties · Profile of FDI investors. Will the share of South-South as a way to enhance cooperation and to promote flows of telecommunications FDI continue to grow? Are there FDI in the telecommunications sector. The bilateral trade likely to be new Southern investors, such as those from agreement between the United States and Vietnam, for the Gulf region who emerged in 2004­5? Will investment example, gives U.S. companies the right to invest in certain from China increase as its government promotes segments of the telecommunications sector even though outward FDI by offering loans on preferential terms, tax domestic law has not yet opened these to competition and rebates, and investment insurance? Will private equity Vietnam has not yet joined the WTO. Similarly, the Central investors increase their appetite for developing-country American Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA) calls for liberaliz- telecommunications investments? Are new technology ing the telecommunications sector in Central American developments likely to change investment requirements Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 35 and lead to a different investor profile and destination of China's recent accession to the WTO, sustainable? To FDI? The fast-rising voice-over IP technology could what extent will China open its telecommunications prove disruptive in this respect. sector to foreign investment? M&As in the telecommunications sector of develop- · WTO agenda. Will telecommunications commitments ing countries are beginning to increase. Privatized fixed- and related sector reform by WTO accession candi- line operators as well as new mobile operators are dates--including Algeria, Ethiopia, Iran, Russia, Saudi merging or being taken over by other companies, Arabia, and Vietnam--create new opportunities for FDI? domestic or foreign. The takeover of African mobile Will the WTO Doha Development Round succeed and operator Celtel by MTC of Kuwait, the sale by Orascom include a deepening of commitments in the telecommu- of many of its mobile operations in Africa and the Middle nications sector? East, and the acquisition spree of Telefónica, Telmex, and América Móvil in Latin America are all cases in point. · Regional integration. Will small markets (such as those Will a group of global or regional telecommunications of African countries and Caribbean and Pacific islands) operators emerge and take control of much of the global garner the political will to pursue economies of scale by industry? integrating their telecommunications markets, bringing about a new wave of telecommunications FDI? · Asian impetus. Will the rivalry between China and India boost global FDI further? In particular, will FDI be It is difficult to foresee how these issues will evolve since boosted by China's WTO commitments and India's over the past two decades, the nature of both investors and ambitious teledensity targets? What will result from investment has changed continuously. However, it is almost India's decision to raise the FDI ceiling in that country certain that, given the increasing trend toward globalization, from 49 percent to 74 percent? China's reliance on FDI in telecommunications will continue. FDI has had a competition among public operators and domestic tremendous impact on building telecommunications financing has been successful, but it is idiosyncratic. Is networks in the developing world, and it will remain an this approach, which is already evolving as a result of essential ingredient for reducing the digital divide. Annex 2A Table 2A Data Sources of FDI in Telecommunications Organization Database What it provides How to access it 1. Business Monitor Business Monitor This is a database of foreign http://www.businessmonitor.com/ International Online companies and their investments in the (registration required) telecommunications industry, along with detailed, periodic reports of the sector structure and performance within each country. 2. Informa Telecoms & World Cellular This database provides information on http://www.emc-database.com/ Media Networks Datapack cellular market share and penetration; (registration required). operators, investors, and infrastructure; and technologies and licenses by country. 3. European Union (EU) EU Direct Investment This database covers FDI data in EU http://epp.eurostat.cec.eu.int/portal/pa Eurostat member countries. ge?_pageid=1073,1135280&_dad=po rtal&_schema=PORTAL&p_product_ code=FDI_YBK 4. International Finance Investments in This database provides data on IFC http://ifcln001.worldbank.org/IFCExt/ Corporation (IFC) Telecommunications investments in telecommunications spiwebsite1.nsf/US$US$Search? Projects projects worldwide. openform 36 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 2A continued Organization Database What it provides How to access it 5. International International Embedded within Balance of Payment http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/cat/ Monetary Fund (IMF) Financial Statistics statistics, FDI statistics from IMF do not longres.cfm?sk=17592.0 Yearbook, or include geographic or industrial sector Balance of Payments breakdown. Statistics Yearbook (BOPSY) 6. International Regulatory and This database provides privatization data of http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/treg/pro Telecommunication Competition Database telecommunications operators. files/guide.asp?lang=en Union (ITU) 7. International World This provides data on telecommunications http://www.itu.int/ITUD/ict/ Telecommunication Telecommunications investments referring to the expenditure publications/world/world.html Union (ITU) Indicators Database associated with acquiring the ownership of telecommunications infrastructure. These data include expenditure on initial installations and on additions to existing installations. The database does not have a breakdown of public and private investments. 8. Organisation for International Direct This database provides inflow and outflow http://lysander.sourceoecd.org/vl=109 Economic Investment data in the telecommunications sector 14548/cl=73/nw=1/rpsv/statistic/s14_ Co-operation and to and from OECD countries. about.htm?jnlissn=16081080 Development (OECD) It covers OECD countries only. 9. World Bank Private Participation This database provides sector-specific data http://ppi.worldbank.org in Infrastructure (PPI) for private participation in infrastructure in Project Database developing countries. This is the main data source used in this report to approximate FDI in the telecommunications sector. 10. United Nations Foreign Direct Telecommunications FDI data are grouped http://www.unctad.org/Templates/Pag Conference on Trade Investment Database with transport services. e.asp?intItemID=1923&lang=1 and Development (UNCTAD) Source: Authors' compilation. Annex 2B Table 2B The 30 Largest Telecommunications Multinational Corporations in the World, 2002 (amounts in US$ billions) Assets Sales Host Rank Corporation Home economy Foreign Total Foreign Total TNI (%)a countriesb 1 France Télécom France 73 112 20 49 50 42 2 Telekom Italia Italy .. 85 6 30 20 41 3 Deutsche Telekom Germany 37 121 17 51 32 28 4 AT&T United States .. 55 2 38 4 28 5 Cable & Wireless United Kingdom 4 26 5 8 37 27 6 Teliasonera AB Sweden 18 24 1 7 75 26 7 BT Group PLC United Kingdom 2 43 2 29 8 26 8 Tele2 AB Sweden 5 6 4 5 77 23 (Table continues on the following page.) Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 37 Table 2B continued Assets Sales Host Rank Corporation Home economy Foreign Total Foreign Total TNI (%)a countriesb 9 Telefónica SA Spain 36 71 11 27 50 19 10 NTT Japan .. 158 99 19 11 Vodafone Group PLC United Kingdom 207 233 34 42 85 19 12 KDDI Corp. Japan .. 24 .. 21 .. 19 13 Colt Telecom Group PLC United Kingdom 2 4 1 2 57 13 14 SBC Communications Inc. United States .. 95 .. 43 .. 12 15 Datatec Limited South Africa 1 2 2 96 12 16 Verizon Communications Inc. United States 14 167 3 67 7 11 17 TDC A/S Denmark .. 13 4 7 55 10 18 BellSouth Corp. United States 3 49 2 22 8 10 19 KPN Netherlands .. 26 3 12 24 9 20 Level 3 Communications Inc. United States 1 9 1 3 16 9 21 Cellstar Corp. United States .. .. 2 2 75 9 22 Swisscom R Switzerland 2 12 3 11 23 8 23 Iberdrola Spain 4 24 1 10 12 6 24 Sing Tel Ltd. Singapore 16 19 3 6 62 6 25 América Móvil Mexico 2 11 2 6 31 6 26 MTN Group Ltd. South Africa 1 4 1 2 36 6 27 NTL Inc. United States 13 13 3 3 100 5 28 Telstra Corporation Australia 3 21 1 11 12 4 29 Telekom Malaysia Berhad Malaysia .. 9 .. 3 .. 4 30 BCE Inc. Canada 1 39 1 20 3 3 Note: .. Not available. a. The Transnationality Index (TNI) is calculated as the average of the following three ratios: foreign assets to total assets, foreign sales to total sales, and foreign employment to total employment. b. Presence of multinational corporations in host countries includes subsidiary enterprises, associate enterprises, and branches. Source: UNCTAD 2004. Endnotes 1. Notable exceptions to the public ownership model in the worldbank.org/data/countryclass/classgroups.htm for details. sector were the United States and the Philippines, where the Differences in absolute levels of regional FDI need to be read sector was always private, as well as a number of Common- in light of the different size, population, and wealth of these wealth countries where services were provided by Cable and regions. Wireless, a U.K. company nationalized in 1946­7 and re-priva- 4. According to Estache (2005), the percentage of countries with tized following a 1981 law. The monopoly model was, however, significant private financing in the telecommunications sector near universal by the early 1980s, even though in the late nine- in 2002 by region was: Latin America and the Caribbean (67 teenth and early twentieth century competition had prevailed percent of countries), Europe and Central Asia (58 percent), in many countries (Guislain 1997). South Asia (50 percent), Sub-Saharan Africa (41 percent), East 2. The total FDI figure is based on UNCTAD 2004. The total Asia and Pacific (38 percent), and, last, the Middle East and telecommunications investment figure is based on ITU 2004. North Africa (23 percent). 3. The breakdown of countries among regions used in this report 5. The seven middle-income countries that did not receive FDI in follows the World Bank's classification. See http://www. telecommunications between 1990 and 2003 were Bosnia and 38 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Herzegovina, Djibouti, the Federated States of Micronesia, the France Télécom and Vivendi Universal for $716 million Marshall Islands, Suriname, Syrian Arab Republic, and (AltAssets, accessed on September 16, 2005) Turkmenistan. 17. Telecommunications investors from the South involve a diverse 6. In 1988, Chile sold 49 percent of shares in incumbent local range of companies from big and aggressive operators, such as operator CTC to foreign investors for $270 million, and 45 América Móvil, Orascom, or MTN, to smaller ones such as percent of ENTEL, the long-distance operator, to a combina- Econet of Zimbabwe. tion of Telefónica de Espana, Chase Manhattan Bank, 18. The aforementioned survey (see Ure 2004) in Asia included 10 employees, and pension funds. risk factors: rate of return, scale of investment, direct control, 7. Divestitures in East Asia and Pacific have commonly been country risk, currency risk, regulatory risk, other insurable carried out through public offerings of minority stakes on risks, non-insurable risks, local taxation laws, and other issues. local or regional stock exchanges, with the government keep- 19. Investors tend to emphasize consistency over transparency. ing majority control of the companies. Local partners are often in charge of dealing with local 8. There were seven projects run as concessions in Indonesia, Lao authorities, and choosing the right local partners who are People's Democratic Republic, and Vietnam during 1995­6, influential but also commercially sound is of paramount totaling about $2.8 billion. Thailand also used the concession importance. model, but these transactions were not captured by the PPI 20. A country's national sovereignty allows it to adopt new legisla- Project Database. tion and regulations or amend to existing legal texts, subject to 9. These joint operations with foreign investors allowed Indone- constitutional and other legal requirements. Such normative sia to almost double the number of fixed lines between 1996 changes can be made even if the government entered into a and 2000. contractual commitment with an investor not to modify the legal environment that applies to the investment; in such cases, 10. Other examples of concessions in the telecommunications the investor may be entitled to compensation, based on the sector awarded to foreign investors include Turkey (later terms of the contract. transformed into regular licenses after payment of a fee) and 21. In most instances, the profits of incumbent monopolists have Lebanon. In the latter case, however, disputes between increased after the introduction of competition; although this government and operators emerged, leading to the may at first appear contradictory, the benefits of competition termination of the concessions and international arbitration tend to outweigh the inefficiency of monopoly, even at (see box 2.7). company level. Indeed, the incumbent is forced to improve 11. At the country level, in India, for instance, an estimated $60 service delivery and cut costs to withstand new entry, while billion would be needed for investment in the telecommunica- benefiting from the tremendous power of incumbency. More- tions sector from 2003 to 2010 to achieve the government's over, Wallsten (2003) found that exclusivity periods granted at goal of a teledensity of 15 phones per 100 people. privatization are correlated with a significant decrease in the 12. On the other hand, in a few countries, such as Ghana, level of the incumbent's investments. privatized incumbent operators are being taken over by governments as a result of failed privatizations, leading at least References temporarily to foreign disinvestment. AltAssets. "Private Equity News and Research." http://www.altas- 13. BellSouth sold its assets to Telefónica in 2004 in order to sets.com/index.php (accessed on September 16, 2005). finance Cingular's acquisition of AT&T Wireless. América Móvil. http://www.americamovil.com (accessed on 14. ZTE, a Chinese vendor, runs a joint venture mobile operation September 16, 2005). in the Republic of Congo with the local operator and bought a Business Monitor Online. 2004. http://www.businessmonitor.com 51 percent stake in Niger Telecommunications when the (accessed on September 16, 2005). company was privatized. Distacom of Hong Kong became the Estache, Antonio. 2005. "PPI Partnerships versus PPI Divorces in strategic investor in Telecom Malagasy (Telma) in Madagascar, Developing Countries (Or Are We Switching from PPPI to paying $12.6 million for a 68 percent stake and committing PPDI?)" Policy Research Working Paper 3470, World Bank, $165 million in additional investments over five years. Washington, DC. 15. Another fund-raising channel is the public offering, with a Fay, Marianne, and Tito Yepes Delgado. 2003. "Investing in Infra- growing number of telecommunications companies listing on structure: What Is Needed from 2000 to 2010." Policy Research stock exchanges, domestic as well as international. Working Paper 3102, World Bank, Washington, DC. 16. This trend is taking place in developed countries as well. In Guislain, Pierre. 1997. The Privatization Challenge: A Strategic, December 2004, Cinven, a private equity firm, bought a 50.01 Legal, and Institutional Analysis of International Experience. percent majority stake in the cable operating subsidiaries of Washington, DC: World Bank. Foreign Direct Investment in Telecommunications in Developing Countries 39 Guislain, Pierre, and Michel Kerf. 1995. "Concessions: The Way to Rules for a Competitive Telecommunications Sector." Paper Privatize Infrastructure Sector Monopolies." Finance and presented at the conference "Switching to High Growth: Issues Private Development Note No. 59, World Bank, Washington, in Policy and Regulation in the India Telecommunications DC. Sector," New Delhi, October 19. Gupta, Pankaj, Ranjit Lamech, Farida Mazhar, and Joseph Wright. Qiang, Christine Zhen-Wei, and Pierre Guislain. 2003. "Foreign 2002. "Mitigating Regulatory Risk for Distribution Privatiza- Direct Investments in the Telecommunications Sector." In ICT tion: The World Bank Partial Risk Guarantee." Energy & for Development: A World Bank Perspective, ed. Pierre Guislain, Mining Sector Board Discussion Paper Series No. 5, World 28­33. Washington, DC: World Bank. Bank, Washington, DC. UN (United Nations). 2004. The Report of the Task Force on Finan- Harris, Clive. 2003. "Private Participation in Infrastructure in cial Mechanisms for ICT for Development: A Review of Trends Developing Countries: Trends, Impacts, and Policy Lessons." and an Analysis of Gaps and Promising Practices. New York: Working Paper 5, World Bank, Washington, DC. United Nations. ITU (International Telecommunication Union). 2004. World UNCTAD. 2004. World Investment Report 2004: The Shift to Telecommunications Indicators Database. ITU, Geneva. http:// Services. New York and Geneva: United Nations. www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/ world/world.html. Ure, John. 2004. "Infrastructure in East Asia and the Pacific: The ------. 2005. Regulatory and Competition Database. ITU, Geneva. Way Forward." Unpublished, World Bank, Washington, DC. http://www.itu.int/ITUD/treg/profiles/guide.asp?lang=en (accessed on September 16, 2005). Wallsten, Scott. 2002. "Does Sequencing Matter? Regulation and INVEST-SD. 2004. Investment Law and Policy Weekly News Bulletin Privatization in Telecommunications Reforms." Unpublished, April 13. International Institute for Sustainable Development World Bank, Washington, DC. (IISD). http://www.iisd.org/investment. ------. 2003. "Returning to Victorian Competition, Ownership, Izaguirre, Ada Karina. 2005. "Private Telecommunications Projects: and Regulation: An Empirical Study of European Telecommu- Private Activity Down 15 Percent in 2003." Viewpoint Note nications at the Turn of the 20th Century." Paper presented at 288, World Bank, Washington, DC. the 2003 Annual Bank Conference on Development Econom- ics, Washington, DC, April 10. Kirkpatrick, Colin, David Parker, and Yin-Fang Zhang. 2004. "Foreign Direct Investment in Infrastructure in Developing Wellenius, Björn, Juan Galarza, and Boutheina Guermazi. 2005. Countries: Does Regulation Make a Difference?" Paper "Telecommunications and the WTO: The Case of Mexico." presented at the Asian Development Bank Institute (ADBI) Mimeo, World Bank, Washington, DC. Annual Conference, Tokyo, Japan, December 6. World Bank. 2005a. "Financing Telecommunications Needs in the Middle East and Africa Wireless Analyst. 2004. The International Developing World." Unpublished, World Bank, Washington, Business Newsletter of the Middle East and Africa. August 4, 2­4. DC. Palmade, Vincent. 2004. "FDI Trends: Foreign Direct Investment ------. 2005b. "The Impact of Reform on Telecommunications Flows to Top 20 Developing-Country Destinations." Unpub- Prices and Services in the Countries of the OECS." Unpub- lished, World Bank, Washington, DC. lished, World Bank, Washington, DC. Palmade, Vincent, and Andrea Anayiotas. 2004. "FDI Trends." World Bank and ITU. 2004. "Dispute Resolution in the Telecom- Viewpoint Note 273, World Bank, Washington, DC. munications Sector: Current Practices and Future Directions." Procter, Dean, and Simon-Pierre Olivier. 2002. "Capital Flows and Unpublished, World Bank and ITU, Washington DC and Cost of Capital: The Importance of Liberalized Investment Geneva. 40 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Chapter 3 Extending Communication and Information Services: Principles and Practical Solutions Björn Wellenius A ccess to communication and information preferred instrument for jump-starting supply, but services exhibits major inequalities among and capital contributions and guarantees may be appropriate within countries. These disparities matter inso- in some circumstances. far as they constrain economic development and poverty · Supply subsidies are preferably determined and allocated reduction. This chapter highlights five principles that guide through the market. Competition among firms for subsi- good practices for extending these services in changing tech- dies is a proven tool. Success hinges on critical demand nological and market environments: and supply factors and on the enabling environment. · The first step is to allow markets to work. Competitive, private-led markets go a long way toward making com- munication and information services available to the What Gaps, and Do They Matter? entire population. Reforms in the telecommunications Access to and use of communication and information sector open the way. services presents major inequalities among and within · Extending services beyond their current reach in a countries. These inequalities have been of great concern for reformed market environment starts with removing policy makers for at least four decades, but historically they remaining obstacles. Regulatory frameworks may need to tend to surge, decline, and be overtaken by new challenges.1 be revised to accommodate new technologies and busi- In 1980, developing countries had 81 percent of the world's ness models. population but only 18 percent of GDP and 17 percent of all telephones. There were more phones in Manhattan than in · Public sector support can help extend services beyond the all of Africa. In developing countries, the main cities typical- market, but this must be justified in terms of the economy ly had 10 times the number of telephones per inhabitant as a whole. A case can often be made for narrowing gaps than the rest of the country. Many rural areas, where most of in established markets, but justifying public sector sup- the world's poor people lived, had no service at all. Forging port for developing new markets is less straightforward. this "missing link" in the development chain became a rally- · When justified in terms of the economy as a whole, the ing cry for the international development community public sector can stimulate demand or jump-start supply (Maitland 1984). in order to develop sustainable markets for the private The gap between developing countries as a group and de- provision of the desired services. Cash subsidy is the veloped countries has narrowed considerably. Between 1980 41 and 2005 the number of telephones (fixed and mobile) in and within countries is a major theme of the World Summit developing countries has multiplied 40-fold (while popula- on the Information Society (WSIS 2003). tion grew by one-half and real GDP more than doubled). These disparities matter insofar as they constrain Their share in the world's stock of telephones more than economic development and poverty alleviation. Research in tripled. These countries now have six times as many phones the 1960s and 1970s documented the importance of (fixed and mobile) per dollar of GNP than high-income telecommunications for economic production and distribu- countries, compared with 1980 when both had roughly tion, delivery of public services, and government adminis- similar ratios (table 3.1). tration (Saunders, Warford, and Wellenius 1983). In the Significant differences remain, nonetheless, among and 1980s information came to be recognized as a fundamental within developing countries. Fast growth in large emerging factor of production, along with capital and labor. During markets--notably China, India, and Brazil--masks slower the 1990s globalization and the increasing information development in other economies. Progress has been made intensity of economic activity, coupled with rapid techno- reaching out to rural areas and the urban poor, but in many logical changes and demand growth, turned information countries these groups still lag in relative terms. Moreover, in and communication into critical factors of competitiveness the meantime more advanced communication and informa- and growth. tion services have become available through the Internet, but By the early 2000s a broad consensus had been reached initially they are reaching mainly the better-off population among policy makers worldwide that information and groups. As services that require connecting to separate communication provide key inputs for economic develop- networks are becoming available through a single network, ment, contribute to global integration while helping retain the Internet, broadband access to this network is now also at the identity of traditional societies, and enhance the issue.2 Bridging this new gap--the "digital divide"--among effectiveness, efficiency, and transparency of the public Table 3.1 World Population, GDP, and Telephones Indicator 1980 1990 2000 2005a Low- and middle-income countries Population (billions) 3.6 4.4 5.1 5.4 GDP (trillion US$)b 3.1 4.2 5.9 7.5 Fixed telephone lines (millions) 52 117 422 727 Mobile telephones (millions) 0 0.4 235 1,393 Total telephones, fixed + mobile (millions) 52 117 657 2,120 Total telephones (per US$ millions GDP) 17 28 111 283 Total telephones (per 1,000 people) 14 27 129 393 Total telephones (as percentage of world total) 17 22 38 61 High-income countries Population (billions) 0.84 0.90 0.97 1.00 GDP (trillion US$)b 14.5 19.7 25.6 28.5 Fixed main telephone lines (millions) 260 403 561 541 Mobile telephones (millions) 0 11 505 818 Total telephones, fixed + mobile (millions) 260 414 1,066 1,359 Total telephones (per US$ millions GDP) 18 21 42 48 Total telephones (per 1,000 people) 310 460 1,080 1,280 Total telephones (as percentage of world total) 83 78 62 39 a. Forecasts: population and GDP are World Bank projections, fixed and mobile telephones are ITU projections. b. In constant 2000 U.S. dollars. A trillion is 1 million million (1012). Source: Author's analysis based on data from World Bank 2005 and ITU 2003. 42 Information and Communications for Development 2006 sector (World Bank 2002). Access to information and telephones, and the backlog of new connections dropped communication is considered crucial to a sustainable agen- from several years to a few months or weeks.4 Telephone da of poverty reduction because it increases the efficiency kiosks and shops proliferated in Honduras, Indonesia, and global competitiveness of the economy, enables better Senegal, and other countries. Additionally, in less than 10 delivery of health and education services, and creates new years, mobile phones caught up with a century of fixed- sources of income and employment for poor populations telephone development, prepaid plans reached large (Navas-Sabater, Dymond, and Juntunen 2002). It also numbers of formerly excluded low-income users,5 and short enhances political participation and more effective and text messaging became common as a low-priced communi- accountable democratic government (UNECA 1999). cation option (ITU 2002 and Oestmann 2003). In 2002, 41 percent of Chilean rural households had a mobile phone whereas only 9 percent had a fixed phone (SUBTEL 2003). The First Step: Letting the Fixed and mobile phones, taken together, expanded at 19 Market Work percent in the 1990s and 20 percent in the first half of the The first step in extending services is to let the market work. 2000s. A new wave of innovation is underway following the Competitive, private-led markets go a long way toward introduction of the Internet, ushering in new services as well making communication and information services available as more cost-effective network solutions. throughout the population. In market economies, responsi- bility for providing information and communication servic- Competition Is the Cornerstone es rests primarily with the private sector. The main role of Competition is the cornerstone of successful development of the public sector is to provide the policy framework, regulate communication and information services. Yet about one- the market to the extent that it does not work well enough half of all low- and middle-income countries still by itself, and support additional service provision where the have closed or barely open telecommunications markets market alone does not suffice to meet economic and social (Rossotto, Sekkat, and Varoudakis 2003). Competitive objectives. The role of the public sector as user of communi- markets grow faster, lower costs, facilitate innovation, and cation and information technologies is also increasingly respond better to users' needs. The phone density in the important, particularly in the context of e-government Democratic Republic of Congo, with six competing mobile programs. operators, is 13 times higher than in Ethiopia, which has a similar income per capita but only a single operator (The Sector Reforms Open the Way Economist 2005c; ITU 2004).6 Limited competition in Telecommunications sector reforms enable access to international services results in prices about twice those in communication and information services. From the late countries with full competition (Rossotto et al. 2004). 1980s, developing countries started to replace telecommuni- Among 30 African and Latin American countries that cations monopolies (mostly state owned) by increasingly undertook reforms in the 1980s and 1990s, those that open, competitive, private-led market structures. Annual opened major market segments to competition before priva- telecommunications investment in these countries increased tizing the incumbent or at the same time grew and reduced from about $14 billion in the early 1980s to $30 billion in the costs faster than those that privatized first and introduced early 1990s, and to $95 billion in the late 1990s--of which competition later (Wallsten 1999).7 about one-half came from the private sector (Wellenius, Similar conclusions result from an analysis of 86 devel- Braga, and Qiang 2000).3 Following a decline in the early oping countries worldwide (Fink, Mattoo, and Rathindran 2000s, telecommunications investment is again rising. 2002). The lengthy exclusivity periods initially granted in Increased investment has resulted in fast development of Latin America at the time of privatizations in the early 1990s existing and new services. Annual growth of fixed telephone resulted in high prices for domestic and international service, which had hovered around 7 to 10 percent in the telephone service and leased circuits; the adverse effects of 1970s and 1980s, shot up to 16 percent in the second half of exclusivity carried over to the emerging Internet service in the 1990s. Service was extended to many smaller cities and those countries well into the late 1990s, even after towns; by 2000 about one-third of all households had competition was introduced (Wellenius 2000). Extending Communication and Information Services 43 The Internet has taken off much faster in countries where reasonable access to existing infrastructures, and making service providers are allowed to build their own networks radio spectrum available are among key regulatory improve- and gateways. Morocco's emerging information economy ments often needed to achieve this result (see box 3.1). was boosted by dramatic telecommunications sector growth Obstacles to well-functioning markets often remain even after introducing mobile competition in 1999. The country's after economic and sector reforms have progressed quite far. leading position in the region and overall competitiveness In Peru, for example, all segments of the telecommunica- was then compromised by delays in opening the rest of the tions market have been open since 1995, but telephone telecommunications market (World Bank 2004). service in provincial towns and marginal areas of big cities remained well below the level achieved in other low- and middle-income countries with comparably open markets. A Removing Remaining Obstacles study of mostly low-income urban areas in 2004 estimated Extending services beyond their reach in reformed markets that there was an unmet demand of about 620,000 phone starts by identifying remaining constraints on the function- connections. Meeting this demand would increase the ing of the markets and addressing them to the fullest extent telephone penetration outside the capital city by about 40 possible. percent--from 7.5 phones per 100 inhabitants to 10.6 Although income is an overriding constraint on demand, phones per 100 inhabitants. The main factors preventing people everywhere are willing to spend a significant propor- competitive entry to meet this demand were retail pricing tion of their income in communication and information if distortions (including high fixed charges), outdated regula- given the opportunity. Telecommunications typically tory structure for retail pricing, uneconomic definition of accounts for 2­5 percent of GDP, averaging 3.4 percent in local calling areas, and regulated call charges that discour- middle-income countries and 1.8 percent in low-income aged investment. Other factors were high interconnection countries (ITU 2003).8 The poorest 20 percent of house- charges and price squeeze, and a lack of cost-based access to holds in Chile, for example, spend over 3 percent of their physical infrastructure (posts, masts, ducts, and rights of income on telecommunications, compared with 2 percent way) held by the incumbent and other utilities. Overcoming on water and 4 percent on electricity (Melo 2000). In these regulatory issues, which also affected the performance Mauritius, the poorest 10 percent of households spend 2.9 of the telecommunications sector overall, would go a signif- percent of their income on communication, compared with icant way toward extending services throughout low-income 2.4 percent for all households and 2.7 percent for the 20 urban and peri-urban areas at no cost in public funding percent highest-income households; on average, rural (OSIPTEL 2004). households spend 78 percent of the amount spent on com- munication by urban households (CSO 2005).9 Peruvians, Facilitating Innovation taking all urban households together, spend about 1.5 It may be necessary to revisit the regulatory framework from percent of their income on telephone service (fixed and the viewpoint of its ability to support innovation. Some mobile); among households with service, the poorest 20 per- regulatory provisions, although appropriate for service cent spend on telephone services about the same percentage supply by large companies using traditional technologies, of their income as the wealthiest 20 percent (OSIPTEL now may stand in the way of new technologies and 2004). decentralized supply through a wider range of business The challenge is to enable operators to tailor their service models. The trend is toward replacing individual licensing of offerings and technical choices to tap this revenue potential operators by a regime of general authorization, and making effectively. By removing market impediments and supple- more spectrum available for shared and license-exempt use. menting this with government support to reach specific New fixed wireless technologies are resulting in innovative goals beyond the market, policy makers can maximize the business models and hold the promise of extending compe- return to society from public resources and intervention. tition to all market segments, accelerating development of Opening markets to new entrants--including small local broadband infrastructures, and connecting the rural and entrepreneurs--rebalancing tariffs, putting in place an urban poor. At the heart of these new technologies is the effective cost-oriented interconnection regime, securing application of advanced digital processing techniques, which 44 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Box 3.1 Regulatory Measures Help the Market Work Better Open entry. Removing restrictions on entry accelerates expansion to unserved areas. New entrants may be better placed than incumbents to provide cost-effective service and bring additional capital and management resources. They are often also smaller and nimbler than incumbents, faster to adopt new lower-cost technologies, more focused on customer needs and marketing, better attuned to local conditions and business opportunities, and better able to assess and deal with local risks. Replacing individual licensing by a regime of general author- ization facilitates entry, reduces the regulatory burden on companies and authorities, and reduces the opportunity for corruption. Cost-oriented pricing. Retail prices must reflect cost differences among services and across the country. Retail tariffs may need to be rebalanced, raising fixed and local call charges as monopoly rents (especially in international services) are competed away. Temporary meas- ures, however, may be needed to support low-income households during the transition to fully commercial prices. Geographically averaged prices discourage investment in high-cost areas and lead to loss of market share in contested low-cost areas. Cost-oriented interconnection. An effective interconnection regime is essential for compe- tition to develop. Interconnection charges should recognize that calls to and from high-cost areas cost more than those between low-cost areas. High-cost areas should retain a larger- than-average share of revenues generated by outgoing calls and receive a larger-than-average payment for completing incoming calls. Failure to properly pay for the termination of incoming calls undermines the business case for reaching out to unserved areas. Access to infrastructure. New entrants must have reasonable access to the network infra- structures of incumbent operators. Unbundling the local loop helps develop competition in new services, especially broadband Internet. Sharing physical infrastructure and co-locating equipment of different operators lowers barriers to competitive entry, increases revenues of incumbents, and contains environmental damage and public inconvenience. Domestic mobile roaming is necessary for customers of operators with limited networks to have service coun- trywide. Access to the radio spectrum. Making spectrum available promptly and at low cost encour- ages the use of new wireless technologies. Specific measures include increasing the alloca- tion of spectrum for license-exempt use and for mobile service. Spectrum is a prime resource that can be used to accelerate network development and reach unserved areas and popula- tion groups at lower cost than conventional radio and cable solutions. Spectrum should not be rationed by artificially high fees or by restricting availability below demand. Source: Author's analysis. enable users to share spectrum without causing insur- be sufficient to provide access for numerous prospective mountable interference to each other (The Economist 2004). users, both institutional and private. Thus the business case In the context of improved regulatory frameworks, cost- for creating a commercially viable rural Internet service, in effective strategies can be devised to roll out public broad- conjunction with a public institutional network strategy, band access to the Internet. These strategies would be aimed may be increasingly realistic. Franchising services could at meeting both private user needs and the requirements of mobilize local entrepreneurship while providing the institutional programs, such as e-government and comput- benefits of a larger organization that contributes technical ers in schools. For example, using wireless technologies assistance, training, quality standards, name branding, such as WiFi and WiMAX, a single broadband Internet payment vehicles, bulk procurement, and opportunity to point in a village or even an entire region could potentially share experiences. Extending Communication and Information Services 45 Other Constraints commercial grounds and what governments consider Markets may also be constrained by factors that are largely necessary from broader development perspectives. Many outside the control of the sectoral authorities. Governments rural areas remain without service because of high costs or often extract huge license fees from operators, which raises low revenue potential. Service packages are sometimes man- the cost of doing business, creates disincentives for entry, and dated by the authorities or undertaken voluntarily by the even drives active competitors out of the market. The cumu- operating companies to keep services affordable for low- lative burden of uncoordinated taxation often results in high income urban households as tariffs are rebalanced, and these costs that suppress demand and discourage investment. packages may lose money.10 Incomplete infrastructure Telecommunications operators and users in most African networks (roads and electricity as well as telecommunica- countries, for example, are subject to a wide range of taxes, tions) can prevent service providers from expanding service including excise, value-added, and import taxes; local taxes; coverage and local entrepreneurs from entering the market. and in-kind contributions. These are imposed and changed Externalities, such as the benefits to a whole village resulting at various times by government departments (such as from Internet use by only a few people, are not reflected in finance), local authorities (such as municipalities), and the the service provider's operating revenues, and rollout of new sector regulator (through license and spectrum fees) with services is slower than would be optimal from the viewpoint little coordination or regard for the impact on business via- of the whole economy. bility, service provision, and use (Stoeder 2005). As the cost of manufacturing cell phones continues to decline, taxes and Public Sector Support duties levied by governments on importing, selling, and Public sector resources can be used to narrow critical gaps using these devices is becoming the binding constraint on that remain in the long run despite taking the necessary extending communication and information services among steps to make the market work well. Striking the right the poor (The Economist 2005b). balance between enabling the market and providing public Consistent, predictable, and transparent rules of the sector support can, however, be quite difficult. Even with the game are essential. Some of the main obstacles experienced best policies, it may take years for the market to play out. by operating companies in Sub-Saharan Africa relate to Although it may be hard to foresee with precision how far uncertainty on government policy objectives, business the market will ultimately go, that should not rule out some incentives (such as early termination of tax holidays), terms market-supporting mechanisms from being introduced of engagement (such as license renewals and new service even as market efficiency measures are given precedence. obligations), fees (such as license fees, spectrum user The decision to extend a service beyond the market, how- charges, and contributions to universal service funding), and ever, must be supported by thorough examination from the market structures (such as unclear timetable and rules for viewpoint of the whole economy. Government intervention increased competition). These uncertainties are compound- in the market is essentially a political decision beyond the ed--in other regions of the world as well as Sub-Saharan narrow province of telecommunications policy and regula- Africa--by lack of transparency of the regulatory process, tion, for it involves trading off different development goals unclear procedures for decisions, and uneven treatment of that accrue across society and impose conflicting demands competitors. Weak or nonexistent competition law and on limited public resources. But not all unprofitable services authority place the burden of establishing and enforcing deserve public support. Several questions should be competitive safeguards on the emerging telecommunica- answered before the government intervenes: tions regulator. Financial market failures, such as lack of · Are the benefits to the economy likely to more than offset long-term debt financing in local currency needed by small the costs? and medium operators, restrict market entry. · Will the services effectively reach and be used by the Extending Access Beyond target population? the Market · Are the support instruments well suited to address Even in well-performing markets, gaps typically remain specific obstacles? between what service providers are prepared to do solely on · Are they consistent with overall economic policies? 46 Information and Communications for Development 2006 · Is the cost in public resources kept at a minimum for low-income urban areas lacking service,11 while high- given results? income countries have supported the provision of telephone · Is the amount of public resources to be used for this service in every household. purpose justified? There is a compelling argument for extending access to voice communication beyond the market in developing Economic analysis provides a framework for thinking countries. In recent years, mobile phones have served this through (and to some extent quantifying) key aspects of purpose exceptionally well. Where available, growth rates public sector support. The costs of providing the additional have been phenomenal. On aggregate there are now more services are compared with the benefits of so doing, from the mobile than fixed phones, and about 70 percent of the viewpoints of both the companies providing the service and developing world's population (over 50 percent in Sub- the economy at large. The analysis from the company's view- Saharan Africa) live within the footprint of mobile phone point indicates how much support would be needed to service.12 Mobile phones both substitute for scarce fixed render the provision of the additional services commercially connections and add mobility. The economic impact is viable. The analysis from the economy's viewpoint indicates dramatic, especially in terms of reducing transaction costs, whether the benefits to society at large (not only to the broadening trade networks, and facilitating the search for immediate participants) equal or exceed the cost of the work, and it is much larger in low- and middle-income resources used. Only projects that need support to become countries than in high-income countries (Waverman, viable and yield benefits to the economy at least equal to Meschi, and Fuss 2005). Prepaid service is taken up massively their costs should be eligible for public sector support. In by otherwise excluded low-income households. Mobile practice, public sector budgetary constraints further limit phones are widely shared and rented out by the call by local the extent and pace at which this set of projects can be sup- entrepreneurs, serving as de facto public telephones. In the ported. Cost-benefit analysis points to priorities among the villages of Bangladesh, which are among the poorest in the different projects as well as choices between the projects and world, women entrepreneurs provide payphone service at a alternative uses of public resources in other sectors (Belli profit using mobile phones (Lawson and Meyenn 2000). et al. 2001). Estimating demand by end users, government Farmers and fishermen use mobile phones to figure out programs, and nongovernment organizations lies at the where they can get the best prices for their products, small center of economic justification, which must assess the risk businesses shop around for supplies, and in some countries that these demands may not materialize and examine (such as Zambia) they can make cashless payments (The options to contain these risks. Economist 2005a). Operators and users creatively exploit features of mobile technology to implement pro-poor approaches.13 Whether extending access to mobile services Public Sector Support for Narrowing Gaps in requires public sector support or merely needs the remain- Established Markets Public sector support to narrow gaps in established markets ing obstacles to the market to be removed is, however, a is often justified. A strong case can be made for supporting a matter to be assessed in each situation. service that (1) has been taken up on commercial terms by a substantial part of the country's population to which the Public Sector Support for Launching service is available (that is, the value of the service has been New Markets demonstrated though the market) and (2) people deprived Justifying the use of public sector resources to help develop of the service are deemed to suffer serious economic or new markets is less straightforward. There are strong social disadvantage. This is the classic case for universal arguments, and a growing body of empirical evidence, in service programs. Fixed and mobile voice communication favor of early adoption of advanced communication and have by now passed the market test in many countries. The information services as tools of economic development economic and social effects of the fixed telephone have and poverty reduction. These advanced services, however, been well known for decades. Low- and middle-income have not yet passed the market test in any developing countries have focused on supporting the provision of com- country.14 Moreover, these services cut a new divide between munal facilities, especially public telephones in villages and people who have use for them and those who do not (Kenny Extending Communication and Information Services 47 2003). Use is constrained by income, education, and Stimulating Demand occupation--that is, by poverty itself--as well as by social Demand can be stimulated by making established services and cultural factors (including gender bias) and relevance of more affordable and new services more relevant. In some the information content that can be accessed. Initial countries (for example, Ireland and Kazakhstan), government deployment of the Internet thus arguably increases inequal- agencies help eligible households (such as low-income, elder- ity, although in the longer run the benefits may trickle down ly, or disabled persons living alone) pay for phone service and all groups gain. Success is likely to depend on a number together with other basic services, such as rent, food, or of demand and supply factors that are subject to great uncer- electricity. In the United States, households that qualify under tainty and difficult to coordinate. low-income support programs receive discounts on their tele- There is thus a growing contrarian view that government phone bills; the discount is paid to the companies providing support should be limited to services for which demand can the service. Demand can also be stimulated by supplying materialize quickly once service is made available, as is selected services at prices below commercial levels. In Chile, demonstrably the case of mobile phones, and let the Internet for instance, rural public phone calls are priced below full cost and related services advance at their own pace through the recovery, and initial investment is subsidized to offset the market (Fink and Kenny 2003; The Economist 2005a). The suppliers' losses. In the United Kingdom, optional lifeline policy options are less clear cut, however, since some services phone service aimed at low-income households offered, for a in high demand among poor people, such as live television, low fixed quarterly price, unlimited incoming and emergency may generate significant revenues but require broadband calls and flexible payment plans for additional outgoing networks (Townsend 2002). New solutions to deliver old calls.16 Improving customer service and accelerating take-up services at more affordable prices, such as voice over Inter- of computers can also help. Telephone customers in Egypt dial net protocol (VoIP), also require broadband networks. And up their choice of Internet service provider (ISP), paying only people living on one dollar a day may be unable to help the price of the phone call without having to subscribe to the themselves to the Internet but can benefit from advanced ISP. A personal computer and one year of Internet access are services intermediated through radio and television, human available to residential telephone customers in Morocco for facilitation, and appropriate interfaces. less than retail prices. Ensuring access to relevant content is a key success factor in rolling out new services. Governments can stimulate demand for new services-- Providing Public Sector Support the Internet in particular--by launching applications of Public sector support to extend communication and infor- interest to the public, such as online tax filing or access to mation services seeks to develop sustainable markets for the birth certificates and land records. Aggregating the demand private provision of the desired services. Support is designed of various government branches and agencies and inviting to turn socially desirable investments that are not profitable competitive tenders rather than each branch developing its by themselves into commercially viable undertakings by own can be a powerful driver of private rollout of new stimulating demand, jump-starting supply, or both. Projects services. Government commitment to purchase broadband that are not demonstrably good for society at large, or that capacity can be a practical tool to reduce commercial risk if are unlikely to ever stand on their own generally, should not investors are asked to build facilities before their value has be supported. This principle applies broadly to infrastruc- been fully tested in the market. The procurement choices ture services (such as electricity, water supply and sanitation, that national and local authorities make, as well as the infor- and transport, as well as telecommunications). Services that mation content they develop and make available to the exhibit large externalities and public good properties (such public through these technologies, can have a strong effect as education, health, and legal systems) are normally sup- on the viability of competition and opportunities for new ported on a recurrent basis.15 The principle reflects a posi- entrants, including small entrepreneurs. tion on economic policy as much as it reflects the practical observation that projects that must rely on continued Jump-Starting Supply support are unduly vulnerable to the availability of public Cash subsidy is a proven public sector instrument for jump- funds or aid. starting supply. Cash subsidies can be effective to catalyze 48 Information and Communications for Development 2006 additional private investment in several ways. They can help costs. Where domestic installations are involved, service suppliers overcome entry barriers that result from customers are also required to pay part of the investment front-loaded investment requirements or financial market cost, as a confirmation of economic demand for service failures, offset temporary political constraints on prices, or and commitment to pay for service use. reflect external benefits that otherwise would not contribute to operating revenues.17 Cash subsidies are transparent, in Subsidies must be neutral about competition among the sense that they have known costs and are subject to the service providers, service alternatives, and technologies. discipline of public sector budgets. They can also be accu- Subsidies must also be explicit and transparent, flowing rately targeted to the desired beneficiaries. Subsidies are paid externally to the sources and beneficiaries. Cross-subsidies as the output objectives are met.18 In Peru, for example, within operating companies to meet uneconomic service private operators that committed to install payphones in obligations are neither desirable nor readily sustainable in an villages with no telephones received part of the subsidy on increasingly competitive market environment. the award of their contract, part once the equipment was Subsidies can be channeled through various points in the installed, and the rest in semi-annual installments for service supply chain. As the provision of communication several years, contingent on compliance with performance and information services is increasingly being separated standards (Cannock 2001). from the provision of networks carrying these services, Capital contributions and risk guarantees may also be subsidies can be applied to either. In Chile, for example, appropriate in particular circumstances. Public sector companies received subsidies to extend the public telecom- investment in private-led businesses with the expectation of munications network and install and operate public phones future returns on investment can help overcome financial in designated villages under agreed terms and conditions market failures. Because in a market economy the primary (Wellenius 2002). In Bolivia and Nicaragua, subsidies are responsibility for providing services rests with the private being provided to extend mobile networks to areas having sector, a clear exit strategy for the public sector is essential. no telephone service. In Uganda, companies are being subsi- Guarantees against risks that are under the government's dized to extend the network and install Internet points of control can mitigate the impact of political and regulatory presence in provincial towns; actually providing Internet uncertainty.19 In contrast, tax breaks, concessional financing, services to the public is left to competing companies, includ- in-kind grants, and guarantees of risks not under the ing local entrepreneurs. A joint venture between several government's control are less transparent and accurate, and states and private companies is being developed in eastern often go against good taxation and other public policies Africa to bring broadband domestic and international access (Irwin 2003).20 throughout the region (Guislain et al. 2005). Good Subsidy Practice Financing Subsidies Good subsidy practice commits all participants to con- Specialized telecommunications development funds are tribute to financing the provision of services: often used to collect and disburse subsidies.21 From the viewpoint of overall economic efficiency and equity, subsi- · Service providers invest and risk their own resources to dies should be financed from general revenues, as in Chile set up the facilities and provide the services during a and Nepal. Subsidies, however, are often financed by levies given time under specified conditions. on telecommunications revenues--for example, 1 percent of gross operating revenues in Peru and Uganda, and 2 percent · Government subsidies help service providers meet some in the Dominican Republic and Nicaragua (Navas-Sabater investment and start-up costs. Subsidies are designed to 2005).22 One argument supporting this option is that the net reduce access barriers--such as initial connection, equip- benefits of the subsidies will, in many cases, flow back to the ment, or installation charges--to which low-income industry contributors through opportunities to compete for groups are especially sensitive. these subsidies, increased traffic, and overall growth, and will · Customers typically pay for the use of services, at least as also result in external benefits to current users. A practical much as is needed to meet operating and maintenance argument is that funding from general revenues is subject to Extending Communication and Information Services 49 the uncertainties of annual budgetary cycles. Arguably, large but not commercially viable on their own, and however, it is inequitable to require users of mature services determine the maximum subsidy justified for each (mainly fixed and mobile phones), including growing project.24 numbers of low-income families, to subsidize early adopters · Private firms submit competitive bids for these projects. of new technology, who tend to be among the better-off. Subject to meeting service conditions and complying Development funds have a mixed record in financing with rules that apply to all providers, bidders are free to telecommunications subsidies. They have performed well in develop their business strategies and their choice of some countries but in others the monies collected disbursed technology. only slowly, some funds were raided by government treasur- ies, and private companies are sometimes reluctant to chan- · Subsidies can be awarded to the bidders that require the nel money through a public sector agency.23 Moreover, lowest amounts. Alternatively, bids can be invited for because mobile services are quickly reaching virtually the fixed subsidies and awarded against other quantifiable whole population, special funds may no longer be needed to service measures, such as the lowest price to end users or close any remaining gaps in access to voice services. Several the fastest service rollout. countries (for example, Bolivia, Chile, Colombia, Peru, and · Subsidies are paid in full or in installments that are Uganda) have broadened the scope of their funds to help linked to implementation of investments and provision develop more advanced services and facilities. of service. · Service providers own the facilities and bear all construc- Competing for Subsidies tion and commercial risks. No additional subsidies are Subsidies are preferably determined and allocated through available downstream for the same services. the market. Competition among firms for subsidies-- · The government monitors and enforces service quality initially developed for rural payphone programs in middle- and pricing standards, protects users against arbitrary income countries--is increasingly found in telecommunica- changes of service, and provides investors with stable tions in lower-income countries. Competition is also being rules of the game. It also evaluates the effectiveness and used for other rural infrastructure services (electricity, water impact of the subsidies, and draws lessons that can be and sanitation, and transport). Competition among firms applied to subsequent projects. for subsidies results in lower subsidies, more effective mobilization of private investment, and greater transparen- Success Factors cy than occurs in traditional public sector funding of these The success of competition among firms for subsidies hinges investments (Wellenius, Foster, and Calvo 2004). on critical demand and supply factors and on the enabling environment: Competition among Firms for Subsidies Competition among firms for subsidies comprises the · Demand side. The ultimate constraint on the demand following main steps: side is the users' willingness and ability to pay at least as much as is needed to keep the service going after initial · The government defines the broad objectives, target installation and startup. This probably is the case in even population, and levels of funding of the subsidy program. the poorest countries and rural areas as far as sustaining It also establishes key service conditions, such as types of communal voice services, but it limits how quickly services to be provided, quality standards, maximum higher levels of service may be provided. Government retail prices, and duration of service commitments. programs, such as e-government and computers in · Specific service requirements are primarily identified by schools, should also pay for the communication and prospective beneficiaries and communities. Economic and information services needed to reach target population technical analysis is used to aggregate these service require- groups. The combined revenues from meeting public ments into projects, select and prioritize projects that are and private demands can go a long way toward acceler- likely to be desirable from the viewpoint of the economy at ating rollout of new services. 50 Information and Communications for Development 2006 · Supply side. The primary concern on the supply side is to smaller operators are involved, and it would allow suppliers ensure effective competition for the subsidies. Existing greater flexibility to respond to demand and tailor their operating companies, equipment providers, and new business strategies. The design of competition for subsidies firms set up for this purpose are likely to participate only could also be adapted to support micro enterprises, such as in countries where the local telecommunications market individual local entrepreneurs, perhaps by developing is sufficiently developed. Creating opportunities for new standard screening and financing packages or by applying entrepreneurs to join the market, on a single-community solutions devised for supporting small and medium enter- basis in many cases, can promote diversity, decentraliza- prises generally. tion, and broader competition. But effective competition for subsidies may decline as the market consolidates and Conclusion firms and entrepreneurs establish positions on geograph- ical or market niche bases. Public sector support for extending services beyond the market is no substitute for undertaking broad sector reforms · Enabling environment. A clear, stable, and credible legal and following up by removing remaining impediments to and regulatory sectoral and general business framework well-working markets. Accelerated rollout of new services is needed for prospective service providers to make and networks should start by cleaning up the regulatory reasonable estimates of costs and revenues and to assess framework to accommodate new technologies and business the risks they are being asked to assume. Significant models. It is probably unrealistic to expect policy makers to institutional capacity needs to be in place to design and wait several years for improved rules to fully work their way manage the process and funding of the subsidies. The through the markets before undertaking public sector sup- WSIS Task Force on Financial Mechanisms has identified port programs. But the onus is on the proponents of such government and regulatory capacity as arguably the programs to show convincingly that all that is reasonably single most important constraint on the development of possible to improve market conditions is already being done. communication and information service (WSIS 2004). The default should be no public sector support. That a particular service outcome is desirable from sec- Alternative Modalities of Competition toral, development, or political viewpoints is not a sufficient for Subsidies reason to commit public sector resources to its pursuit. Competition among firms, as outlined above, is a proven There are many such desirable endeavors that seek funding. tool to determine and allocate subsidies to carry out It is up to the proponents to demonstrate--in terms of the predetermined projects. Alternative modalities could be economy as a whole, not only in terms of the telecommuni- considered as well, however. Other forms of competition for cations sector--that the public resources required are worth subsidies include competition among projects proposed by using to this particular end rather than to meet competing communities or firms, competition among regional govern- demands. Analytical tools designed and used for many years ments for central funds, and competition among sectors for for similar purposes can be applied consistently. These tools a share of these funds. Implicit in all modalities is competi- have limitations, but within defined boundaries they tion among technologies and business models for delivering provide essential inputs to what is ultimately a political the services. decision. Some of these alternatives, such as competition among Efforts to extend services beyond the market must be projects initiated by suppliers or communities, have been commensurate with economic development overall. Inade- used in other infrastructure service sectors (such as electric- quate access to communication and information is as ity) and could be tried for communication and information much a result of poverty as it is a contributing factor. The services. Or bidders could be given more freedom to config- ultimate constraint on the pace at which it is possible and ure the projects, subject to meeting prescribed aggregate meaningful to extend these services is the private and service targets. This would further reduce the extent to public users' ability to use the services productively and which the authorities second-guess the market. It also might their willingness to contribute to paying for them. Primary be simpler to prepare when a large number of places or reliance on the private sector for providing services Extending Communication and Information Services 51 depends on having in place enlightened and capable public 10. Preliminary calculations in Bulgaria and Latvia, for example, sector players to make the programs work. Strengthening suggested in 2000 that tariff rebalancing might cause as many as one-third of all customers to drop their service unless they this capacity, especially at the regulatory level, is often received some support. necessary. 11. The main exception has been Colombia, where a system has been in place for many years to provide telephones in the less affluent Endnotes urban households cross-subsidized by taxing high-income households and businesses. The system eventually has proven 1. In 1965 the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) unsustainable and is being replaced by an urban payphones established a specialized group (GAS-5) to look into telecom- program. Moreover, an increasing number of households are munications in developing countries. returning their subsidized residential phones and taking up 2. Examples of services traditionally provided through separate mobile service at fully commercial prices. networks are voice communication through fixed and mobile 12. Actual take-up is much lower, though, as the high price of telephone networks, television and radio through terrestrial making calls discourages many potential users. and satellite broadcasting and cable networks, and broadband Internet through improved telephone and cable networks and 13. For example, a pre-paid user with low or zero credit available WiFi hotspots. can call and end the call prior to connection, expecting the called party to call back. Credit transfers between subscribers 3. These figures overstate somewhat the volume of new resources allows sharing of pre-paid cards or reselling credit in smaller made available to the sector, since they include payments for amounts. Text messages addressed to special servers can be transferring the ownership of existing assets (privatization of used to obtain specialized information (for example, send the state enterprises) and acquiring new licenses. word "coffee" to a predefined number and receive the price of 4. In 2000 about 30 percent of households in developing coun- coffee in the capital city markets). tries had fixed telephones (author's estimates using ITU data). 14. Internet use is growing rapidly, and in some developing Today the proportion of households with either fixed or countries advanced services might pass the market test in the mobile phones is likely to be considerably higher. Although foreseeable future. In Chile, Jamaica, and Malaysia, for exam- some fixed phones have been replaced by mobiles, and some ple, it is estimated that between one-fourth and one-third of homes with fixed phones now also have mobile phones, many the populations used the Internet in 2003, albeit mainly mobile phones are likely to be in households that earlier had no through communal facilities such as cyber-cafes (the propor- phones at all. These averages mask major differences by income tion of connected households is much lower). Advanced groups. ITU data for 2002 show that about 8 percent of house- services are being taken up quickly in the more developed holds in low-income countries had fixed phones, compared countries. In the European Union, one-half of individuals and with 49 percent and 59 percent in lower- and upper-middle nine out of ten enterprises used the Internet in 2004. The gaps income countries, respectively (ITU 2003). These numbers between high- and middle-income EU countries, however, have only indicative value, since individual country data are remain substantial. See EU (2005). often inconsistent and subject to errors. 15. Some communication and information projects, such as 5. In 2003, about 80 percent of Africa's 34 million mobile phones national emergency calling numbers, may be deemed of suffi- were prepaid, as were over 90 percent of South Africa's new ciently high social value to be supported even if they can never customers. Low-income users had been largely excluded from be commercially viable on their own. conventional fixed and mobile service because they were not creditworthy, were unwilling to commit to fixed payments, or 16. Prepaid mobile service, however, overtook fixed lifeline options needed more effective control over call expenditure. as they were being developed. 6. Based on recent World Development Indicators data. The 17. High initial investment and start-up costs followed by low original story as reported in the references showed the phone recurrent costs means that the prices that make investments density in the Democratic Republic of Congo as being 15 times privately profitable in the early stages of market development that in Ethiopia. can be much higher than the marginal cost of production (or 7. See also chapter 2 for the role of foreign direct investment in may even not exist), thus leading to investment levels well advancing competition. below socially optimal levels (Serra 2000). One example of a financial sector market failure is the lack of access to long-term 8. These figures understate willingness to pay because they investment capital. An example of temporary political con- include countries where demand for services is not being met. straint on prices is the gradual phasing out of cross-subsidies 9. Communication comprises postal services as well as telecom- for low-income telephone customers as prices are rebalanced munications services and equipment. Data are for 2001­2. toward costs. Gains to the whole village as some inhabitants 52 Information and Communications for Development 2006 learn to use new services is an example of benefits that do not available. Ranking this way maximizes the social return per accrue fully as operating revenues. dollar of subsidy, but it helps the worst-off localities only after all the others. 18. Whenever possible, subsidies within a single budget cycle are preferred because they minimize uncertainty about subsidy amounts and availability. When governments commit to provide subsidies over longer periods, they assume liabilities References resembling those created by taking on debt, and both the cost Belli, Pedro, Jock R. Anderson, Howard N. Barnum, John A. Dixon, of these commitments and the new fiscal risks need to be and Jee-Peng Tan. 2001. Economic Analysis of Investment considered. See Boyle and Irwin (2005). Operations: Analytical Tools and Practical Applications. 19. Regulatory risk falls under this category, for example, the risk Washington, DC: World Bank Institute Development Studies, that the authorities do not allow operators to change prices as World Bank. prescribed in the license or regulations. Boyle, Glenn, and Timothy Irwin. 2005. "Estimating the Fiscal 20. Tax breaks include exemptions from import duties. In-kind Risks and Costs of Output-Based Payments." OBApproaches 08 contributions would include, for example, selling state assets at (July), Global Partnership on Output-Based Aid, World Bank, below-market prices, and giving free use of scarce highly valued Washington, DC. http://www.gpoba.org/newsletters/OBAp- spectrum or rights of way. (To the extent that high market prices proaches _Measuring_Risk.pdf. of the spectrum do not reflect real scarcities but rather result Cannock, Geoffrey. 2001. "Expanding Rural Telephony: Output from obsolete government policies, granting spectrum rights Based Contracts for Pay Phones in Peru." In Contracting for would have no real cost to the economy.) The grant element of Public Services: Output-Based Aid and Its Applications, ed. concessional financing should be treated as a capital contribu- Penelope Brook and Suzanne Smith, 15­21. Washington, DC: tion. Risks that are not under the government's control include World Bank. commercial risks, such as those resulting from uncertainty of future demand for new services. To the extent that the govern- CSO (Central Statistics Office). 2005. Household Budget Survey ment is a major source of demand (for example, of broadband 2001/02 Analytical Report. Central Statistics Office, Ministry of for e-government and distance education programs), capacity Finance and Corporate Affairs, Port Louis. http://statsmauri- purchasing contracts can be practical tools to reduce commer- tius.gov.mu/report/natacc/hbsrep02/hbs.pdf cial risk by investors being asked to roll out facilities before their Dymond, Andrew, and Sonja Oestmann. 2002. "Universal Access value has been tested fully in the market. For a general discus- and Rural Communication Development Funds: Success sion of public sector support, see Irwin (2003). Factors Worldwide and Practical Insights from Uganda." Paper 21. For a concise review of the experience of telecommunications prepared for Intelecon Research and Consultancy Ltd., Van- development funds, including key factors of success, see couver. http://www.inteleconresearch.com/pdf/intelecon%20 Dymond and Oestmann (2002). Wellenius (2002) discusses in paper%20-%20ua%20&%20rur.pdf. detail the success factors and problems encountered in imple- The Economist. 2004. "On the Same Wavelength." Special Report menting the Chilean development fund, which pioneered Spectrum Policy, The Economist 372 (8388): 61­3. competition among firms for rural subsidies. ------. 2005a. "Behind the Digital Divide." The Economist 374 22. Funding (from various sources) to extend telecommunications (8417): 22. services beyond the market ranges between 0.3 percent of sector ------. 2005b. "Mobile Phones and Development: Less Is More." revenues spent in Chile between 1995 and 2000 to provide pay- The Economist 376 (8434):11. phones in rural areas, to over 5 percent in the United States to ------. 2005c. "The Real Digital Divide." The Economist 374 support service in high-cost areas and low-income households. (8417): 11. Typical funding is 1 to 2 percent of sector revenues. 23. An alternative to conventional telecommunications develop- EU (European Union). 2005. Internet Usage by Individuals and ment funds could be a virtual fund, in which payments are Enterprises 2004. Eurostat, Statistics in Focus, report KS-NP- made directly among operating companies to settle differences 05-018. http://epp.eurostat.cec.eu.int/portal/page?_pageid= between mandatory contributions to development funding 1073,46587259&_dad=portal&_schema=PORTAL&p_prod- and expenses incurred to extend services beyond the market. uct_code=KS-NP-05-018 This may be an attractive option where government agencies Fink, Carsten, and Charles Kenny. 2003. "W(h)ither the Digital are deemed ineffective or corrupt. Divide?" info 5 (6): 15­24. 24. A standard technique is to identify projects with positive social Fink, Carsten, Aaditya Mattoo, and Randeep Rathindran. 2002. NPV (present value of benefits net of costs) and negative "An Assessment of Telecommunications Reform in Developing private NPV. Projects meeting these conditions can be ranked Countries." Policy Research Working Paper 2909, World Bank, by social NPV per unit of maximum subsidy to be made Washington, DC. http://wdsbeta.worldbank.org/external/ Extending Communication and Information Services 53 default/WDSContentServer/IW3P/IB/2002/11/11/000094946_ Rossotto, Carlo Maria, Khalid Sekkat, and Aristomene Varoudakis. 02102904035023/Rendered/PDF/multi0page.pdf. 2003. "Opening up Telecommunications to Competition and Guislain, Pierre, Mavis Ampah, Laurent Besancon, Cecile Niang, MENA Integration in the World Economy." Working Paper and Alexandre Serot. 2005. "Connecting Sub-Saharan Africa." Series No. 33, World Bank, Washington, DC. Working Paper 51, World Bank, Washington, DC. Rossotto, Carlo Maria, Björn Wellenius, Anat Levin, and Carlos R. Irwin, Timothy 2003. "Public Money for Private Infrastructure." Gomez. 2004. "Competition in International Voice Communi- Working Paper 10, World Bank, Washington, DC. cations." Working Paper 42, World Bank, Washington, DC. ITU (International Telecommunication Union). 2002. World Saunders, Robert, Jeremy Warford, and Björn Wellenius. 1983. Telecommunications Development Report, section 2. Geneva: Telecommunications and Economic Development. Baltimore and International Telecommunication Union. London: The Johns Hopkins University Press. Serra, Pablo. 2000. "Subsidies in Chilean Public Utilities." Policy ------. 2003. World Telecommunications Development Report. Research Working Paper 2445, World Bank, Washington, Geneva: International Telecommunication Union. DC. ------. 2004. African Telecommunications Indicators, section 4. Stoeder, Margo. 2005. "Introduction: Regulatory Landscape in Geneva: International Telecommunication Union. Africa." African Mobile Operators Workshop, April 13­14, Kenny, Charles. 2003. "The Internet and Economic Growth in World Bank, Washington, DC. Less-Developed Countries: A Case for Managing Expecta- SUBTEL. 2003. Análisis de estadísticas por hogar del sector teleco- tions?" Oxford Development Studies. 31 (1): 100­13. municaciones según censo de población y vivienda Chile 2002. Lawson, Cina, and Natalie Meyenn. 2000. "Bringing Cellular Informe Estadístico No. 7, Subsecretaría de Telecomunica- Phone Service to Rural Areas: Grameen Telecom and Village ciones, Santiago. http://www.subtel.cl. Payphones in Bangladesh." Viewpoint 205, World Bank, Townsend, David N. 2002. "The World Cup and Communications Washington, DC. http://www.worldbank.org/viewpoint/html- Development: A New Vision?" Paper presented at the Universal notes/205/205lawson.pdf Access and Rural Connectivity Regional Workshop for Maitland, Donald. 1984. The Missing Link: Report of the Indepen- Southern and Eastern Africa, Dar-es-Salaam. http://www. dent Commission for World-Wide Telecommunications Develop- dntownsend.com/dnta/Reports/DNT%20WCup%20Com.doc ment. International Telecommunication Union, Geneva. UNECA (United Nations Economic Commission for Africa). http://www.itu.int/osg/spu/sfo/missinglink/The_Missing_Link 1999. "Information and Communication Technologies for _A4-E.pdf. Improved Governance in Africa." Paper presented at the United Melo, Jose. 2000. "Telecommunications and the Poor." Unpub- Nations Economic Commission for Africa "Africa Develop- lished, World Bank, Washington, DC. ment Forum," Addis Ababa, October 24­28. http://www. Navas-Sabater, Juan. 2005. "Universal Access and Output-Based uneca.org/adf99/governance.htm#democratisation. Aid in Telecommunications and ICT." Dissemination Note Wallsten, Scott. 1999. "An Empirical Analysis of Competition, Pri- Global Information and Communications Technologies vatization, and Regulation in Telecommunications Markets in Department, World Bank, Washington, DC. http://lnweb18. Africa and Latin America." Policy Research Working Paper worldbank.org/ict/resources.nsf/a693f575e01ba5f385256b500 2136, World Bank, Washington, DC. http://econ.worldbank. 062af05/f9845b5620512a29852570310056bfba/$FILE/obaN- org/external/default/main?pagePK=64165259&theSitePK= oteFinal.pdf. 469372&piPK=64165421&menuPK=64166093&enti- Navas-Sabater, Juan, Andrew Dymond, and Niina Juntunen. 2002. tyID=000094946_99072206440581 "Telecommunications and Information Services for the Poor." Waverman, Leonard, Meloria Meschi, and Melvyn Fuss. 2005. World Bank Discussion Paper No. 432, World Bank, "The Impact of Telecoms on Economic Growth in Developing Washington, DC. Countries. Africa: The Impact of Mobile Phones." The Voda- Oestmann, Sonja. 2003. "Mobile Operators: Their Contribution to fone Public Policy Papers Series No. 2: 10­23. http://www. Universal Service and Public Access." Vancouver: Intelecon vodafone.com/assets/files/en/AIMP_17032005.pdf Research and Consultancy Ltd. http://www.inteleconrsearch. Wellenius, Björn. 2000. "Regulating the Telecommunications Sec- com/pdf/mobile%20%26%20us%20-%20for%20rru.pdf tor: The Experience of Latin America." In Regulatory Policy in OSIPTEL. 2004. "Marginal-Urban and Rural Telecommunications Latin America: Post-Privatization Experience, ed. Luigi Development." In OSIPTEL Telecommunications Capacity Manzetti, 189­242. Miami: North-South Center Press. Building Technical Assistance Project: Report for Tasks 1-6, ------. 2002. "Closing the Gap in Access to Rural Communica- Volume 1. Clifford Chance LLP, Washington, DC. http://rru. tions: Chile 1995­2002." World Bank Discussion Paper 430, worldbank.org/documents/osiptel.pdf World Bank, Washington, DC. 54 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Wellenius Björn, Carlos Braga, and Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang. ------. 2005. World Development Indicators database, country 2000. "Investment and Growth of the Information Infrastruc- classification as of July 2005. ture: Summary Results of a Global Survey." Telecommunications WSIS (World Summit on the Information Society). 2003. Policy 24 (2000): 639­43. "Declaration of Principles: Building the Information Society: A Wellenius, Björn, Vivien Foster, and Christina Malmberg Calvo. Global Challenge in the New Millennium." World Summit on 2004. "Private Provision of Rural Infrastructure Services: the Information Society, Geneva. http://www.itu.int/wsis/docs/ Competing for Subsidies." Policy Research Working Paper geneva/official/dop.html. A summary of the main points of the 3365, World Bank, Washington, DC. Declaration is accessible at http://www.itu.int/wsis/basic/ World Bank. 2002. Information and Communication Technologies: key.html A World Bank Group Strategy. Washington, DC: World Bank. ------. 2004. "The Report of the Task Force on Financial ------. 2004. Morocco: Developing Competition in Telecom- Mechanisms for ICT for Development." World Summit on the munications. Washington, DC: GICT Policy Division, World Information Society, Geneva. http://www.itu.int/wsis/tffm/ Bank. final-report.pdf Extending Communication and Information Services 55 Chapter 4 The Role of ICT in Doing Business Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang, George R. Clarke, and Naomi Halewood A vibrant private sector--where firms invest, users boosts total exports by 4.3 percentage points, and create jobs, and improve their productivity-- increases exports from low-income countries to high-income promotes growth and increases opportunities countries by 3.8 percentage points.1 Freund and Weinhold for poor people (World Bank 2004). There is a growing (2004), in a study that included 56 developed and developing consensus in the development community that in order to countries, also found a significant link between access to the improve the investment climate in their countries, govern- Internet and trade growth for the period 1997­9. Specifically, ments should place a high level of priority on improving they found that developing countries with the fewest estab- access to information and communication technology (ICT) lished trade links benefit the most from using the Internet. as well as its quality. Furthermore, the internalization of ICT applications A good communication and information infrastructure affects business operations directly. The ability to transfer is an essential part of overall infrastructure; it can improve information seamlessly through shared electronic files and the connectivity between firms, suppliers, and clients as well networked computers improves the efficiency of business as provide business opportunities, especially for companies processes such as documentation, data processing, and other that are physically distant from urban centers. Barr (2000) back-office functions (for example, organizing incoming suggests that entrepreneurs with wider, more diverse orders and preparing invoices). Increasingly sophisticated contacts have more productive enterprises and are more ICT applications--such as customer resource management likely to have access to supplier credit. A network of entre- (CRM) and electronic data interchange (EDI)--allow firms preneurs--either by exchanging information through an to store, share, and use their acquired knowledge.2 All this industry-specific online bulletin or by establishing relation- can reduce inefficiencies in the use of capital and labor and ships with distant clients--can feed back into the traditional can lower operational and transaction costs among face-to-face network and accelerate endogenous firm growth. economic agents, thus improving the productivity and prof- Besides increasing firms' networks, ICT also reduces the itability of firms. historical advantages of long-established firms. This allows A growing number of firm- and industry-level studies firms from developing countries greater opportunities to have recently been carried out on the links between ICT and participate in international trade and become connected to growth. One advantage of microeconomic studies is that foreign markets. Clarke and Wallsten (2004), in a study of 27 they provide specific information on why and how firms high-income countries and 66 developing countries, found adopt ICT applications and which aspects of the ICT that a 1 percentage point increase in the number of Internet adoption process are especially useful. Examination of 57 firm-level data also helps to reveal the effects experienced by 20,000 firms from 26 sectors in 56 low- and middle-income different types of firms. The results can then be used to countries (see table 4.1) in East Asia and Pacific, Europe and formulate targeted public policies and reforms. For example, Central Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean, the Middle in a country with high potential for agricultural exports, East and North Africa, South Asia, and Sub-Saharan Africa.4 expanding a basic service such as e-mail may be the most The surveys include core questions, which are identical beneficial policy because it would allow producers to across countries. They also include country- and region- communicate electronically with their agribusiness specific questions that are intended to provide greater infor- constituents. In another country, the garment industry may mation on specific investment climate issues that highlight require more sophisticated corporate data services to country or regional characteristics. provide the edge it needs to compete in overseas markets. ICS has the following three indicators for ICT use: For these reasons, we will also use firm-level data. 1. percentage of a firm's workforce regularly using comput- This chapter is organized as follows. In the next two ers in their jobs sections we describe the firm surveys in more detail. We present the pattern of firm behavior related to ICT use along 2. whether a firm uses e-mail to interact with its clients and with the effect of ICT use on enterprise performance based suppliers on our empirical analysis. The following two sections iden- 3. whether a firm uses a Web site to interact with its clients tify the key obstacles to ICT adoption. We conclude by and suppliers. suggesting a number of policy issues that should be addressed to remove the obstacles identified. These indicators show which firms are currently using ICT in the 56 developing countries surveyed (see annex 4B for country-level summary statistics of these three and other Firm Behavior Related to ICT Use ICT-related indicators). The data used in this study come from Investment Climate Surveys (ICS) conducted by the Private Sector Development Rates of E-Mail and Web Site Use Network and Development Economics Research Group at Firms in both manufacturing and service sectors use the World Bank, in collaboration with local partners in the e-mail at a similar rate, but the use of Web sites and comput- countries involved.3 These surveys were conducted through ers is much higher for service firms than for manufacturing face-to-face interviews between 1999 and 2003, covering ones. Although over 55 percent of firms in both sectors Table 4.1 Countries in the ICS Sample Region Country East Asia and Pacific Cambodia (503), China 2002 (1,548), China 2003 (2,401), Indonesia (713), Philippines (716) Europe and Central Asia Albania (170), Armenia (171), Azerbaijan (170), Belarus (250), Bosnia and Herzegovina (182), Bulgaria (250), Croatia (187), Czech Republic (268), Estonia (170), Georgia (174), Hungary (250), Kazakhstan (250), Kosovo (329), Kyrgyz Republic 2002 (173), Kyrgyz Republic 2003 (102), Latvia (176), Lithuania (200), Macedonia, FYR 2002 (170), Moldova 2002 (174), Moldova 2003 (103), Poland 2002 (500), Poland 2003 (108), Romania (255), Russian Federation (506), Serbia 2001 (402), Serbia 2003 (408) and Montenegro (100), Slovak Republic (170), Slovenia (188), Tajikistan 2002 (176), Tajikistan 2003 (107), Turkey (514), Ukraine (463), Uzbekistan 2002 (260), Uzbekistan 2003 (100), the former Yugoslavia (250) Latin America and the Caribbean Bolivia (671), Brazil (1,642), Ecuador (453), Guatemala (455), Honduras (450), Nicaragua (232), Peru (583) Middle East and North Africa Algeria (557), Morocco (859) South Asia Bangladesh (1,001), India 2000 (895), India 2002 (1,827), Pakistan (965) Sub-Saharan Africa Eritrea (78), Ethiopia (427), Kenya (284), Mozambique (1,940), Nigeria (232), Tanzania (276), Uganda (300), Zambia (207) Note: Numbers in parentheses are the number of firms surveyed in each country. Source: Authors' compilation. 58 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 4.1 E-Mail, Web Site, and Computer Use by traditional manufacturers do, so they may want to use Web Sector sites to disseminate information and cast a wider net to 90 recruit new clients. and 80 Computer use differs from e-mail use in that it does not 70 firms) 60 (% employees) necessarily infer communication. It suggests rather that the 50 use (% 40 firm has invested in automation or processes business infor- site use 30 20 mation electronically. A much higher rate of employees (40 10 computer percent more) use computers in service firms than in manu- E-mail/Web 0 Manufacturing Services Agroindustry Construction facturing firms. Service firms have a higher proportion of desk workers and may require many of them to work on E-mail Web site Computer individual computers, whereas manufacturing firm employ- Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. ees can share computers, or a single computer can run a series of processes. reported using e-mail to interact with their clients and suppliers, 50 percent of service firms and only 35 percent of Top ICT Users from Service Sector manufacturing firms use Web sites for the same purpose (see Firms in the IT and telecommunications industries appear figure 4.1). to be the heaviest users of both Web sites and e-mail (Clus- Exports of the manufacturing sector are twice the level of ter 1 in figure 4.2). This is expected because these firms service sector exports, and the sector is likely to be more themselves are providing these services. In addition, close to mature than service, finance, and retail sectors in most 70 percent of firms use ICT applications to interact with developing economies. In its markets, networks of clients clients and suppliers in both the real estate and the hotel and and suppliers are already established, thus e-mail alone restaurant sectors. Although data on e-mail and Web site use would suffice for many manufacturing firms to keep in are not available for the accounting and finance sector, this contact with existing clients. Service firms, on the other subsector has the highest percentage (67 percent) of employ- hand, need to differentiate their products more than ees using computers at work. Figure 4.2 Web Site and E-Mail Use by Subsector 100 Cluster 1 IT Services 90 Telecommunications Cluster 2 80 Metals&Machinery Real Estate & Rental Services 70 Chemicals&Pharmaceuticals Electronics Cluster 3 Mining&Quarrying cs Paper Hotels & Restaurants NonMetallic&Plastic Garments 60 Other Manufactoring Leather Textiles firms) Construction Transport Agroindustry Sporting Goods (% 50 Other Services Wood&Furniture Beverages Advertising&Marketing E-mail Food 40 Auto&Auto Components Retail&Wholesale 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Web site (% firms) Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. The Role of ICT in Doing Business 59 Figure 4.3 E-Mail and Web Site Use by Size, Export Orientation, and Ownership 90 80 Micro. Foreign, Exporter SME, Foreign, Exporter Micro, Domestic, Exporter 70 Large, Foreign, Exporter Large, Domestic, Exporter SME, Foreign, Nonexporter 60 Large, Foreign, Nonexporter Micro, Foreign, Nonexporter firms) SME, Domestic, Exporter Large, Domestic, Nonexporter 50 (% use site 40 SME, Domestic, Nonexporter Web 30 Micro, Domestic, Nonexporter 20 10 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 E-mail use (% firms) Note: SME - small and medium enterprise. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. The second cluster in figure 4.2 is composed mostly of ICT Use Correlated with Income Level manufacturing firms. These firms' usage rates range from 30 ICT use is highly correlated with income level. Countries to 50 percent for Web sites and from 50 to 70 percent for with high ICT usage (that is, countries where between 60 e-mail. The traditional sectors that have driven many devel- and 90 percent of firms use e-mail or Web sites) have an oping economies forward, such as the agroindustry and average per capita GDP of $12,500. The top 10 e-mail and automotive industry sectors, seem to be lagging in ICT use Web site users for client interactions are mostly in transition and fall into the third cluster. In most developing countries in Central and Eastern Europe. Brazil and Ecuador economies, an expanding service sector with information as are the exceptions, both geographically and in their much an integral part could propel a shift toward ICT adoption. lower income levels ($7,767 and $3,684, respectively). Several low-income countries, such as Bangladesh, Exporters and Foreign Firms More Likely to Use ICT Kenya, Moldova, and Tanzania, have an average rate of The upper-right cluster in figure 4.3 shows that exporters e-mail and Web site use of between 50 and 60 percent, and foreign-owned firms rely significantly on e-mail and suggesting that ICT use is not a luxury (figure 4.4). Web sites. Also, firms that are either exporters or have foreign ownership are relatively heavy ICT users regardless of the size Does ICT Use Improve Enterprise of the firm.5 In contrast, the size of a firm becomes a critical Performance? factor when the firm is both a nonexporter and domestically owned. Among the micro nonexporting domestic firms, only Increasing access to ICT is not a goal in itself. The real ques- 27 percent use e-mail and 22 percent use Web sites to inter- tion is whether ICT use improves the performance of an act with clients and suppliers. If computer use affects firm enterprise. In this section, ICS data are used to test whether productivity and IT expands networking within sectors and this is the case by looking at several measures of enterprise industries, the micro nonexporting domestic firms may not performance, including sales and employment growth, labor be benefiting from these externalities. productivity, total factor productivity, and investment 60 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 4.4 E-Mail and Web Site Use by Country 100 Estonia 90 Slovak Repubic Slovenia Brazil 80 Croatia Ecuador Czech Republic 70 Hungary Lithuania index Kenya Philippines 60 Poland Tanzania Bulgaria Latvia usage Moldova Bosnia and Herzegovina Bangladesh Romania Guatemala site 50 Uganda India Belarus Russian Federation Zambia Kyrgyz Rep Macedonia, FYR Indonesia 40 Georgia Peru Armenia Kazakhstan E-mail/Web Hondulas Albania Cambodia Turkey 30 Morocco Algeria Eritria Azerbaijan Mozambique Nicaragua Pakistan 20 Uzbekistan Tajikistan Ethiopia 10 0 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 GDP per capita, PPP (2003 international $) Source: Authors' calculations based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. (see table 4.2). These performance measures are described in Enterprise growth. Two measures of enterprise growth-- greater detail in annex 4A. sales and employment growth--are included in the analysis. To reduce the possibility of finding a spurious correlation After controlling for other enterprise characteristics (owner- between enterprise performance and technology use, the ship, export status, size, and age) and for unobserved impact of technology use on enterprise performance is esti- country and sector characteristics, we find that enterprises mated in a regression framework. This controls for other that used ICT more intensively tended to grow faster. Enter- factors that might affect both enterprise performance and prises that used e-mail to communicate with their clients technology use.6 These factors include firm size, export and suppliers grew 3.4 percentage points faster per year in status, foreign ownership, age of the firm, country charac- terms of sales and 1.2 percentage points faster in terms of teristics, and sector characteristics.7 The empirical results are employment than those that did not. This is relatively high, summarized in table 4.3. The detailed empirical findings are given that the average annual growth rates for these variables presented in annex 4C, tables 4C.1 to 4C.3. were 3 percent and 5 percent, respectively. Table 4.2 Enterprise Performance Measures Variable Measure Sales growth Average real annual sales growth for past three years Employment growth Average annual growth in employment for past three years Profitability Profits divided by sales Investment rate Total new investment over book value of current assets Re-investment rate Percentage of net profits re-invested in the enterprise Labor productivity Value added per worker in U.S. dollars Total factor productivity Technical efficiency Source: Authors' analysis. The Role of ICT in Doing Business 61 Table 4.3 Effect of ICT Use on Enterprise Performance in Developing Countries Enterprises that Enterprises Performance Indicator do not use ICT that use ICT Improvement Enterprise growth Sales growth (percent) 0.4 3.8 3.4 Employment growth (percent) 4.5 5.6 1.2 Profitability (percent) 4.2 9.3 5.1 Investmenta Investment rate (percent) n.a n.a 2.5 Re-investment rate (percent) n.a n.a 6.0 Productivity Labor productivity (value added per worker, dollars) $5,288 $8,712 $3,423 Total factor productivity (percent) 78.2 79.2 1.0 Note: n.a. Not applicable. a. Because the investment rates and re-investment rates are limited dependent variables (that is, they are truncated below at zero), the marginal improvements are not equal to the coefficients. For this reason, the authors do not calculate the average rates. The uncondi- tional means for the two variables are 6 percent and 44 percent, respectively. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. Profitability. Enterprises that used ICT more intensively technical efficiency is about 1 percentage point higher for were also more profitable. Profits as a percentage of sales enterprises that communicate with their clients and suppli- were about 5 percentage points higher on average for enter- ers using e-mail (that is, they produce about 1 percent more prises that used the Internet to communicate with clients output with the same inputs). Value-added for these enter- and suppliers than profits for those that did not, or more prises is about $3,400 higher per employee (the average level than 60 percent higher than that of the average enterprise in is about $7,000 for enterprises in the sample). The larger the sample, the profits of which were equal to about 7 relative impact on labor productivity is probably because percent of sales. enterprises that use information technology more inten- sively are more capital intensive overall. Investment. The empirical analysis includes two measures of investment: investment as a share of assets and the re- In summary, enterprises that use ICT more intensively investment rate (investment as a share of profits). In general, are more productive, grow faster, invest more, and are more enterprises that used ICT more intensively tended to invest profitable. These results are robust across different measures more than other enterprises, although the impact of ICT on of ICT use and across different measures of enterprise investment appeared to be less than its impact on growth performance. and profitability. Enterprises that used e-mail to communi- cate with clients and suppliers re-invested about 6 percent Impact of Telecommunications Infra- more of their profits than other enterprises. This was only 15 structure on ICT Adoption percent higher than the average reinvestment rate of about 44 percent of profits. However, since enterprises that used If, as shown above, ICT applications offer "digital opportu- ICT also tended to be more profitable, the impact of the nities" to firms in developing countries, the natural assump- higher investment rate is magnified. tion is that all firms would invest in these technologies and adopt them for doing business. This, however, has not Productivity. Finally, both labor and total factor productiv- happened. There continue to be significant differences in ity are higher for enterprises that use ICT more intensively. ICT adoption rates depending on income levels, firm size, The coefficients for the three ICT variables are positive and ownership structure (foreign or domestic), and export statistically significant in both regressions. On average, orientation. 62 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Box 4.1 Impact of Telecommunications Infrastructure on ICT Use The lack of available telephone Impact of Slow Connectivity on Internet Use lines and Internet service providers (ISPs) has been cited as 90 a major barrier to ICT use among 80 small and medium enterprises 70 speed 60 (SMEs) in Indonesia, the Philip- (percent) 50 pines, Sri Lanka, and Thailand. think use 40 Availability was seen as being who 30 particularly problematic outside affects Users 20 major cities. Speed of connectiv- 10 0 ity was also a major concern (see Indonesia Philippines Thailand figure). In Indonesia, for instance, 66 percent of Internet users found service slow or very slow, with some businesses avoiding online research or downloading documents because of the slow speed and frequent discon- nections. In Thailand, speed of connection was considered the primary criterion for choosing an ISP. Source: Asia Foundation 2002. Among the obstacles to adopting ICT that can explain this for high- and middle-income countries was on average phenomenon, insufficient availability, affordability, and poor $180. For low-income countries (with a GNI per capita of quality of the existing telecommunications services are likely $825 or less), the charge was $1,976. to be initial concerns for enterprises in many developing countries. One major constraint is bandwidth for data traffic. ICS Data on Telecommunications Slow and unreliable access limits ICT use (see box 4.1).8 The ICS surveys contain two types of questions on Telecommunications services are also much more telecommunications: expensive in developing countries than in developed coun- tries, even without taking income level into account. Prices 1. Objective questions on sector performance. Examples of for broadband (defined by the ITU as a dedicated connec- questions include how many days telephone service was tion to the Internet of 256 kbs or faster) varied significantly interrupted during the previous year, how much between income groups and regions (see figure 4.5). In telecommunications service interruptions cost the firm 2004, the monthly charge for a 256 kbs speed connection (as a percentage of sales), how long it takes to get a Figure 4.5 Monthly Broadband Charges by Income Group and Region, 2003 Income Group Region 2,000 3,000 2,500 1,500 2,000 dollars 1,000 dollars 1,500 U.S. U.S. 1,000 500 500 0 0 Low Lower middle Upper middle High Sub-Saharan East Asia South Asia Middle East Latin America and Europe and Africa and Pacific and North Africa the Caribbean Central Asia Note: Broadband means a connection speed of more than 256 kbs. Categories calculated by authors using 2003 World Bank income and region classifications. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from ITU 2003. The Role of ICT in Doing Business 63 fixed-line connection, and whether a bribe needs to be Figure 4.7 Bribe Value as a Percentage of Telephone paid to get a fixed-line connection. Connection Charge 1,400 2. Subjective questions on enterprises' perceptions about 1,200 telecommunications service. These questions most 1,000 notably include asking managers how significant an 800 obstacle poor telecommunications service is for the oper- Percent 600 ations and growth of their business. 9 400 There are large differences in wait days for telephone 200 connections across countries and regions. For example, 0 Peru businesses in the Middle East and North Africa region wait, Algeria Uganda Kyrgyz Kenya Brazil Pakistan Nicaragua Moldova Tanzania Honduras Bangladesh Republic Tajikistan on average, 132 days for a telephone line connection. This is almost eight times the wait in either the East Asia and Pacific Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. region or the Europe and Central Asia region. Businesses in the Middle East and North Africa and in Sub-Saharan Africa fixed-line connection. Only 6 percent of firms in IT services are more than five times as likely to experience telephone (16 firms) and none of the firms in telecommunications paid service interruptions than firms in Latin America and the bribes. Furthermore, both telecommunications and IT firms Caribbean or in South Asia (see figure 4.6). indicated relatively few wait days: 4.5 and 15.3, respectively, Firms in many developing countries also face regulatory compared with 36 days on average. Firms in the telecommu- and bureaucratic delays. Depending on the nature of the nications and IT services industries are likely to have easier business and its dependence on ICT, an individual firm may access to regulators and telecommunications authorities. need to offer a bribe to speed up transactions or to acquire a particular telecommunications service. Out of the 22 coun- Impact on ICT Adoption tries where the question was asked, respondents reported To investigate more fully the impact of telecommunications paying bribes in 20 of them (the only countries where bribes services on the probability that the firm uses ICT, multivari- were not reported were Poland and Uzbekistan). Firms in ate Probit analysis was used to estimate how much the quality over a dozen countries indicated the amounts of bribes (see of telecommunications infrastructure affects e-mail, Web, and figure 4.7). In Honduras, firms paid an average bribe close to computer use (see annex 4C for the details of this analysis). 1,400 percent of the telephone connection charge in order to The number of days it takes to get a fixed-line telephone get the connection. is used as a proxy for the quality of telecommunications Our analysis also shows that a bribe was paid by 10 percent service. This measure was chosen because it is available for of the firms (out of the total of 3,837 that responded) to get a more countries than other measures. The negative and statistically significant coefficients for this variable (see table Figure 4.6 Quality of Telephone Service by Region 4C.4 in annex 4C) suggest that, when the quality of telecom- munications service is poor, firms are less likely to use e-mail 140 or the Web to communicate with clients, and are less likely 120 to use computers. 100 80 The effect of the quality of telecommunications service, Days 60 however, appears relatively small. For example, raising the 40 service quality from the level observed at the 20th percentile 20 of quality to the level observed at the 80th percentile would 0 Middle East Sub-Saharan South Asia Latin America and East Asia Europe and increase the average probability that a firm in the sample and North Africa Africa the Caribbean and Pacific Central Asia would use e-mail to communicate with clients and Waiting time for connection Interruption in telephone service suppliers by 3.5 percentage points (a 5.4 percent increase). Similarly, higher-quality service would increase the Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. probability that a firm would use the Web to communicate 64 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 4.4 Effect on IT Use of Moving from Poor to Good Telecommunications Service Increase in probability of using e-mail to Increase in probability of communicate with using Web to communicate Increase in Quality of telecommunications clients (percentage with clients (percentage number of workers using service points) points) computers (percentage points) Days waiting for a connection 3.5 1.8 2.2 Note: Probabilities are calculated for all enterprises in the sample and then averaged over all enterprises to find the average probability. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. with clients and suppliers by 1.8 percentage points (a 5 from exporting firms in the garments and horticulture percent increase). It would also increase the number of sectors in Bangladesh, Kenya, and South Africa, along workers using computers by 2.2 percentage points (a 12.6 with 37 other key informants in these countries and percent increase) (see table 4.4). Europe were interviewed about their experiences with the Although the results for e-mail and Web use are uptake of business-to-business (B2B) e-commerce appli- robust for the different measures of the quality of cations (Humphrey et al. 2003). telecommunications service, the results for the percentage · Mekong Project Development Facility (MPDF) Survey of workers using computers are not robust.10 This is not of Current IT Usage at SMEs in Vietnam (2003). Manu- surprising because computer use alone does not rely directly facturing and trading firms located in Hanoi and Ho Chi on telecommunications service. Minh City were interviewed to assess how ICT is applied in small and medium enterprises (SMEs) in Vietnam, and Other Factors Affecting ICT Use to identify the pressing issues of ICT adoption in those firms (MPDF 2003). Because the ICA surveys were conducted to provide a general analysis of investment climate, the coverage of ICT · CRITO Global E-Commerce Survey (2002). This survey questions was limited. The questions mainly required "yes" included 2,139 firms in 10 economies (Brazil, China, or "no" responses on ICT use, but they did not provide Denmark, France, Germany, Japan, Mexico, Singapore, further insights about Taiwan [China], and the United States). Questions in the survey covered the use of e-commerce technologies, 1. how often a firm uses ICT, drivers for Internet use and barriers to conducting business 2. for what purpose a firm uses ICT (such as information on the Internet, benefits from e-commerce use, prevalence search, monitoring the market/prices, banking and finan- of online sales, and online service offering (CRITO 2002). cial services, and so on), · South Africa E-Commerce Survey (2002). The empirical 3. e-commerce (for example, purchase and sales via EDI or evidence is drawn from 120 firm-level interviews and 31 Internet), or personal interviews with industry experts in the South African manufacturing sector regarding firm perception 4. barriers to the use of ICT. and experiences in e-mail and Internet use for conduct- In order to identify the obstacles that hinder the adoption ing business operations (Moodley 2002). and use of ICT by firms in developing countries, we · World Information Technology and Services Alliance reviewed five other firm-level surveys that included specific (WITSA) International Survey of E-Commerce (2000). questions about reasons for not adopting ICT. Twenty-eight of the WITSA members from both devel- oped and developing countries were interviewed about · London School of Economics (LSE) and Institute of their views on the best way to encourage the growth of Development Studies (IDS) E-Commerce Survey e-commerce (WITSA 2000). (2003). More than 180 e-marketplace sites were surveyed to examine their role in supporting firms seeking to According to these surveys, there is a range of reasons that participate in international trade. Seventy-four managers firms in developing countries hesitate to use ICT (table 4.5). The Role of ICT in Doing Business 65 Table 4.5 Barriers to ICT Adoption in Selected Countries Barrier Brazil China Singapore Global Need for face-to-face interaction .. .. 38 34 Concern about privacy of data 49 45 48 44 or security issues Customers do not use the technology 48 33 .. 31 Finding staff with e-commerce expertise 34 .. .. .. Costs of implementing an e-commerce site 34 .. 45 34 Making needed organizational changes .. .. 38 .. Level of ability to use the Internet as part of business strategy .. 31 .. .. Business laws do not support e-commerce .. 41 .. .. Inadequate legal protection for Internet purchase 41 55 44 34 Note: The numbers refer to the percentage of firms citing obstacles (top five for each country). .. Not available. Source: CRITO 2002, quoted in Wong and Ho 2004. These reasons vary considerably among sectors and operations and clientele networks. This is contrary to the countries.11 They also change over time and depend on a notion that the Internet will enable access to larger markets country's progress along the ICT adoption ladder. and therefore create the opportunities for firms' business to Besides the limitations of the existing telecommunica- grow. For example, if a firm's existing clients and suppliers tions infrastructure in developing countries (as already are not using the Internet and do not have the necessary revealed through the ICS analysis), the principal constraints ICT capabilities, the firm may not see any direct benefit of in adopting and using ICT applications can be summarized using ICT in its business operations. Moodley (2002), in his as follows: survey of South African firms, found that even those firms that do use e-mail and Web sites do so with existing clients 1. lack of applicability and little incentive to change busi- and suppliers, and do not seem to be expanding their ness models when returns are not clear; markets. 2. lack of trust in e-business processes and legal protection Although direct benefits are sometimes not clear, there including privacy of data, online transactions, authenti- is increasing evidence that e-business is a complex and cation, and security; and costly undertaking that calls for substantial investments and institutional changes (figure 4.8). Adopting ICT could 3. shortage of ICT-skilled labor. affect all aspects of a company's operations and business processes, especially its distribution, supply chain, Lack of Applicability and Little Incentive to Change customer service, marketing, and finance. This involves Business Models When Returns Are Not Clear costs that range from building new systems and buying Both the LSE/IDS survey and the WITSA survey found that new products (such as computers) and services to running many firms in developing countries are not fully aware of dual systems or hybrid operations (incorporating old the opportunities and benefits that can be derived from an business processes) and gaining technical expertise (such ICT-enabled business environment. Clearly, for firms to as hiring skilled workers to build a Web site).12 Moreover, adopt ICT strategies and applications, the potential returns the ICS surveys also show that the ability to absorb ICT must outweigh investment and maintenance costs. Beyond a costs differs according to firm characteristics (box 4.2). certain level of connectivity (PC, Internet access, and online There are, however, no systematic methodologies to help information or marketing), many firms will stay with tradi- firms assess the costs of adopting ICT and pursuing online tional business processes if they believe ICT is unsuitable for activities.13 their business, or if expected returns are small. Even when a firm is convinced that it is necessary to inte- But the decision of whether to adopt ICT often depends grate ICT in its business operations, a typical developing- on the perceived benefits to the firm's existing business country firm may still face the following obstacles: 66 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 4.8 The Most Significant Costs That Obstruct E-Business (percentage of survey respondents) Gaining technological expertise There are no cost barriers to the 3% growth of electronic commerce Don't know 2% 5% Changing business processes Running dual systems or 23% hybrid operations 10% Finding and/or training workers 10% Changing corporate culture 22% Building new systems and buying new products and services 11% Adapting existing systems 14% Source: WITSA 2000. 1. lack of understanding how ICT can help to conduct 4. logistical challenges of integrating into a real-time envi- business differently (see box 4.3); ronment (for example, inadequate transport infrastruc- ture to deliver the firm's products). 2. lack of accepted, coherent, and industry-specific e-business models in practice; Lack of Trust in E-Processes and Legal Protection 3. inertia and internal reluctance to change existing corpo- All five firm-level surveys found that the lack of trust in rate culture and operating structures; and e-mail or Internet-based activities is one of the major Box 4.2 Perception of ICT Affordability The ICS data analysis shows that the ability to absorb ICT costs differs according to firm size. Smaller firms find it more difficult (see figure). Although 63 percent of micro firms said ICT services were not affordable, only 25 percent of very large firms felt the same way. The figure also shows that foreign, export-oriented firms tend to have more positive perceptions about ICT affordability. One explanation for this might be that foreign-owned firms are more likely to receive technical support and resources from their parent companies, and are also richer on average than domestic firms, so their affordability is higher. Export companies may understand the benefits of ICT use more easily because of the nature of their business. Another explana- tion might be that service affordability is more of a concern and the benefits harder to imag- ine for domestic, nonexporting firms. Perception That ICT Is Not Affordable, Perception That ICT Is Not Affordable, 80 by Firm Size 50 by Export Orientation and Ownership 70 40 60 firms 50 firms of of 30 40 30 20 Percentage 20 Percentage 10 10 0 0 Micro Small Medium Large Very Large Exporter Nonexporter Foreign Domestic Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. The Role of ICT in Doing Business 67 Box 4.3 Internet: No More than a Bulletin Board? Business dropped dramatically at a small hotel in Sengiggi, Indonesia, after a riot, with occu- pancy rates falling to less than 10 percent. To boost business, in 1999 the hotel invested in developing a Web site, hoping to attract more customers. However, the managers lacked basic understanding of how to use the Web site and the Internet. After the hotel paid a one- time fee to the Web designer, it never updated or improved the site, nor did it check to see whether the site had been registered on any one of the major search engines. The hotel had five computers, but only one was connected to the Internet. That computer was located in the director's office and only the manager was allowed to check e-mails, and that only once a month. Not surprisingly, the company was dissatisfied with its "e-business" experiment. Such cases are not uncommon in developing countries where firms expect ICT to transform their business without analyzing how ICT helps them to conduct business differently. Furthermore, a Web site is a live communication and transaction medium requiring constant monitoring for it to add business value. Source: Asia Foundation 2002. constraints for uptake of ICT. From a firm's perspective, legal framework with rules that pertain to the determina- trust in e-processes implies confidence that tion of jurisdiction and applicable law, nor are there mechanisms that ensure the cross-border enforcement of · online information and communication are accountable legal rulings. Businesses can risk being sued in multiple for the quality, reliability, and legality of products and services; jurisdictions under a number of inconsistent laws. Particularly in developing countries, access to reliable · personal information and finances are secure; advice on appropriate security measures is often at a premium. In these countries, the cost of keeping abreast of · electronic purchases, fund transfers, and business deals rapid developments in the complex technological and legal are considered equal to paper-based transactions in terms issues involved in online transactions may be too high for of validity. many firms. Both the WITSA and the LSE/IDS surveys highlighted the firms' fear that the technology platform is not robust Shortage of ICT-Skilled Labor enough to protect online transactions, information privacy, Another barrier is the availability of ICT competencies and data integrity. Uncertainty about the identity of within the firm. The WITSA survey listed workforce communicating parties could further complicate these concerns in order of importance (see figure 4.9). concerns (see box 4.4 for an illustration of how a trading Skilled labor plays an important role because it affects the company deals with electronic business inquiries). Internet absorption rate of ICT applications within a country. Some security software such as firewalls, encryption technology, nations depend on a small set of skilled local or foreign ICT antivirus packages, authentication routines, and security workers, which limits the development of e-business. For administration systems have been developed to mitigate example, the Bhutanese government, in order to encourage these concerns. ICT use by businesses, recently began to incorporate ICT On top of the technical dimension of adopting ICT in programs at the university level to supplement its existing business practices, shifting from traditional interactions to ICT-skilled labor force, which was composed mostly of electronic transactions has led to a number of legal and Indian migrant workers (Bhutan, UNDP, and World Bank regulatory concerns. The lack of a satisfactory redress 2002). mechanism when things go wrong online may strongly However, this does not necessarily mean that all countries discourage online transactions. Moreover, in the case of require a highly ICT-skilled workforce to integrate the cross-border transactions, often there is no harmonized newest technologies available. The labor force should, 68 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Box 4.4 A Fruit and Vegetable Trader's Experience in the E-Marketplace A small fruit and vegetable trading company in Nairobi registered with open e-marketplaces and was interacting with potential buyers who, through e-mails, inquired about macadamia nuts from Switzerland, carrots from Romania, and oranges from the Ukraine. The owner of the firm outlined his procedures for dealing with an e-mail inquiry: · Ignore any inquiry from a firm with a hotmail or Yahoo e-mail address. · Check to see if the company making the inquiry has a Web site, and possibly consult Web- based "Yellow Page" business directories. · Consider the product requested. It is better to deal with robust products (for example, fruit rather than vegetables) because the logistical requirements are simpler. · Check on the Internet to see who the competitors are in the market being supplied, in partic- ular to see whether and when there are supply gaps in the market. · Follow up the inquiry with a quote based on the cost of local sourcing, packaging, freight costs, and the exporter's markup. Contact with the customer is predominantly by e-mail. Although the trading firm was thorough in its online dealings, after some unfortunate experi- ences of nonpayment, the exporter was demanding a 50 percent down payment and the remainder on proof of shipment. Source: Humphrey et al. 2003. ideally, adjust to ICT technology and applications that are Apart from the lack of ICT-skilled and semi-skilled used in the country and within industries. For example, a labor, a significant number of the firms also lack managerial study of Philippine workers made it evident that Internet- understanding and skills for successfully integrating ICT based businesses do not necessarily require highly skilled applications. Many firms rely on internal ICT enthusiasts as labor (De Vera 2002). Rather, there is a need for semi-skilled their main source of ICT skill and knowledge. Business ICT labor in certain industries, such as tourism, electrical executives who run the firms may not know what the communications equipment, and telecommunication serv- options are for ICT solutions; in many ways, they do not ices (for example, in call centers). know what they need to know to make decisions about the Figure 4.9 Main Constraints on ICT-Skilled Workforce Shortage and cost of hiring skilled workers 25 Skilled workers swap jobs; high labor turnover 18 Training of workers to bring them up to date with new technologies needs to be frequent 15 Skilled ICT workers assimilate poorly with existing business culture 7 Immigration restrictions reduce access to skilled workers from other countries 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Percentage of firms Source: WITSA 2000 The Role of ICT in Doing Business 69 allocation of resources and effort regarding ICT equipment allows firms to choose technologies and services appropri- and human resources. ate to their business needs. Experience in OECD countries Appropriate management of ICT adoption requires a shows that the availability of affordable access to a high- firm to have personnel who can combine both business and speed telecommunications infrastructure is closely linked technology disciplines to do the following: with a firm's migration to e-business (OECD 2004). In developing countries, analog modems are still the dominant · select from a broad range of ICT applications (from basic way to access the Internet, and speed of access remains an use of e-mail to the much broader concept of data issue for business use. New broadband technologies, such as exchange or supply chain management) that would save cable modem and digital subscriber line (DSL), offer faster time and resources for business processes and strengthen connections. Governments will need to play a leading role the firm's core competence; in promoting the modernization and extension of the · provide guidelines on which types of ICT technologies national information infrastructure. and telecommunications services would be most appro- A priority for policy is therefore to continue to emphasize priate for their firm (or industry); liberalizing the telecommunications market and promoting · avoid incompatible systems and networks between firms, effective competition (see box 4.5). This will stimulate clients, and suppliers (or regions); and new investment in additional bandwidth, increase demand for communication services through falling prices, and pro- · maintain and upgrade ICT applications to fit business mote greater efficiency and innovation in the provision of needs and technology changes. infrastructure and services. Policy initiatives to promote The professional advice of ICT consultants can help, but technology neutrality among competing and developing such consulting is both scarce and costly in most developing technologies are also important for encouraging interoper- countries. ability, innovation, and choice among services. Public Policies E-Trust The government's support of a regulatory framework for This analysis and other microeconomic studies have identi- trust, security, enforcing authentication mechanisms, and fied a number of barriers that hinder firms' adoption of ICT. combating cyber-crime--combined with internationally The potential benefits of ICT applications in businesses are accepted privacy and consumer protection protocols--is more likely to come to fruition if policy makers focus on essential in encouraging business use of ICT applications. Of removing these obstacles. Specifically, governments can particular relevance for firms are low-cost online dispute · create appropriate environments for ICT uptake. This resolution mechanisms both among firms and between includes liberalizing markets to expand and improve firms and consumers. network infrastructure, providing a supportive legal and Countries are developing e-security policies and regulatory environment for e-business, and taking steps programs, including public key infrastructure (PKI) and to enhance technological diffusion. computer emergency response teams (CERT). These poli- · target programs to overcome market failures. Often, cies and programs are often a combination of top-down, such programs are needed in particular areas such as government-led initiatives together with bottom-up, demand aggregation (for example, by developing industry-led programs. PKI supports digital signatures and e-government services and encouraging firms to use other public security services, and is necessary in laying them) and skill formation (for example, by emphasiz- the foundation for e-applications such as e-signature, ing ICT in curriculum). e-notarization, and e-certification. The CERT program, a multi-agency information-sharing framework, aims at Easing Bottlenecks in the assessing and managing e-security risks, providing training Telecommunications Infrastructure and emergency alert and response services, and offering The availability of a wide range of high-quality communi- backup to ensure the continuity of network systems and cations services at competitive prices is important: this applications. 70 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Box 4.5 Pro-competitive Regulatory Framework to Ease Telecommunications Bottlenecks Based on the ICS analysis, firms in countries with private operators or a separate telecommu- nications regulatory authority experience fewer wait days for telephone connections and inter- ruptions in telephone service (top pair of figures). Among the top 10 countries experiencing many wait days for telephone connections, only two have a competitive market (bottom pair of figures). Waiting Time for Telephone Connection and Interruption Waiting Time for Telephone Connection and Interruption in Telephone Service by Type of Operator Ownership in Telephone Service by Presence of Regulator 50 40 No regulator State 45 35 40 30 35 Regulator 30 25 Days 25 20 Days 20 Private 15 15 10 10 State Regulator No regulator 5 Private 5 0 0 Waiting time Interruptions Waiting time Interruptions Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. Waiting Time Internet Monthly Price Basket 300 Algeria Eritrea 250 500 Tanzania Uganda 200 400 Honduras (US$) Tajikistan Nigeria Ethiopia monthly Ethiopia 150 Bangladesh 300 Days of Ecuador Nicaragua Serbia and capita 100 Montenegro Kenya per 200 Eritrea Zambia India Azerbaijan Moldova Bhutan GNI Kenya Belarus Percentage Nicaragua 50 Guatemala 100 Uganda Zambia Kyrgyz Republic Poland Bangladesh 5 8 Honduras Moldova 18 5 6 21 0 0 Monopoly Partial competition Competition Monopoly Partial competition Competition Source: Authors' analysis based on data from ITU 2003 (price and sector structure) and from World Bank (waiting time and GNI per capita). The government's role in providing a pro-competitive regulatory framework is clearly critical to ease the bottlenecks hampering the development of a telecommunications infrastructure. Demand Aggregation systems, and it can lower the cost of ICT adoption, espe- Firms will adopt ICT when they are convinced of its appli- cially for SMEs. cability and potential returns. They need to make realistic In addition, the provision of information and services assessments of e-business opportunities, benefits, and online by the government itself can demonstrate the effects costs. Policy measures that encourage business associa- of ICT on businesses by spreading awareness of the potential tions or other groups to provide awareness-raising and for online delivery and interaction, and offer incentives for consultation services can be beneficial. A measure that the adoption of ICT. Governments, as model users, can also could mitigate some of the costs associated with ICT use, act as standard-setters for ICT adoption by firms. In order to open source software has been proposed as an economi- ensure access to public services and obligatory requirements cally viable solution for establishing and upgrading ICT for business purposes, firms would adjust their choice of systems. Open source software can foster wider compati- systems and software to maintain interoperability with these bility between different applications and operating online government services. Public e-procurement provides The Role of ICT in Doing Business 71 such an example. Government demand aggregation to marketing), many firms in developing countries may choose provide services can also contribute to promoting trust and to stay with traditional business processes either because the security in online transactions. more sophisticated ICT applications are unsuitable for their business, or because expected returns from business reengi- Building Human Resources neering are small. Any supporting role played by ICT is For ICT investment to be fully effective, one has to take crucially dependent on business processes within firms and advantage of "network externalities." This requires that a the broader economic environment beyond them. large enough number of firms make the investment and become connected to the network. Moreover, network Annex 4A: Measures of Firm externalities are fully exploited only when those using ICT Performance communicate among themselves effectively, rapidly, and This annex describes the construction of the performance efficiently. This requires that users have certain levels of variables used in this study: technical, analytical, and problem-solving skills. Lack of ICT and business skills is a widespread impedi- · sales growth ment to effective uptake once adoption decisions have been · employment growth made. Governments have major roles to play in providing · investment rate basic ICT skills in compulsory schooling, and an important · re-investment rate role in conjunction with educational institutions, busi- · profitability nesses, and individuals in providing the framework to encourage ICT skill formation at higher levels as well. · labor productivity Governments might also help firms to confront the diffi- · total factor productivity (TFP). culties of technological learning in a developing-country Descriptions of the formulas used to calculate the various context. It can assist companies by putting in place a set of productivity measures, other than TFP, are described in table complementary institutions and associations that provide 4A.1. The construction of the measure for TFP is explained advice on technology choice, identify and disseminate infor- in detail below. mation of best practices, and assess the available e-commerce technologies and approaches. This can be espe- Data cially effective through the support of training and skills The data used in this study come from Investment Climate development. Surveys (ICS), which were filled out by trained enumerators during face-to-face interviews that lasted about three hours. Most questions were answered by the owner or managing Conclusion director of the firm. Exceptions were the specialized ques- Results from firm-level survey analysis suggest that ICT is tions on employment and company accounts; these were widespread in businesses across sectors and income levels. directed toward the relevant professionals (for example, Also, ICT is playing an important role in allowing businesses human resource managers or accountants). to grow faster and become more productive--this alone The surveys, conducted between 1999 and 2003, cover suggests that creating an appropriate environment to exploit firms from 26 sectors in about 56 low- and middle-income ICT is important. Governments can liberalize the telecom- countries in all regions. The surveys include both core ques- munications market to allow affordable access to network tions and country- and region-specific questions. Although, infrastructure, provide a supportive legal and regulatory in principle, the core survey should be identical across coun- environment for e-business, and overcome market failures tries, some questions have been added or dropped over time in areas such as demand aggregation and skill formation. and not all questions have been asked in all countries. For But it is clear that the relevance of ICT varies across indus- instance, balance sheet and income statement data were not tries and income levels, implying the need for realism and a collected for some countries, meaning that most productiv- tailored response. Beyond a certain level of connectivity ity measures cannot be calculated for the firms in those (computer use, Internet access, online information, or countries. Table 4A.2 contains information on which 72 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 4A.1 Productivity Measures Variable Measure Sales growth Average real annual sales growth for past three years If data were not available for all three years, then the average was calculated over available years. Nominal values are converted to real values using GDP deflator (that is, sector-specific deflators were not available). Employment growth Average annual growth in employment for past three years If data were not available for all three years, then average was calculated over available years. Workers include both temporary and permanent workers. Profitability Profits divided by sales Profits are sales less expenditures on intermediate inputs, energy, interest expenditures, and overhead costs. Investment rate Total new investment over book value of current assets Re-investment rate Percent of net profits re-invested in establishment Question was asked directly of managers during survey (it is not calculated). Data are missing for firms with negative net profits. Labor productivity Value added per worker Value added is sales less expenditures on intermediate inputs and energy (electricity, fuel, and other). Workers include both temporary and permanent workers. Converted to U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year of the survey. Total factor productivity Technical efficiency (see text for calculations) Source: Authors' analysis. surveys contained enough information to calculate each of using lists of enterprises from government agencies (for the productivity measures. example, from the National Bureau of Statistics in The surveys were conducted in a uniform way across Tanzania). As a result, the surveys ultimately cover the countries. The sampling frames were stratified across formal sector--firms that need to be registered are location within each country, subsector, and enterprise included. When firms could not be located or refused to size. When recent census data were available, the random participate in the survey, they were replaced with new samples were constructed using census data. If recent firms with characteristics as similar (in terms of size, census data were not available, the lists were constructed sector, and location) as possible. Table 4A.2 Countries with Enough Data to Compute Productivity Measures Employment Sales Investment Re-invest- Labor Total factor Year growth growth Profitability rate ment rate productivity productivity Albania 2002 X Algeria 2002 X X Armenia 2002 X Azerbaijan 2002 X Bangladesh 2002 X X X X X X Belarus 2002 X Bosnia and Herzegovina 2002 X Bolivia 2000 X X Brazil 2003 X X X X Bulgaria 2002 X Cambodia 2003 X X X X X X X (Table continues on the following page.) The Role of ICT in Doing Business 73 Table 4A.2 continued Employment Sales Investment Re-invest- Labor Total factor Year growth growth Profitability rate ment rate productivity productivity China 2002 X X X X X China 2003 X X X X X X Croatia 2002 X Czech Republic 2002 X Ecuador 2003 X X X X X X Eritrea 2002 X X X X X Estonia 2002 X X Ethiopia 2001 X X X X X Macedonia, FYR 2002 X Georgia 2002 X Guatemala 2003 X X X Honduras 2003 X X X Hungary 2002 X India 2000 X X X X X X India 2002 X X X X X X Indonesia 2003 X X X X Kazakhstan 2002 X Kenya 2003 X X X X X Kosovo 2003 X X X Kyrgyz Republic 2002 X Kyrgyz Republic 2003 X X X X X X Latvia 2002 X Lithuania 2002 X Moldova 2002 X Moldova 2003 X X X X X X Montenegro 2003 X X X Morocco 2000 X X X X X Mozambique 2002 X X X X Nicaragua 2003 X X X Pakistan 2002 X X X X X Peru 2002 X X X X X X Philippines 2003 X X X X X X X Poland 2002 X Poland 2003 X X X X X X Romania 2002 X Russian Federation 2002 X Serbia 2001 X X Serbia 2003 X X X Slovak Republic 2002 X Slovenia 2002 X 74 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 4A.2 continued Employment Sales Investment Re-invest- Labor Total factor Year growth growth Profitability rate ment rate productivity productivity Tajikistan 2002 X Tajikistan 2003 X X X X X X Tanzania 2003 X X X X X X X Turkey 2002 X Uganda 2003 X X X X X Ukraine 2002 X Uzbekistan 2002 X Uzbekistan 2003 X X X X X X Yugoslavia 2002 X Zambia 2002 X X X X X X X Total 59 35 24 13 23 24 21 Source: Authors' analysis. Estimating Total Factor Productivity In addition to labor, capital, and intermediate inputs, TFP is estimated using a stochastic frontier approach and equation 4A.1 also contains a series of 26 sector dummies, assuming a Cobb-Douglas production function. This Dijk, that are equal to 1 if firm i in country k is affiliated with essentially estimates how far firms fall short of the amount sector j.15 The sector dummies also interact with labor, capi- that they could produce given the amount of capital and tal, and intermediate inputs to allow different sectors to use labor they would use if they were fully efficient (that is, as different production technologies--that is, labor, capital, efficient as the most efficient enterprises in the sample). and intermediate input intensities are not assumed to be the Formally, the equation estimated is same across sectors. Technically, this is done by multiplying the sector dummies by the variables representing capital, ln Sik = D ijk(j + jL lnLik + jK ln Kik + jI ln Iik ) labor, and intermediate inputs. j (4A.1) + k - µik + ik The error term is assumed to have two components: i, which represents random statistical noise (for example, noise from measurement error or individual firm-level where Si is sales for firm i in the year of the survey, Li is the shocks), and µi, which represents the firm's technical effi- number of full-time employees (permanent and tempo- ciency (that is, how far the firm is from the production rary), Ki is the net book value of fixed assets for firm i in the possibilities frontier). The first term, i , is a two-sided year of the survey, and Ii is the value of intermediate inputs. error term, which is assumed to have a normal distribu- All monetary variables (for example, sales, intermediate tion. The second term, µ i , is assumed to be nonnegative inputs, and capital) were collected in local currency units, (that is, greater than or equal to zero) and to follow an which were converted to U.S. dollars using average exchange exponential distribution.16 The two error terms are rates. To control for the possibility that the annual exchange assumed to be independently and identically distributed. rates might not be long-run exchange rates, country The technical efficiency of firm i is calculated using the dummies (Ik) are included in the base regression. Since the following formula: monetary variables are in natural logs, the country dummies effectively control for the possibility that the TEi = E Exp µi i { ( )}. (4A.2) results might be affected by exchange rates.14 The Role of ICT in Doing Business 75 Annex 4B: ICT-Related Investment Climate Survey Data by Country Table 4B.1 Telecommunications Results Telecom major Workforce or severe Unavailable regularly E-mail obstacle to Unavailable Unavailable main line using use for business main line main line telephone computers interacting operations and telephone telephone service in their with clients Survey Number Fixed growth service service (total % jobs and suppliers Country year of firms linea (% firms) (days) (hours) sales lost) (percent) (% firms) Albania 2002 170 C 18.24 8.79 .. .. .. 38.24 Algeria 2002 557 M 15.67 25.20 .. .. .. 41.72 Armenia 2002 171 M 11.11 7.90 .. .. .. 39.77 Azerbaijan 2002 170 P 3.64 3.21 .. .. .. 32.35 Bangladesh 2002 1001 C 24.65 .. .. .. .. 70.30 Belarus 2002 250 C 2.83 1.75 .. .. .. 53.60 Bolivia 2001 671 M .. .. .. .. .. .. Bosnia and Herzegovina 2002 182 M 3.41 4.43 .. .. .. 58.24 Brazil 2003 1642 C 6.16 2.06 13.00 1.23 17.53 92.02 Bulgaria 2002 250 C 6.85 1.72 .. .. .. 61.60 Cambodia 2003 503 P 3.21 4.55 4.85 2.62 21.03 40.76 China 2002 1548 P 23.53 .. .. .. 33.33 .. China 2003 2400 P .. .. .. .. 35.97 .. Croatia 2002 187 C 1.08 1.18 .. .. .. 76.47 Czech Republic 2002 268 C 2.26 0.83 .. .. .. 75.37 Ecuador 2003 453 M 18.14 12.38 41.61 7.62 22.25 83.22 Eritrea 2002 78 M 14.29 12.16 .. .. .. 47.44 Estonia 2002 170 C 5.36 1.94 .. .. .. 89.41 Ethiopia 2002 427 M 29.40 .. .. .. .. 24.65 Georgia 2002 174 P 6.32 13.87 .. .. .. 39.08 Guatemala 2003 455 C 6.61 2.56 6.80 4.37 12.75 66.37 Honduras 2003 450 M 18.26 6.47 5.50 7.23 7.68 50.22 Hungary 2002 250 C 1.61 1.60 .. .. .. 74.40 India 2000 895 C .. .. .. .. .. 44.39 India 2002 1827 C 5.33 .. .. .. 17.03 62.07 Indonesia 2003 713 P 9.12 1.81 .. 2.64 13.21 49.93 Kazakhstan 2002 250 C 2.87 5.63 .. .. .. 43.20 Kenya 2003 284 P 44.12 35.83 37.06 .. 13.78 78.42 Kosovo 2003 329 17.19 4.90 4.58 3.04 17.99 29.35 Kyrgyz Republic 2002 173 C 1.04 15.91 .. .. .. 28.90 Kyrgyz Republic 2003 102 C 3.53 2.21 19.50 0.23 .. 40.20 Latvia 2002 176 C 3.41 0.75 .. .. .. 56.25 Lithuania 2002 200 C 4.00 1.38 .. .. .. 69.00 76 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 4B.1 continued Telecom major Workforce or severe Unavailable regularly E-mail obstacle to Unavailable Unavailable main line using use for business main line main line telephone computers interacting operations and telephone telephone service in their with clients Survey Number Fixed growth service service (total % jobs and suppliers Country year of firms linea (% firms) (days) (hours) sales lost) (percent) (% firms) Macedonia, FYR 2002 170 3.70 3.29 .. .. .. 45.88 Moldova 2002 174 C 4.85 1.73 11.80 .. .. 37.93 Moldova 2003 103 C 2.30 4.14 .. 0.16 .. 53.40 Montenegro 2003 100 C .. .. .. .. .. .. Morocco 2000 859 M .. .. .. .. .. 49.27 Mozambique 2002 194 M 20.65 13.59 .. .. 6.87 36.31 Nicaragua 2003 452 M 12.39 6.96 5.79 9.51 7.93 37.39 Nigeria 2001 232 C 59.39 .. .. .. .. .. Pakistan 2003 965 C 9.24 2.66 .. .. 10.65 33.58 Peru 2002 583 C 4.03 6.68 89.19 .. 27.90 50.27 Philippines 2003 716 C 11.34 1.88 9.46 .. 13.57 48.76 Poland 2002 500 C 3.70 1.43 .. .. .. 66.40 Poland 2003 108 C 4.83 0.53 10.44 0.06 .. 66.67 Romania 2002 255 C 7.11 1.98 .. .. .. 57.25 Russian Federation 2002 506 D 4.29 7.79 .. .. .. 53.56 Serbia 2001 402 C 13.93 7.90 .. .. 27.67 45.27 Serbia 2003 408 C .. .. .. .. .. .. Serbia and Montenegro 2003 508 C .. 2.21 7.14 0.54 25.52 53.94 Slovak Republic 2002 170 C 1.81 1.40 .. .. .. 83.53 Slovenia 2002 188 M 1.06 1.12 .. .. .. 87.23 Tajikistan 2002 176 M 6.33 43.36 9.22 0.41 .. 10.80 Tajikistan 2003 107 M 4.09 4.99 .. .. .. 7.62 Tanzania 2003 276 M 11.76 49.56 10.81 .. 10.29 58.43 Turkey 2002 514 P 10.94 0.82 .. .. .. 51.17 Uganda 2003 300 P 5.19 17.83 30.29 .. 7.07 38.67 Ukraine 2002 463 D 5.36 3.41 .. .. .. 57.02 Uzbekistan 2002 260 D 2.08 23.58 .. 5.00 .. 21.15 Uzbekistan 2003 100 D 5.65 1.80 .. .. .. 14.00 Yugoslavia, the former 2002 250 10.33 13.35 .. .. .. 70.00 Zambia 2002 207 M 32.85 40.05 13 48 .. 10 03 83 50 Note: .. Not available. C = competition; D = duopoly; LCU = local currency unit; M = monopoly; P = partial competition. a. Level of competition for fixed-line local services in 2004. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. The Role of ICT in Doing Business 77 Table 4B.2 ICT Results Gift/ Web site use Waiting time payment Gift/payment for interacting ICT services ICT services for main line expected for expected for Number with clients are NOT poor in telephone connection connection Survey of Fixed and suppliers affordable quality (% connection (% firms (value in Country year firms linea (% firms) (% firms) firms) (days) answering yes) LCU) Albania 2002 170 C 32.35 18.36 .. 18.10 .. .. Algeria 2002 557 M 24.74 .. 19.71 276.53 4.67 719.71 Armenia 2002 171 M 30.41 .. .. 5.43 .. .. Azerbaijan 2002 170 P 28.24 .. .. 2.17 .. .. Bangladesh 2002 1001 C 31.12 20.10 16.94 150.43 .. 147,809.93 Belarus 2002 250 C 44.80 .. .. 59.92 .. .. Bolivia 2001 671 M .. .. .. .. 10.91 .. Bosnia and Herzegovina 2002 182 M 54.95 .. .. 1.93 .. .. Brazil 2003 1642 C 73.14 .. 21.60 18.22 2.10 301.94 Bulgaria 2002 250 C 54.00 .. .. 20.05 .. .. Cambodia 2003 503 P 23.06 71.97 17.24 4.15 .. 50.63 China 2002 1548 P .. .. 85.73 12.11 5.51 .. China 2003 2400 P .. .. 14.94 6.05 .. 1.07 Croatia 2002 187 C 72.19 .. .. 5.00 .. .. Czech Republic 2002 268 C 69.78 .. .. 1.86 .. .. Ecuador 2003 453 M 55.41 8.05 12.79 129.68 27.36 176.59 Eritrea 2002 78 M 10.26 17.78 42.50 266.46 .. .. Estonia 2002 170 C 89.41 .. .. 2.36 .. .. Ethiopia 2002 427 M 6.34 48.56 44.96 154.90 .. .. Georgia 2002 174 P 36.78 .. .. 8.85 .. .. Guatemala 2003 455 C 29.23 22.96 9.27 47.68 3.92 560.00 Honduras 2003 450 M 21.78 32.97 14.05 170.11 14.36 11,419.05 Hungary 2002 250 C 66.00 .. .. 4.41 .. .. India 2000 895 C .. .. .. .. .. .. India 2002 1827 C 35.90 .. .. 86.68 .. .. Indonesia 2003 713 P 24.33 60.87 9.71 26.59 4.25 36,564.14 Kazakhstan 2002 250 C 36.80 .. .. 5.98 .. .. Kenya 2003 284 P 32.00 .. .. 98.82 55.49 8,824.36 Kosovo 2003 329 35.99 3.23 6.67 26.96 15.79 3.68 Kyrgyz Republic 2002 173 C 28.90 .. .. 21.11 .. 2,500.00 Kyrgyz Republic 2003 102 C 42.57 .. .. 11.57 30.43 .. Latvia 2002 176 C 53.98 .. .. 2.83 .. .. Lithuania 2002 200 C 67.50 .. .. 2.23 .. .. Macedonia, FYR 2002 170 47.06 .. .. 8.19 .. .. Moldova 2002 174 C 29.89 .. .. 7.83 .. .. Moldova 2003 103 C 53.40 .. .. 88.20 20.00 900.00 Montenegro 2003 100 C .. .. .. .. .. .. Morocco 2000 859 M 16.56 .. .. .. .. .. Mozambique 2002 194 M 19.16 48.00 32.50 21.20 .. .. Nicaragua 2003 452 M 16.19 37.89 14.29 127.60 11.71 2,765.64 78 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 4B.2 continued Gift/ Web site use Waiting time payment Gift/payment for interacting ICT services ICT services for main line expected for expected for Number with clients are NOT poor in telephone connection connection Survey of Fixed and suppliers affordable quality (% connection (% firms (value in Country year firms linea (% firms) (% firms) firms) (days) answering yes) LCU) Nigeria 2001 232 C .. .. .. .. .. .. Pakistan 2003 965 C 18.34 47.60 22.04 25.29 .. 4,945.90 Peru 2002 583 C .. .. 4.38 9.93 .. 141.90 Philippines 2003 716 C 24.42 29.31 21.12 13.21 2.40 13.20 Poland 2002 500 C 65.00 .. .. 7.61 .. .. Poland 2003 108 C 69.44 .. .. 44.57 .. .. Romania 2002 255 C 53.73 .. .. 6.03 .. .. Russian Federation 2002 506 D 48.42 14.42 Serbia 2001 402 C 22.84 63.51 Serbia 2003 408 C 33.08 Serbia and Montenegro 2003 508 C 45.67 7.49 24.55 88.08 19.05 59.64 Slovak Republic 2002 170 C 80.59 .. .. 2.85 .. .. Slovenia 2002 188 M 89.36 .. .. 7.76 .. .. Tajikistan 2002 176 M 6.25 .. .. 17.41 .. 180.00 Tajikistan 2003 107 M 2.88 .. .. 5.96 33.33 .. Tanzania 2003 276 M 23.48 29.96 18.44 23.07 18.89 110,000.00 Turkey 2002 514 P 50.78 .. .. 1.52 .. .. Uganda 2003 300 P 10.00 .. .. 33.41 18.32 83,000.00 Ukraine 2002 463 D 54.21 .. .. 13.82 .. .. Uzbekistan 2002 260 D 16.15 .. .. 20.00 .. .. Uzbekistan 2003 100 D 14.00 .. .. 8.93 .. .. Yugoslavia, the former 2002 250 66.80 .. .. 29.69 .. .. Zambia 2002 207 M 27.18 16.56 28.48 88.55 .. 0.63 Note: .. Not available. C = competition; D = duopoly; LCU = local currency unit; M = monopoly; P = partial competition. a. Level of competition for fixed-line local services in 2004. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. Annex 4C: Regression Results in annex 4A. ICTijk is an indicator reflecting enterprises' use of ICT. It is based on the three ICT indicators Effect of ICT Use on Enterprise Performance discussed above: a dummy variable indicating that the In the empirical analysis of the effects of ICT use on enter- enterprise communicates with clients and suppliers using prise performance, the following model is used: e-mail; a dummy variable indicating that the enterprise communicates with clients and suppliers using the Web performanceijk = + ICTijk + Xijk (4C.1) (other than through e-mail); and the percentage of + k + j + t + ijk employees who regularly use computers. These three indi- cators are used to test the robustness of results. They are where performanceijk is the performance of enterprise i in typically available for different countries and they capture sector j in country k. The performance measures are listed different aspects of ICT use.17 The Role of ICT in Doing Business 79 In addition to the ICT variables, the model also includes between enterprises within the same country. Finally, the Xijk, a vector of enterprise level characteristics. These include dummies for the survey year control for systematic enterprise size, age, exports as a percentage of sales, and differences in the global economy that might affect enter- dummy variables representing whether the enterprise is prise performance and for changes in technology that might state- or foreign-owned. affect technology use over time. Finally, the model includes a series of dummy variables to Tables 4C.1 through 4C.3 present the regression results of control for country (k), sector of operations (j), and the effect of ICT use on enterprise performance. survey year (t). The sector dummies control for systematic differences between enterprises operating in different sectors Impact of the Quality of Telecommunications that might affect enterprise performance. Similarly, the Services on the Probability of Firms Using ICT country dummies control for differences between coun- In order to investigate the impact of telecommunications tries--such as macroeconomic stability, other government services on the probability that a firm uses ICT, the follow- policies, and educational achievement--that might affect ing equation was used to estimate how much the quality of both technology use and enterprise performance. That is, telecommunications infrastructure affects e-mail, Web, and the differences in productivity are interpreted as differences computer use: Table 4C.1 Effect of Computer Use on Different Measures of Enterprise Performance (regression results) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Value added per worker Investment Sales Employment (US$ (share of Re-investment Technical Indicator growth growth thousands) assets) rate Profitability efficiency Observations 8,177 8,710 4,911 3,628 2,089 4,714 4,331 Country and year dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Sector dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Computer use 0.0001 ­0.0001 0.1712*** 0.0003 0.1465*** 0.0007* 0.0004*** (Percentage of workers who use computers) (0.64) (0.92) (16.78) (1.53) (4.41) (1.78) (7.69) Worker 0.0144*** 0.0249*** 0.2455 0.0350*** 4.1367*** 0.0112* ­0.0005 (Natural log) (4.03) (11.84) (1.33) (9.24) (7.27) (1.68) (0.47) Age ­0.0746*** ­0.0275*** ­0.0079 ­0.0322*** ­5.4862*** ­0.0164 ­0.0035* (Natural log) (11.81) (7.52) (0.23) (4.83) (­5.75) (1.33) (1.88) Exports 0.0006*** ­0.0006*** ­0.0019* 0.0000 0.0144 ­0.0008** ­0.0000 (Percentage of sales) (3.20) (5.38) (1.95) (0.23) (0.47) (2.30) (0.36) Enterprise is majority foreign owned 0.0004 ­0.0169* 8.4137*** ­0.0041 ­12.1374*** 0.0119 0.0145*** (Dummy) (0.02) (1.82) (10.39) (0.27) (­4.72) (0.41) (3.37) Enterprise is state owned ­0.0267 ­0.0237** ­2.4230*** ­0.0061 ­16.1606*** ­0.0273 ­0.0113*** (Dummy) (1.56) (2.30) (2.95) (0.33) (­4.97) (0.91) (2.65) Constant ­0.0437 0.1033* 1.7257 0.0856 74.1805*** ­0.5379 0.6959*** (Dummy) (0.27) (1.93) (0.15) (0.49) (6.11) (1.28) (11.80) R2 0.04 0.12 0.17 .. .. 0.05 0.04 Note: .. Not applicable. The numbers in parentheses are t-statistics. ***, **, * denote statistical significance at the 1 percent, 5 percent, and 10 percent levels, respectively. All regressions include sector and year dummies. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. 80 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 4C.2 Effect of E-Mail Use on Different Measures of Enterprise Performance (regression results) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Value added per worker Investment Sales Employment (US$ (share of Re-investment Technical Indicator growth growth thousands) assets) rate Profitability efficiency Observations 9,504 13,285 6,076 3,907 4,878 5,953 5,350 Country and year dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Sector dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Uses e-mail to communicate with clients and suppliers 0.0335*** 0.0119* 3.4233*** 0.0547*** 6.8826*** 0.0506*** 0.0099*** (Dummy) (3.82) (1.90) (8.66) (4.35) (3.93) (2.80) (3.87) Worker 0.0091*** 0.0207*** ­0.2013 0.0257*** 3.2737*** ­0.0103 ­0.0044*** (Natural log) (2.85) (9.40) (1.40) (5.87) (5.53) (1.56) (4.69) Age ­0.0750*** ­0.0576*** 1.0012*** ­0.0438*** ­4.0490*** 0.0012 0.0040** (Natural log) (14.57) (15.72) (4.20) (6.37) (­4.32) (0.11) (2.52) Exports ­0.0000 ­0.0003*** 0.0048 ­0.0004** ­0.0254 0.0002 0.0001 (Percentage of sales) (0.34) (2.79) (0.91) (2.47) (­1.02) (0.75) (1.57) Enterprise is majority foreign owned 0.0029 0.0008 6.1198*** 0.0263 ­4.2040* 0.0338 0.0075* (Dummy) (0.21) (0.09) (9.93) (1.52) (­1.84) (1.19) (1.85) Enterprise is state owned ­0.0632** ­0.1069*** 4.5120*** ­0.0256 ­28.8728*** ­0.1108* 0.0200** (Dummy) (2.22) (8.32) (3.35) (0.72) (­3.55) (1.79) (2.21) Constant 0.1022 0.1018** 30.4289*** 0.2186 ­2.500 ­0.1302 0.7523*** (Dummy) (0.42) (2.55) (8.82) (0.76) (­0.10) (0.31) (28.13) R2 0.05 0.10 0.19 .. .. 0.05 0.03 Note: .. Not applicable. The numbers in parentheses are t-statistics. ***, **, * denote statistical significance at the 1 percent, 5 percent, and 10 percent levels, respectively. All regressions include sector and year dummies. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. Table 4C.3 Effect of Web Use on Different Measures of Enterprise Performance (regression results) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Value added per worker Investment Re- Sales Employment (US$ (share of investment Technical Indicator growth growth thousands) assets) rate Profitability efficiency Observations 8,926 12,699 5,527 3,710 4,825 5,422 4,900 Country and year dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Sector dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Uses Web to communicate with clients and suppliers 0.0203** 0.0178*** 2.3402*** 0.0210 3.6031** 0.0393** 0.0041 (Dummy) (2.24) (2.76) (5.66) (1.63) (2.24) (1.99) (1.53) Worker 0.0135*** 0.0204*** ­0.0064 0.0319*** 3.7100*** ­0.0032 ­0.0032*** (Natural log) (4.09) (8.96) (0.44) (6.92) (6.35) (0.45) (3.31) Age ­0.0777*** ­0.0603*** 1.0376*** ­0.0464*** ­4.3009*** 0.0017 0.0026 (Natural log) (14.60) (15.87) (4.31) (6.42) (­4.54) (0.15) (1.61) (Table continues on the following page.) The Role of ICT in Doing Business 81 Table 4C.3 continued (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Value added per worker Investment Re- Sales Employment (US$ (share of investment Technical Indicator growth growth thousands) assets) rate Profitability efficiency Exports ­0.0000 ­0.0003*** 0.0049 ­0.0004** ­0.01675 0.0001 0.0000 (Percentage of sales) (0.26) (2.65) (0.89) (2.52) (­0.67) (0.48) (1.40) Enterprise is majority foreign owned 0.0040 0.0025 6.3262*** 0.0344* ­4.0198* 0.0346 0.0108*** (Dummy) (0.28) (0.27) (10.37) (1.91) (­1.74) (1.19) (2.66) Enterprise is state owned ­0.0670** ­0.1039*** 3.1836** ­0.0292 ­29.4981*** ­0.1277** 0.0168* (Dummy) (2.28) (7.89) (2.35) (0.77) (­3.62) (1.97) (1.81) Constant ­0.0168 0.1082*** 2.8770 0.0020 .. ­0.1506 0.7878*** (Dummy) (0.03) (2.66) (1.11) (0.01) .. (0.36) (8.88) R2 0.05 0.11 0.18 .. .. 0.05 0.02 Note: .. Not applicable. The numbers in parentheses are t-statistics. ***, **, * denote statistical significance at the 1 percent, 5 percent, and 10 percent levels, respectively. All regressions include sector and year dummies. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003. ICT Useijk = 1 + 2 Telecomijk + 3 IT Qualityijk (4C.2) continuous variable, truncated at zero, indicating the + 4 Xijk + 5C k + t + . percentage of employees who use computers in their jobs. For the two regressions with dummy variables as the depend- The dependent variables are the ICT-use variables by firm ent variables, Probit analysis is used. Since the percentage of i in sector j in country k, the same ones used in the previous employees who use computers in their jobs is truncated section: dummy variables indicating that the company uses above at 100 percent (that is, all employees use computers) e-mail and the Web to communicate with clients, and a and below at 0 percent (that is, no employees do), Tobit Table 4C.4 Effect of Telecommunications Service on IT Use (regression results) (1) (2) (3) Uses e-mail to Uses Web to communicate with clients communicate with clients Percentage of employees Indicator and suppliers (dummy) and suppliers (dummy) using computers Observations 7,286 7,194 7,603 Technology use Quality of information technology services 0.2254*** 0.1387*** 3.6647*** (Average for firms in sector/region) (5.21) (2.76) (3.95) Telecommunications sector performance Days to get telephone ­0.0009*** ­0.0004*** ­0.0465*** (Average for firms in sector/region) (6.68) (2.99) (4.43) Enterprise characteristics Workers 0.1679*** 0.1226*** 3.0550*** (Natural log) (31.03) (24.53) (13.49) Age of firm ­0.0348*** ­0.0010 ­2.5098*** (Natural log) (4.25) (0.13) (6.16) Exports 0.0009*** ­0.0007*** ­0.0136 82 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 4C.4 continued (1) (2) (3) Uses e-mail to communicate Uses web to communicate with clients and suppliers with clients and suppliers Percent of employees Indicator (dummy) (dummy) using computers (As a percentage of sales) (4.15) (3.52) (1.16) Enterprise is foreign owned 0.0884*** 0.0077 9.1440*** (Dummy) (3.58) (0.37) (8.94) Enterprise is state owned ­0.2882*** ­0.1940*** ­8.0229*** (Dummy) (6.18) (4.65) (7.35) Country characteristics Per capita GDP 0.0939*** 0.1764*** 7.3547*** (Natural log) (9.37) (16.53) (10.97) Note: The numbers in parentheses are t-statistics. ***, **, * denote statistical significance at the 1 percent, 5 percent, and 10 percent levels, respectively. All regressions include sector and year dummies. Source: Authors' analysis based on data from the World Bank Investment Climate Surveys 2000­2003.. estimation is used for that variable. In all cases the error term, 4. The sectors covered in the ICS are Textiles; Leather; ijk , is assumed to have a normal distribution. Garments; Agro-Industry; Food; Beverages; Metals and The number of days it takes to get a fixed-line telephone is Machinery; Electronics; Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals; Construction Materials; Wood and Furniture; Non-metallic used as a proxy for the quality of telecommunications service and Plastic Materials; Paper, Printing and Publishing; Sports; as the main independent variable. This measure is used Information Technology; Other Manufacturing; Telecom- because it is available for more countries than alternative munications; Accounting and Financial Products; Advertis- measures. Because of concerns about endogeneity (for exam- ing and Marketing; Other Services; Retail and Wholesale ple, firms' perceptions about quality might be affected by the Trade; Hotels and Restaurants; Transportation; Real Estate use of information technology), average values of the quality and Rental Services; Mining and Quarrying; and Autos and Auto Parts. Although this study covers 56 countries, some variables for firms in the same sector and region of the coun- countries had more than one survey conducted in different try are used. Because an individual firm's use of information years. Therefore, as shown in annex 4A, some of the regres- technology is unlikely to affect other firms' perceptions, this sions include close to 60 surveys. seems a reasonable proxy for quality of service. 5. The size of a firm is defined as the sum of the number of The regressions include several additional variables of permanent and temporary workers. Large firms have more country- as well as enterprise-level characteristics, such as than 100 employees. SMEs range from 10 to 100 employees. enterprise size, age, exports as a percentage of sales, and Micro firms have fewer than 10 workers. dummy variables representing whether the enterprise is 6. For example, because of the high cost of making international state- or foreign-owned. calls in many developing countries, and because of the need of Table 4C.4 shows the regression results of the effect of foreign-owned enterprises to keep in touch with their head offices, these enterprises might be more likely to use the Inter- telecommunications. net than domestic enterprises (Clarke 2004). But foreign- owned enterprises also tend to be more technically efficient. Endnotes 7. Although, ideally, it would be desirable to control for the educational attainment of the firms' workforce, comparable 1. The results are robust to controlling for the possibility that data were not easily available for the firm surveys used in this Internet use is endogenous (that is, that causation also runs in study. One concern is that firms with highly educated workers the opposite direction). might be more likely to use ICT services and to exhibit higher 2. For example, customer databases with a history of client- productivity. Omitting a variable to control for the educational specific correspondence help managers and employees respond status of workers could bias the coefficients for ICT use upward more effectively to customers. in the empirical analysis. Another single-country study, 3. See http://rru.worldbank.org/InvestmentClimate/ for a full however, has found--after controlling for worker and manager explication of the survey. education--that total factor productivity (technical efficiency) The Role of ICT in Doing Business 83 was higher in firms in South Africa that use computers more 16. In practice, results are very similar under different distribu- intensively (World Bank 2005). tional assumptions. The simple correlation between this measure of technical efficiency and estimates assuming a half- 8. A firm's propensity to invest in new ICT technologies also normal distribution is 0.97. depends on the effect that other infrastructure services, such as electricity and transport, have on its production process. 17. Because these variables are highly correlated and because they are available for different countries, they are included one at a 9. A common criticism of perception-based measures of the time. Their coefficients therefore should be interpreted with investment climate is that they might not reflect reality. care. Including all variables simultaneously would result in the Idiosyncratic factors (for example, the manager's temperament sample size being reduced considerably, making it more difficult or expectations about sector performance) might determine to estimate the impact of the indicators. As a result, the effects perceptions about sector performance rather than demonstrat- of the different variables on enterprise performance should not ing the actual performance of the sector. In this case, however, be summed. Rather, they should be seen as general indicators of the perception-based indexes appear to be consistent with information technology use and interpreted in this light. objective measures of sector performance even after control- ling for other factors that affect perceptions about telecommu- nications service. Based on a regression analysis, findings References showed that managers were more likely to rate telecommuni- Asia Foundation. 2002. "SME and eCommerce." http://www. cations as a serious problem in countries where it takes a long asiafoundation.org/ICT/surveys.html. (accessed September 16, time to get a fixed-line connection, where service interruptions 2005) are more common, and where bribes are needed to get a new connection. Barr, Abigail. 2000. "Social Capital and Technical Information Flows in the Ghanaian Manufacturing Sector." Oxford Economic 10. The coefficient for bribes is negative but is statistically insignif- Papers 52 (3): 539­59. icant as to the regression for Web use. Bhutan (the government), UNDP (United Nations Development 11. SMEs (with fewer than 250 employees, according to the OECD Programme), and World Bank. 2002. "Bhutan Private Sector definition) and micro firms (with fewer than 10 employees) in Survey." Draft report. some developed countries experience similar constraints in Clarke, George. 2004. "The Effect of Enterprise Ownership and ICT adoption, as reported by the OECD survey ICT, E-Business Foreign Competition on Internet Diffusion in the Transition and SMEs (2004). Economies." Comparative Economic Studies 46 (2): 341­70. 12. According to the ITU (2001), the average cost to build a fully Clarke, George, and Scott Wallsten. 2004. "Has the Internet electronic commerce­enabled site was $250,000 in 2001. This Increased Trade? Evidence from Industrial and Developing figure can range from $500,000 to $2 million for larger compa- Countries." World Bank Policy Research Working Paper 3215, nies. WITSA (2000) estimated that the average time to build a World Bank, Washington, DC. fully functioning site was five months, but this often stretched to a year. CRITO (The Center for Research on Information Technology and Organizations). 2002. "Global E-Commerce Survey." Draft 13. Costs, however, of both technology and the skills to implement paper. The Center for Research on Information Technology it, are beginning to decline as electronic features are incorpo- and Organizations at the University of California, Irvine. rated into existing products and skills become more widely http://www.crito.uci.edu/. available. 14. Since the variables are in natural logs, the country dummies De Vera, Roberto. 2002. "The Employment Impact of Business to will remove any exchange rate effects. That is, once country Consumer E-Commerce on the Philippine Workers." Philip- dummies are included, the coefficients on labor, capital, and pine APEC Study Center Network Discussion Paper No. intermediate inputs will be identical whatever exchange rate is 2002­09, Makati City, Philippines. used. In practice, however, the estimates of technical efficiency Freund, Caroline L., and Weinhold, Diana. 2004. "The Effect of the are virtually identical whether country dummies are included Internet on International Trade." Journal of International or not. The correlation between the estimates with and without Economics 62 (1): 171­89. country dummies is about 0.97. Humphrey, John, Robin Mansell, Daniel Paré, and Hubert 15. In practice, there are too few data to estimate production Schmitz. 2003. The Reality of E-Commerce with Developing functions for retail and wholesale trade, hotels and restau- Countries. London: London School of Economics and Institute rants, transportation, real estate and rental services, and of Development Studies. mining and quarrying. Therefore, production functions are ITU (International Telecommunication Union). 2001. "Internet estimated for only 21 sectors out of the original 26 sectors and Electronic Commerce." http://www.itu.int/newsarchive/ listed in the ICS. wtd/2001/FeatureE-commerce.html. 84 Information and Communications for Development 2006 ------. 2003a. Birth of Broadband: ITU Internet Reports. Geneva: WITSA (World Information Technology and Services Alliance). ITU. 2000. International Survey of E-commerce 2000. Arlington, VA: ------. 2003b. World Telecommunication Development Report. World Information Technology and Services Alliance. Geneva: ITU. Wong, Poh-Kam, and Yuen-Ping Ho. 2004. "E-Commerce in ------. 2004. ITU Internet Reports: The Portable Internet. Geneva: Singapore: Impetus and Impact of Globalization." GEC ITU. Project, CRITO, Irvine University. http://www.crito.uci.edu. Moodley, Sagren. 2002. "Competing in the Digital Economy? The World Bank. Various years. "Investment Climate Surveys."- Dynamics and Impacts of B2B E-commerce on the South Washington, DC. http://rru.worldbank.org/InvestmentClimate/ African Manufacturing Sector." Discussion Paper 2002/79, ------. 2004. Doing Business in 2004: Understanding Regulation. WIDER United Nations University, Helsinki. Washington, DC: World Bank. MPDF (Mekong Project Development Facility). 2003. Current IT ------. 2005. "South Africa: An Assessment of the Investment Usage at SMEs. Mekong Project Development Facility, Ho Chi Climate." Unpublished, World Bank, Washington, DC. Minh City. OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Develop- ment). 2004. ICT, E-Business and SMEs. Paris: OECD. The Role of ICT in Doing Business 85 Chapter 5 Trends in National E-Strategies: A Review of 40 Countries Aref Adamali, John Oliver Coffey, and Zaid Safdar E -strategies have been on the international countries had not begun formulating e-strategies. Others development agenda in recent years. The Group of had already written their ICT plans and were in the process Eight (G-8) and the United Nations (UN), among of implementing them. Still others, such as Singapore, the others, have advocated the need for developing countries to Republic of Korea, and Mauritius, had completed several establish information and communication technology cycles of e-strategies and were further ahead in their ICT (ICT) programs to better use ICT for development. In 2000, development. the Digital Opportunity Task Force (DOT Force) was Developing a national e-strategy is a daunting task. It launched under the auspices of the G-8. In 2001, the UN requires an understanding of the social and development Secretary General--with the recommendation of the priorities of a country. It requires vision and leadership Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC)--created the ongo- from the highest levels of government. It requires rational- ing ICT Task Force. In 2003, world leaders met for the first izing how individual ICT objectives are to be carried out, phase of the World Summit for the Information Society both in assigning responsibility to individual government (WSIS) and adopted a Plan of Action encouraging that agencies and in committing financial resources. It also national e-strategies be developed by the time the second requires government emphasis on measuring results so phase of WSIS convenes in November 2005.1 outcomes can be assessed and future directives can be Some countries, mostly developed ones, initiated planned based on real data and concrete information (see e-strategies on their own. They recognized the potential ICT annex 5A for a selected list of resources for ICT policies and has for their economies and societies. They championed e-strategies). plans and actions that included ICT as an important part of This chapter gives an overview of how countries have their respective national strategies. Countries that launched been formulating national e-strategies and what they have e-strategies early on and followed through are reaping bene- been focusing on. It examines written e-strategy plans of 40 fits today; these countries are regarded as forerunners in ICT countries (annex 5B), both developed and developing, taken development. For instance, Singapore began its ICT from a wide spectrum of income and region groups (figure program in 1991, the United States did in 1993, and Canada, 5.1).3 It evaluates the strength, scope, and direction of these Japan, and most European nations started shortly thereafter countries' ICT programs based on the goals stated in their (UNCTAD 2003, page 64). e-strategy documents. It produces lessons learned that The estimated number of national e-strategies worldwide developing countries can review and use to strengthen their ranged between 70 and 90 until 2003.2 Before that year, some ICT programs. The chapter is a time-invariant study of what 87 Figure 5.1 E-Strategy Review Sample: Country Composition by Region and Income Level (percent) South Asia 10 Sub-Saharan Africa High income Middle East and North Africa 19 23 8 Middle income 44 Latin America and the Caribbean East Asia and Pacific 18 15 European Union Low income 10 Europe and Central Asia 33 20 Source: Authors' analysis. e-strategy programs say; it therefore does not deal with the education, health, government, business, and industry. ICT actual implementation of particular e-strategies or results development is intended not as an end in itself but as a they may have produced. means to fulfilling the larger development needs of a This chapter has three parts. The first explains the review country. Linking e-strategy to a country's development methodology used in analyzing the e-strategies. The strategy also gives credibility to the ICT program and methodology illustrates not only how the review is done but confers wider acceptance to it outside ICT circles. also the parameters on which e-strategy designs should Connecting e-strategy to development requires coordina- theoretically be based. The second part presents the results tion and sequencing across governmental agencies. For of the analyses. The results look at how e-strategies are example, if a country wants to introduce distance education, conceptualized and on what objectives and interventions it should tie its initiative not only to e-strategy objectives they focus. And the third gives recommendations to national (such as promoting e-literacy or enhancing the use of ICT in ICT strategists and policy makers on formulating effective education) but also to "d-strategy" and more generic policy e-strategies that could prove to be successful and help them objectives (such as developing ICT usage or improving achieve their stated goals. education delivery in general). The latter may involve the diversification of its economy from traditional to newer sectors (World Bank 2005). What Is an E-Strategy? At the national level, e-strategy refers to a plan of action-- E-Strategy Life Cycle typically a strategy document written by state leaders-- E-strategies move through several stages of life cycle, as illustrating how ICTs are to be developed and used to shown in the diagram in figure 5.2. achieve the economic, social, and development objectives of The e-strategy life cycle can be broken down into three a country. E-strategy thus guides and focuses government parts. At the beginning, a national ICT vision is developed. priorities in ICT development. It explains how institutions This vision takes into account the current ICT availability, interact with one another and how they share resources and development objectives, and input from various stakehold- responsibilities for ICT development. It specifies a multisec- ers. Next, responsible institutions and organizations are tor activity that involves leaders from government, the identified to carry out the assigned tasks. Finally, the private sector, academia, and civil society. This chapter deals exclusively with e-strategy at the national level. It uses the terms e-strategy, national e-strategy, Figure 5.2 A Typical E-Strategy Life Cycle national ICT plan, and national ICT strategy interchangeably. E-Strategy E-Strategy E-Strategy E-Strategy and Development Monitoring & Formulation Implementation Evaluation E-strategy objectives are tied to the country's overall development objectives, which include topics such as Source: Authors' analysis. 88 Information and Communications for Development 2006 e-strategy is monitored to assess the level of progress elements of e-strategies and to allow comparisons achieved in the country's ICT capability. across country, income, and region groups. The e-strategy life cycle thus explained does not show · Analysis II: What do e-strategies focus on? The main how monitoring and evaluation (M&E) is integral to themes of each e-strategy, such as e-government or ICT e-strategy evolution and how it feeds back into e-strategy infrastructure, are examined. For each theme, prominent formulation. But it does denote one basic idea: e-strategy objectives and interventions are identified. For example, formulation drives both implementation and M&E. Hence, within e-government, government-to-government the e-strategy plan has to look forward--not only in what it (G2G) applications may be seen by some countries as a hopes to achieve but also how it intends to do so. top objective and process reform a primary means to At times, e-strategies evolve along with the country's develop G2G. development needs and implementation capacities. In such cases, they undergo multiple life cycles. For example, Singa- Framework for E-Strategy Analysis I pore is today implementing its fourth e-strategy. From 1980 Four criteria are used to evaluate national e-strategies in to 1985, it conducted an ICT program to overcome short- Analysis I (figure 5.3). Mapped to the e-strategy life cycle ages of national resources and to exploit its human resource discussed earlier, the four review criteria are base. From 1986 to 1991, its "National IT Plan" aimed to spread network connections to the private sector and · development linkages, professional groups through trade, legal, and health services. · use of indicators, In 1992, it embarked upon an "IT 2000 ­ Intelligent Island" · implementation mechanisms, and plan. In 2000, it started an "Infocomm 21 ­ Infocomm · M&E mechanisms. Capital" program (Tipson and Fritelli 2003). Each criterion is scored on a scale of 0 to 3, where 0 is low and 3 is high. Scores are assigned on a normative basis based on how countries perform relatively. Annex 5C shows E-Strategy Review Methodology details of the scoring scale and a summary of scorecards Looking at the e-strategies from the 40 selected countries, from Analysis I. Descriptions of each review criterion and two forms of analysis have been carried out: the rationale for using it follow. · Analysis I: How are e-strategies formulated? The Development Linkages. This criterion determines how e-strategies are evaluated for how they link to a coun- tightly e-strategy is linked to the country's larger political, try's development goals, how they indicate institu- economic, and social development goals. To evaluate tional and budgetary support for implementation, and development linkages, e-strategies are scored based on close- how they incorporate M&E mechanisms. This chapter ness of the e-strategy to its stated objectives and to the coun- uses an analytical framework designed to assess basic try's other goals. Figure 5.3 Framework for E-Strategy Analysis I E-Strategy Lifecycle E-Strategy Analysis I E-Strategy Analysis I Flow Components Review Criteria Scoring Methodology Development Score based on E-Strategy linkages development linkages. Formulation Score based on fit, Use of indicators targets, and comparison. Score based on E-Strategy E-Strategy Implementation implementation Analysis I Implementation mechanisms institutions and resources committed. Score based on E-Strategy Monitoring & responsibility and Monitoring & evaluation budget assigned for Evaluation mechanisms M&E. Source: Authors' analysis. Trends in National E-Strategies 89 Use of Indicators. This criterion gauges the use of data Implementation Mechanisms. This criterion evaluates the indicators in e-strategies (see also chapter 6 for more types of institutions designated to manage e-strategy imple- discussion of the importance of indicators). Using indica- mentation. The e-strategies are assessed for the degree of tors is essential for accurately benchmarking baseline clarity with which they address implementation mechanisms analysis, for formulating targets, and for M&E (which is and related roles and responsibilities. E-strategies must be considered separately in the analysis). Benchmarking is explicit about implementation roles if they are to move useful for assessing the country's current level of ICT from being conceptual plans to practical tools that can lead development. a country's ICT development efforts. The e-strategies are assessed for the degree to which they To evaluate implementation, e-strategies are scored on do cross-country comparisons in baseline assessments and two factors : target setting. Cross-country comparisons help provide the 1. Institutional structure and responsibility: whether context in which countries can understand their current e-strategies are specific about what institutions would level of development. Incorporating benchmarks relative to lead implementation of key components and whether other countries also helps identify areas of potential e-strategies clarify responsibility and report operational comparative advantage. mechanisms. To evaluate the use of indicators, e-strategies are scored on four points: 2. Budget: whether specific details are given about budget- ary requirements and about potential funding sources to 1. Fit to goals: the extent to which data are selected or implement key initiatives. customized to fit the main thematic areas of the e-strategy and the initiatives they are intended to advance. Monitoring and Evaluation Mechanisms. This criterion 2. Baseline data: the extent to which baseline data are used assesses whether M&E is an explicit part of the e-strategy in understanding the country's current state of ICT and whether there is a clear plan as to how M&E will be development. conducted. The starting assumption is that M&E is inte- gral to the design and implementation of effective 3. Target setting: the extent to which quantitative and e-strategies. Incorporating M&E ensures that e-strategies qualitative targets are established to achieve the main are explicit and realistic in what they aim to achieve. It objectives of the e-strategy. also ensures that their implementation is regularly 4. Cross-country comparison: the extent to which cross- assessed and realigned so that scarce public resources are country information is integrated into baseline analysis properly used. The credibility of e-strategies depends and used in establishing credible targets. upon a solid and realistic M&E foundation. E-strategies Figure 5.4 Framework for E-Strategy Analysis II E-Strategy Life Cycle E-Strategy Analysis II E-Strategy Analysis II Flow Components Review Criteria Counting Methodology Count and aggregate E-Strategy common objectives Formulation per theme. Count and aggregate E-Strategy Identify broad themes E-Strategy common of ICT development Analysis II Implementation interventions per across countries. theme. Count and aggregate, E-Strategy if any, common Monitoring & measurement Evaluation indicators per theme. Source: Authors' analysis. 90 Information and Communications for Development 2006 are scored on two factors in evaluating M&E: structure e-strategies for ICT development, they need to do more. and responsibility, and budget. The ICT strategies show better results in providing implementation details and forming development linkages, Framework for E-Strategy Analysis II but they are weak in incorporating M&E. E-strategies from Two steps are taken to evaluate e-strategies in Analysis II middle-income economies and the Middle East and North (figure 5.4). First, a broad set of ICT development themes Africa region score relatively higher than those from other are identified across all 40 countries. Second, a common income or regional groups. E-strategies from Mozambique, set of objectives and interventions for each theme are Rwanda, Trinidad and Tobago, and Ukraine have overall best aggregated. scores in the four analytical categories. As opposed to normative scoring, the themes, objectives, and interventions are now counted and their relative Development Linkages frequency noted among given countries. Annex 5D shows the The e-strategies score relatively well on development detailed tabulated results from Analysis II for the 40 countries. linkages, meaning that ICTs are fairly strongly tied to overall Measurement indicators shown in the diagram in figure development objectives (figure 5.6). Of the four main 5.4 can help gauge e-strategy performance in a specific categories for which e-strategies are assessed, development thematic or application area. In our review, such indicators linkages score second to implementation mechanisms. were not seen in e-strategies. Incorporating data indicators Overall, middle-income countries score highest on this to benchmark and measure progress based on objectives is measure. Mauritius, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, and an area countries could improve in their ICT strategies. Ukraine--all middle-income economies--receive good scores on development linkages. ICT may be seen by middle-income countries to be a relevant tool for tackling what they may Analysis I: Trends in National regard as the"next level"of development challenges. For exam- E-Strategies ple, Trinidad and Tobago has articulated an e-strategy that is This section presents results of how e-strategies are formu- clear in describing how ICT development fits in with its lated, highlighting their strengths and weaknesses. nontechnology activities. The country's ICT strategy explicitly states its intention to contribute to the National Development Overview Plan ("Vision 2020") by creating greater social equity through Overall, e-strategies perform marginally in their designs providing universal access to ICT. The e-strategy establishes a based on the analysis (figure 5.5). On a scale of 0 to 3, they timetable and a methodology to determine how the expansion fall short of midway, at 1.3. This indicates that although of ICT in the country can be leveraged to support economic, countries have made significant progress in setting up social, and environmental policy objectives. Figure 5.5 Analysis I Review, Average Scores 3 Overall Analysis I score 1.30 2 1.45 Development linkages 1.53 1.12 1.24 Score 1 0 Use of indicators 1.39 Low income Middle income High income 3 Implementation mechanisms 1.66 2 1.37 1.38 1.46 1.56 1.26 Score 1 0.85 Monitoring and evaluation 0.61 0 0 1 2 3 Sub-Saharan East Asia Europe and Latin America Middle East South Asia Score Africa and Pacific Central Asia and the and Caribbean North Africa Source: Authors' analysis. Trends in National E-Strategies 91 Figure 5.6 Development Linkages by Income Group, their current state analysis or developing future targets Average Scores (figure 5.7). 3 As many as two-thirds of the e-strategies perform weakly on the use of cross-country comparison. Such poor performance indicates that strategy formulators are not 2 1.89 crafting e-strategies to take into account where a country 1.53 1.44 Score stands vis-à-vis other countries in ICT development. This is 1.08 1 noteworthy because cross-country comparison is commonly used in much of the ICT-for-development literature, and because countries are often presented in terms of their rela- 0 tive e-readiness or e-development rankings on a number of Development Low income Middle income High income linkages indexes. Source: Authors' analysis. Though many e-strategies score low on how well they use data to fit with goals or how well they compare their own ICT development with that of other countries, many of the High-income countries, on the other hand, score low e-strategies score high on their use of baseline data and in development linkages because they presumably do not targets. A greater number of countries score high in their use find it necessary to draw close and unambiguous linkages of targets--that is, targets are embedded throughout their between their development initiatives and the role of ICT; e-strategies--than they do in the other indicator categories. the linkages may be sufficiently obvious to them. Low- This is understandable because e-strategies are forward- income countries likewise may find it difficult to conceive looking documents, charting out new territory for develop- of and communicate the linkage between ICT and their ment and establishing targets by which to guide this process. many daunting development challenges in a cohesive Low-income countries--especially from Europe and e-strategy document. They may also assign higher priori- Central Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean, and South ties to basic necessities such as food and health than to Asia--show weak performance in the use of indicators developing ICT. (figure 5.8). Middle-income nations, however, specifically Jordan and Tunisia, score high on the use of indicators. Use of Indicators Jordan's "Reach" e-strategy, for example, incorporates indi- On average, the e-strategies score worse on the use of indi- cators and targets throughout its plan. It draws extensively cators than they do on development linkages, meaning that on comparisons with other countries with which Jordan the countries reviewed use little or no data in formulating either competes or that it seeks to emulate in similar levels of success in ICT development (box 5.1). Figure 5.7 Categories for Use of Indicators by Income Group, Average Scores Figure 5.8 Use of Indicators by Income Group, Average Scores 3 3 2 1.8 1.9 1.7 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.6 2 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.68 Score 1.2 1.3 1.58 1.39 1 0.8 Score 0.8 0.6 1 0.87 0 Baseline data Fit to goals Target setting Cross-country comparison 0 Use of Low income Middle income High income All countries Low income Middle income High income indicators Source: Authors' analysis. Source: Authors' analysis. 92 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Box 5.1. Jordan's E-Strategy and Its Challenges Jordan launched an e-strategy in 2000 and focused it on developing its ICT sector. It used baseline data extensively and provided a current status of the ICT sector. It drew data from other countries--mainly the Arab Republic of Egypt, India, Ireland, and Israel--to make cross- country comparisons. It looked at · the number of software and IT services firms, · the number of people employed in the sector, · sector revenues, · annual growth rates, · the number of employees per firm, · the revenue per employee, · the total value of sector exports, · the value of exports per employee, · major products of the sector, · the sources of foreign direct investment (FDI), and · leading private investors or partners participating in the sector. Based on these data, the e-strategy reviewed Jordan's comparative strengths and weaknesses and established three high-level goals: · create 30,000 IT-related jobs by 2004, · generate $550 million in annual exports by 2004, and · ensure $150 million in cumulative FDI by 2004. The e-strategy was effective in laying out specific actions and deliverables for individual initia- tives, grouped in six key focus areas to achieve its overarching targets. But the e-strategy was weak in implementation and M&E, and it fell short of meeting its goals by the year 2004. An updated e-strategy was developed four years after the original launch, in 2004. It reviewed progress made against both the three high-level targets and the deliverables from each individual initiative. Taking into account the slower growth from preceding years, the revised e-strategy lowered the initial targets substantially. The deadline for reaching the targets was extended from 2004 to 2006, the annual export target from the ICT sector was reduced from $550 million to $100 million, a new target of $550 million in domestic revenues was added, and the FDI target was increased by an additional $20 million. Jordan's case shows how all elements of e-strategy design are important. Laying out an ICT plan using real data and indicators is necessary. But emphasizing implementation and meas- uring results is also essential for realistically achieving stated goals and targets. Source: World Bank 2005. Implementation Mechanisms Though many e-strategies score high on implementation Implementation mechanisms score highest among the four detail, considerably fewer are equally specific about how to e-strategy formulation criteria for countries reviewed. The finance the implementation. Most e-strategies score lower two categories of implementation mechanisms are shown in on budget details than they do on institutional structure; figure 5.9. The majority of e-strategies are clearer in the detail two-fifths provide no budget information at all (despite they provide on institutions to lead the implementation of being explicit about institutional structures). e-strategy than they are on any other criteria on which they Slovenia is one exception. In Slovenia, the implementa- are assessed. tion plan is set out in a detailed matrix that includes policy Trends in National E-Strategies 93 Figure 5.9 Categories of Implementation different government ministries, agencies, and other stake- Mechanisms, Average Scores holders (such as the private sector) are responsible for defin- ing and implementing parts of the e-strategy. These different 3 entities answer to a central government oversight and coor- 2.15 dination body. 2 Nigeria is an example of the first, centralized model. The role assigned to the National Information Technology Score 1.18 1 Development Agency (NITDA) is to implement, monitor, evaluate, regulate, and verify ICT activities on an ongoing basis. NITDA acts under the supervision and coordination 0 Structure and Budget of the Federal Ministry of Science and Technology. National responsibility programs to foster the development and growth of ICT in Source: Authors' analysis. Nigeria are operated and directly controlled by NITDA by objectives, supporting interventions, the status of each inter- consulting--in some cases collaborating--with key stake- vention, a measure describing the risks and dependencies of holders. Chief Information Technology Officers are each intervention, and the government agency responsible appointed in all federal agencies to advise NITDA, but they for each intervention. Linked to this description of imple- are not responsible for implementing programs per se. mentation and responsibility is a detailed explanation of the Mozambique exemplifies the second, decentralized funding sources and how those funds will be deployed. model. It emphasizes the fact that successful ICT strategy Three sources of financing are identified: depends on the active participation of all sectors of society and the economy, including the beneficiaries. At the high- 1. Existing ministry budgets. The financing of the e-strategy est level, a National Consultative Forum is made up of will be arranged to be consistent with the decentralized diverse stakeholders from academia, the development nature of the implementation responsibility of the sector, the public sector, the private sector, and civil society. e-strategy. In other words, each government ministry and Implementation partnerships are formed at the provincial agency will use existing budget money to execute their level, where ICT commissions are responsible for imple- respective e-strategy responsibilities; financing will not in menting the ICT strategy. For example, the Professional this instance be drawn from a central fund. ICT Curriculum and Certification program is imple- 2. European Union subsidies. The central e-strategy coordi- mented jointly by the Provincial Digital Resource Centers, nating body will disburse EU subsidies according to their the ICT policy commission, and private sector companies. priority in the National Development Plan, subject to the A central ICT Policy Implementation Technical Unit is creation of cost appraisals. responsible primarily to support and advise the regional implementation bodies. 3. International Financial Institution funds. These resources are regarded as an "additional" source of funding to be Monitoring and Evaluation used to realize objectives that could not be completed by Countries from all income and region groups perform using funds described above. A special government poorly in their use of M&E (figure 5.10). The vast majority resolution and needs analysis is required to obtain this of e-strategies say little or nothing about institutions or line of credit.4 structures to monitor and evaluate their progress. Of the few High-scoring e-strategies adhere to two general models e-strategies that are more specific about M&E, even fewer concerning the types of structures that are responsible for provide budgetary details about how to finance it. implementing the e-strategy. The first model, where the M&E is a critical area of focus for ICT policy makers. implementation of the e-strategy is fully centralized, has the Country leaders should, when they are formulating their central government taking full responsibility for defining e-strategy, plan to set up M&E and should commit specific and implementing its elements. The second model has a financial resources to it. Doing this would help make decentralized implementation structure. In this model, e-strategy design and implementation effective and relevant. 94 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 5.10 M&E by Region, Average Scores Figure 5.11 Thematic Areas of Focus for E-Strategies, by Number of Countries 3 E-government 38 36 2 Infrastructure E-education 35 Score 1.13 Legal / regulatory 34 1 0.88 0.61 0.63 0.50 0.43 ICT industry 28 0.17 0.00 IT HR development 25 0 M&E Sub-Saharan East Asia Europe and European Latin America South Middle East E-business 23 overall Africa and Pacific Central Asia Union and the Asia and Caribbean North Africa Content 17 Source: Authors' analysis. E-health 14 0 20 40 Without M&E, it is impossible to measure results and assess Number of countries the impact of ICT initiatives. Note: HR = human resources. There are three countries that are exceptions: Mozambique, Source: Authors' analysis. Rwanda, and Nigeria. Countries in Sub-Saharan Africa overall perform slightly better in both structure/responsibility and budgetary aspects of M&E among countries studied. For · E-education: using ICT in education to improve teach- example, Rwanda's e-strategy lays out in explicit detail institu- ing and school administration and to provide basic e- tional responsibilities for M&E and how M&E activities are to literacy to all levels of school system and to adult be integrated in the implementation machinery and timeline learners. (box 5.2). Approaching it differently than Rwanda does, · Legal/Regulatory: creating and modifying legal and Mozambique has created projects that focus on data gathering regulatory mechanisms to enable and support ICT and analysis as stand-alone initiatives of its larger strategy. adoption in business and government and to safeguard users of ICT. Analysis II: Thematic Areas of Focus The remaining five themes occur in at least 40 percent of This section presents results of what e-strategies focus on, e-strategies: illustrating differences in priority objectives and interven- · ICT industry: creating or expanding domestic ICT tion tactics across countries. production of hardware, software, and services for local or foreign markets. Overview E-strategies vary in their objectives and initiatives to achieve · IT HR development: developing human resources with ICT development. There are nine significant thematic areas ICT skills to support domestic ICT industry and attract on which the ICT strategies focus (figure 5.11).5 foreign business operations. In aggregate terms, four of the nine themes occur in over · E-business: using ICT in traditional or new e-commerce 85 percent of the e-strategies. These are the following: businesses to reduce costs, improve competitiveness, and · E-government: providing services and information via the increase market reach. Internet by the government to companies, citizens, and other sections of government. · Content: creating locally relevant multimedia content to encourage ICT use. Also considered is using ICT to store · Infrastructure: constructing physical components such as cultural and historical media. fiber-optic backbone and wired and wireless networks over which electronic communications are transmitted · E-health: using ICT in the administration and provision and received. of health services and health information. Trends in National E-Strategies 95 Box 5.2 Embedding M&E into Implementation Structures in Rwanda Rwanda's e-strategy shows details of M&E in its ICT program, which starts with the country president, who chairs the annual e-strategy review meeting, and ends with the teams on the ground that implement the e-strategy. The e-strategy implementation is carried out at three levels. First, the National Information Technology Commission (NITC), headed by the president, gives oversight and guidance to the overall mission. Second, the Rwanda International and Technology Authority (RITA), reporting to the NITC, serves in a hands-on advisory and consultancy role on ICT issues for different govern- ment agencies. Third, numerous Plan Execution and Coordination Committees (PECCs), spread throughout government agencies and private sector institutions and coordinated and supported by RITA, take responsibility for actually implementing individual initiatives within the e-strategy. M&E is implemented by PECCs and managed by RITA; ultimately M&E is managed by the NITC. PECCs have to be intimately familiar with e-strategy targets to implement actions and report progress. Each PECC submits a biannual report to a special M&E unit of RITA. The reports from different PECCs are consolidated by RITA and given to an NITC committee bian- nually. The committee submits an annual implementation report, including M&E results, to the president and the cabinet. Implementation M&E Structure President President and Cabinet National ICT Annual status Champion report NITC Committee within NITC Steering Consoli- Committee dated M&E reports RITA M&E unit within RITA Management Team / ICT Consultancy Implementa- tion progress reports PECC ­ Ministry 1 PECC ­ Ministry 2 PECC ­ Private Sector PECC Implementation Implementation Team Implementation Team Implementation Team Team The Rwanda model combines implementation-level ownership of M&E with executive oversight. It attempts to balance the involvement of M&E by teams at the implementation level with M&E expertise at the management and steering committee level. The information and analysis produced from the multistage process forms the basis of the e-strategy and is reviewed by the highest levels of government. The payoffs of the organization, structure, and M&E focus of Rwanda's e-strategy will be seen in coming years. Source: World Bank 2005. In general, the objectives identified in national example, the ICT sector, e-health, e-business, and content e-strategies converge, particularly for e-government, infra- development. structure, e-education, and legal and regulatory reform In contrast, the types of actions cited to implement the themes. This suggests that these objectives are fundamental commonly sought objectives by countries diverge. This is to the creation of an information society and provide partly due to income differences. ICT maturity is related to the foundation for more specialized applications in, for wealth; consequently, countries employ different methods to 96 Information and Communications for Development 2006 achieve their objectives. For example, Rwanda and Hong (more than 55 percent), computerizing and networking Kong (China) both focus on government-to-citizen government agencies (more than 50 percent), and e-services, yet they approach the same objective differently. developing standards and protocols for ICT system In Rwanda, public access points are aimed as a key interven- interoperability (also more than 50 percent). Government tion to disseminate government information, whereas in process reform, the intervention most cited, typically Hong Kong, interactive televisions are desired as a new refers to changes in internal business processes brought medium to offer government information and services. about by automation that complements or replaces labor- intensive methods and systems. For example, Jamaica E-Government plans to replace its paper-based customs processing E-government is defined in the e-strategies as the provision of system with a paperless one to improve efficiency and services and information by electronic means between differ- reduce transaction costs. ent sections of government (G2G), between government and Developing countries emphasize reforming existing business (G2B), and between government and citizens (G2C). bureaucratic processes and expanding the capacity of E-government is the most commonly occurring component government networks to realize e-government objectives across the surveyed e-strategies (more than 95 percent of (figure 5.13). Developed nations, however, stress the e-strategies included this component). It is seen as a strong importance of streamlining IT standards that facilitate inter- tool for improving government productivity, administrative operability and overcome integration issues of electronic effectiveness, and cost savings. systems. In most e-strategies, the e-government component refers E-strategies in low- and middle-income nations not only to a "single window" approach to integrated online public call for developing e-government applications but also focus services. This often manifests itself as an e-government portal on generating demand for online services. They try to create that serves as the conduit for online services. Examples awareness among citizens and businesses of the benefits of include land and property registration or records mainte- online transactions. nance (G2C), e-procurement (G2B), and centralized census Some approaches to e-government are worth highligh- and population data (G2G). There is an even spread of focus ting. Mozambique's plan for e-government, while to develop G2G, G2B, and G2C across the e-strategies that ambitious, focuses initially on institutional and systems- contain e-government (figure 5.12). Each objective occurs in level computerization rather than G2C services. To this end, about 60 percent of the e-strategies. Mozambique will conduct a survey of the state of ICTs in Common interventions in implementing e-government public institutions before undertaking online public applications include reforming government processes services. Poland develops this approach further by focusing Figure 5.12 E-Government Objectives by Figure 5.13 E-Government Interventions by Percentage of Countries in Income Percentage of Countries in Income Group Group Process reform 5 18 G2C IT standards 7 14 G2G Government networks 3 17 Training 2 13 G2B Promotion 1 11 0 50 100 Percent Private financing 4 6 0 20 40 Developed Developing Number of countries Note: G2B = government-to-business; G2C = government-to-citizens; Developed Developing G2G = government-to-government. Source: Authors' analysis. Source: Authors' analysis. Trends in National E-Strategies 97 on a prioritized list of e-government projects with due Figure 5.14 Infrastructure Objectives by consideration to productivity gains. Thailand will begin its Percentage of Countries in Income Group e-government project with pilot projects in ministries as a way to identify common and shareable data as well as to Universal access identify ministries and government agencies that are ready for computerization and process reform. These approaches contrast with many (if not most) e-strategies that merely list Telecenters services to be automated or put online--thus the high count for G2C services--with little consideration to prioritization Broadband or return on investment. Infrastructure Backbone Telecommunications infrastructure is crucial and funda- 0 50 100 mental to using ICT for development. Without the proper Percent infrastructure, e-strategy is less likely to succeed, and High income Middle income Low income projects may stagnate or never get off the ground. This is why most of the ICT strategies surveyed (90 percent) specify Source: Authors' analysis. telecommunications infrastructure as an area of focus. "Universal access" is the most prevalent focus within the networks. The lack of focus on telecenters by high-income infrastructure component, occurring in more than 65 percent economies suggests that such services are in less demand in of e-strategies. To provide universal access entails providing these countries because affordable, basic "last mile" local equal access to voice and data communications networks telecommunications infrastructure is already available. across the country, in rural as well as underprivileged urban E-strategies from high-income countries focus on the areas. It also often includes an emphasis on financing access deployment of ubiquitous broadband to households. through specially earmarked universal access funds. To achieve the above objectives, the majority of e-strategies The second most common objective within the infra- encourage the development of regulatory structures and structure theme is broadband development (more than 50 supervisory agencies to manage a competitive, market-driven percent of the e-strategies surveyed identified this objective). modern telecommunications infrastructure sector. Govern- This is frequently viewed as a way to generate consumer ments assume the role of facilitators, using regulation to demand for online services and thus spur the development allow other participants to get involved and ensure fair of such services by private businesses and government competition. This allows the other participants to help fund agencies. The next most significant focus is providing the implementation of the e-strategy, rather than putting "telecenters" (specified by more than 50 percent of e-strate- scarce government funds into infrastructure development gies surveyed). This focus encompasses the creation of (see also chapter 2 on the role of FDI). Regulatory agencies Internet access nodes (for example, Internet kiosks and thus oversee the introduction and ongoing management of Internet Automated Teller Machines, also known as ATMs) private competition in telecommunications, a management for public use in regions where "last mile" access of ICT that includes supervision of interoperability and intercon- services to homes and businesses is not widely available. nection issues among different service providers.6 It is worth noting that low-income countries are seeking universal access and they are the only ones focusing on E-Education creating, extending, and upgrading backbone networks E-education is a focus area in 88 percent of the national ICT (figure 5.14). This suggests that high- and middle-income strategies surveyed. The principal objective of this focus is countries have already implemented appropriate backbone e-literacy (that is, basic computer and application skills such telecommunications infrastructure. Middle-income coun- as using spreadsheets and surfing the Web) in the formal and tries look instead for Internet kiosks, ATMs, and other informal education system (see also chapter 6). There is a delivery mechanisms to extend the reach of existing fairly even spread of focus across primary, secondary, and 98 Information and Communications for Development 2006 tertiary institutions as well as adult and community training nationally and internationally recognized standards of centers, although income levels partly dictate the e-education e-literacy. For example, Mozambique plans to use a program priorities of countries.7 similar to the International Center for Distance Learning Several different interventions to advance e-education are (ICDL) to meet the needs of the public and private sector for addressed in e-strategies. Teacher training, school and center professionals with appropriate technical skills. connectivity, institutional capacity development, and distance learning are cited in over 50 percent of the Legal and Regulatory Reform e-strategies--Poland's e-education strategy is a case in point Legal and regulatory components feature in 85 percent of (box 5.3). Curriculum development and quality assurance the national e-strategies. The principal focus of this e-strategy follow, cited in over 30 percent of the e-strategies. component is to revise existing legal and regulatory struc- Interestingly, only low- and middle-income countries tures concerned with ICT and to create new laws that facili- address distance learning and quality assurance (figure tate ICT-related activities (see also chapter 2 on the 5.15). The ICT strategies that address distance learning importance of a consistent regulatory framework). A broad usually aim to increase the reach of the education system to range of reforms are cited in the e-strategies. Among the areas that do not have formal schools. In this way, they also reforms identified are rules to govern trade (for example, provide individuals or groups with a curriculum designed by intellectual property rights, taxes, tariffs), safeguard personal the education ministry. They complement traditional higher privacy (for example, data protection), and facilitate education facilities, which tend to be fewer in developing e-commerce (for example, e-contracts, digital signatures, countries. In quality assurance, countries assert the need for and e-payment systems). Box 5.3 E-Education in Poland Poland's program for e-literacy articulates a clear understanding of the status of education in Poland in relation to the demands of the modern economy. It is also clear on the potential that ICT has to help modernize the education system to meet those demands. Poland's e-education plan incorporates all of the most common interventions and objectives found in the national e-strategies of middle-income countries: · providing ICT equipment and connectivity to schools, · training teachers, · educating adults as well as students, · expanding teaching resources, · accrediting institutes and certifying programs, and · developing curricula. The e-strategy emphasizes the need for ICT-qualified teachers as a first logical step toward the e-education objectives. More generally, Poland's e-strategy proposes a new educational paradigm to prepare students for employment in the global and emerging local information-based economy. Poland looks to the experience of other industrialized countries: those countries have created competitive economies by increasing the technical competence of the workforce to achieve economic and social progress. Poland's e-strategy emphasizes the importance of training (and retraining) workers with market-oriented technical and language skills. It highlights the need to create a system of continuous learning so that workers and students can acquire new skills rele- vant to the fast-changing demands of the modern workplace throughout their working careers. Source: Authors' analysis. Trends in National E-Strategies 99 Figure 5.15 E-Education Objectives by Percentage (over 40 percent). For interventions for a stable and active of Countries in Income Group ICT and business environment, the e-strategies include provisions for protection of intellectual property rights (more than 70 percent) and stimuli for the commercial Primary sector such as tax incentives and reduced tariffs (more than 50 percent) (figure 5.17). Secondary It is worth noting that a number of countries (almost 25 percent)--including Bangladesh, Indonesia, Jamaica, and Romania--stipulate adherence to regional and international Tertiary legal frameworks. Korea is seeking a leadership role in the effort to create such frameworks. This suggests that compli- Adult / community ance with legal and regulatory conventions is perceived as a 0 50 100 necessary precondition for integration into the global ICT Percent environment. High income Middle income Low income ICT Industry Development Source: Authors' analysis. Developing the ICT production and service sectors is identified in more than two-thirds of the ICT strategies. There is a strong emphasis in the e-strategies on legal inter- Over 90 percent of the e-strategies for this theme center ventions that focus on the business sector (more than 70 on producing software and hardware and providing IT percent; see also chapter 4). This is followed by interventions services, such as outsourced development of back office that center on the government (more than 40 percent) and systems for the export market (table 5.1).8 The distribu- civil society (40 percent), which involves protecting user tion of objectives for product type is shared quite information and prohibiting illegal activity (figure 5.16). The uniformly among software (more than 50 percent), IT commercial orientation of e-strategies is evident in their services (30 percent), and hardware (more than 25 support of the business sector (for reasons of economic percent). Twice as many e-strategies center on export growth) while safeguarding the rights and interests of users markets for their ICT sectors than on their domestic and consumers in transactions with government and markets. The attention to foreign markets is seen as businesses, and in personal communications. important for attracting foreign investment and encour- For trust and confidence measures, the e-strategies stress ages joint ventures between domestic and foreign compa- legal interventions to combat cyber-crime (80 percent of the nies (see also chapter 2 for discussion about attracting e-strategies) nearly twice as often as they do online privacy foreign investors and joint ventures). The overriding motivation for the focus on foreign Figure 5.16 Regulatory Objectives by Percentage of markets is the wish to increase flows of foreign currency to Countries in Income Group Figure 5.17 Regulatory Interventions by Percentage of Countries Business Encryption Contracts / digital Cyber-crime/ Government signature security E-payment systems Society Tax, tariff, 0 50 100 Privacy quota Percent Developed Developing Intellectual property rights Source: Authors' analysis. Source: Authors' analysis. 100 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 5.1 Economy Distribution by ICT Industry Segment Market Software Hardware IT services Domestic Angola, Bangladesh, Hong Angola, Bangladesh, Bangladesh, Dominican Kong (China), Rwanda, Rwanda, Ukraine, Republic, Hong Kong Thailand, Tunisia, Ukraine, Vietnam (China), Rwanda, Tunisia, Vietnam Ukraine International Angola, Azerbaijan, Bangladesh, Angola, Bangladesh, India, Dominican Republic, Colombia, Egypt (Arab Rep. of), Korea (Rep. of), Rwanda, Hong Kong (China), Hong Kong (China), India, Jordan, Ukraine, Vietnam India, Jordan, Rwanda, Korea (Rep. of), Rwanda, Tunisia, Ukraine Thailand, Tunisia, Ukraine, Vietnam Source: Authors' analysis. the producing country. These findings are consistent with in business to reduce transaction costs, to broaden market current trends in outsourcing that show how the production reach, and to increase the productivity and speed of doing of hardware, software, and IT services is increasingly being business (see also chapter 4 on the role of ICT in doing relocated to countries with a skilled workforce and business). Some e-strategies cite e-business as a catalyst for comparatively lower labor costs. modernizing the private sector in general (that is, not the The data also suggest that, in general, the success of ICT ICT sector per se); other e-strategies, such as that of Trinidad sector development depends on key enabling interventions and Tobago, seek to encourage e-business with a view to that directly support the commercialization of technology increase demand for domestically produced ICT products. innovations. Among these interventions are technology To this end, the government of Trinidad and Tobago plans to company incubators (more than 80 percent), support for co-develop, with the private sector, an integrated e-business R&D (also more than 80 percent), and the promotion of application for local companies to conduct online sales. ICT products and services domestically and internationally Furthermore, the government has offered to help identify (more than 60 percent). The e-strategies also seek to nurture comparative advantages for local e-businesses and will the ICT sector using less direct interventions--though to a collaborate in the development of "Skillnet," a service that lesser extent--such as support to business associations and provides recruitment, learning, and career information. quality assurance (both appear in more than 30 percent of By far the most common target for e-business initiatives the e-strategies). in the e-strategies are small and medium enterprises (over Jordan is an example of a country with an e-strategy that 70 percent of the e-strategies), which would benefit most contains a broad cross-section of objectives and interventions from ICT development. This contrasts with medium and to support the ICT sector. In addition to the above-mentioned large enterprises, which are the target beneficiaries of less focus areas and interventions, Jordan plans to promote than 5 percent of the e-strategies that focus on e-business. company collaboration for joint marketing and training. These businesses are typically well ahead in the use of ICT, Furthermore, the government of Jordan will provide technical often even further than government, and hence require less and financial assistance to build capabilities in operations, external support. marketing, and management. Jordan aims to help Jordanian The predominant approach to support e-business companies float their stocks on the Amman Stock Exchange. adoption entails general promotion and education efforts In part, this is to help companies stem the outflow of ICT- that aim to demonstrate the benefits of e-business applica- related expertise by allowing companies to issue stocks as tions to non-ICT related businesses (this is identified in over incentives to retain their employees. 90 percent of e-strategies that address e-business) (figure 5.18). For example, many ICT strategies plan to run E-Business workshops to demonstrate productivity tools (such as E-business, occurring in over 50 percent of the strategies, is spreadsheets and word processors) and e-commerce trans- not one of the most common themes in e-strategies. actions (such as e-payments and contracts). Outreach and Typically the e-strategies define e-business as the use of ICT public relations--rather than direct subsidies or financial Trends in National E-Strategies 101 Figure 5.18 E-Business Interventions by Number of within this theme. Next come interventions to enhance Countries existing IT training capacity (specified in over 60 percent of the strategies) and the development of IT curricula (in more 40 than 50 percent of the strategies). Enhancing existing IT 26 training capacity is intended to increase the number of countries of 20 qualified IT graduates by increasing the number of IT 8 instructors, enlarging class sizes, and enhancing the avail- Number 5 4 ability of other educational resources. 0 Promotion Training Business resource Standards Over 50 percent of e-strategies include initiatives that centers involve the private sector in a variety of capacities. Special Source: Authors' analysis. consideration is given to the private sector as advisers to the government on IT HRD. The private sector is also often cited incentives--are among more common approaches used to as a source of internships and work placements, and as a way increase awareness of the benefits of e-business in the to align skills provision to demand. A few e-strategies, business community as well as among the general public. including those from Chile and the United Kingdom, The large difference between promotion and the next provide a basis for their IT HRD initiatives by surveying major intervention, training, suggests the rather limited current technology trends and working with the ICT sector scope government has for supporting e-business. It is note- to predict future labor needs.11 worthy that only middle-income countries explicitly plan training initiatives for e-business.9 Content Over 40 percent of the e-strategies focus on content by either Information Technology Human Resources establishing a multimedia production industry or digitizing Development national heritage and cultural content in local languages for Although almost all ICT strategies surveyed consider human domestic use. resources to be central to developing the use of ICT in the The e-strategies consider the content creation industry in economy and society, just over half of those dedicate partic- many instances to be a new market opportunity. But they ular attention to developing professional IT expertise. These also consider that as a duty to preserve national identity and e-strategies uniformly view a workforce of technologists-- cultural works. Poland, for instance, plans to create new including programmers, network administrators, and content and digitize existing content (for example, works designers--to be fundamental to the ICT sector.10 from the national library) that is of interest, and of possible Of those e-strategies that focus on information technol- use, to the public, including tourists and foreign investors. ogy human resources development (IT HRD), the vast Similarly, Ireland has established a "digital hub" to produce majority center their initiatives on developing technology digital content that includes national archives, national art professionals to meet the needs of the ICT sector (more than collections, digital maps, and works from the national 90 percent), and to a lesser extent on the non-ICT business library. Tunisia plans to integrate digital content creation sector (almost 50 percent) and government (over 30 into university curricula and create several multimedia percent). This concentration on the needs of the ICT sector educational institutes that have institutional relations with can be attributed to the commonly held view that this sector foreign multimedia academies. has the greatest potential for driving immediate and long- Focus on content is more prevalent in e-strategies from term economic growth. middle- and high-income countries. This suggests that it The leading interventions for this component of may not constitute a priority first step for ICT development e-strategies all have to do with creating or expanding teach- in lower-income countries. ing capacity. Chief among these are initiatives to build new institutional capacity (that is, funding and other support to E-Health build technical training centers) to train IT professionals, an An e-health strategy component occurs in only 35 percent intervention identified in over 70 percent of e-strategies of the surveyed national ICT strategies. This focus 102 Information and Communications for Development 2006 encompasses the use of ICT in the administration of health 1. Establish a Limited Number of Objectives and care organizations, the delivery of clinical services, and the Clear Interventions to Achieve Them creation of awareness of health issues in the general public. Establishing ICT development priorities is one of the main In those e-strategies that focus on e-health, a relatively reasons to develop a national e-strategy. It entails making equal distribution of emphasis between two leading objectives tradeoffs between what will be implemented in the near exists. These objectives are the use of ICT in the administra- term and what will be carried out later through subsequent tion of health care organizations and online access to health e-strategies. This is necessary to channel limited resources to education. This is followed by the delivery of clinical services, priority objectives and to establish a logical sequencing of which is cited in over 40 percent of the e-strategies. initiatives (such as focusing initially more on infrastructure The e-strategies contain several initiatives to support and development than on ICT applications). Once key objectives advance the use of ICT in the health care sector. Some of these have been established, explicit initiatives or projects that will initiatives are health center connectivity, instituting technical be implemented to achieve them should be developed and standards and protocols for integrating systems and exchang- budgeted for. ing data, training personnel, referring patients, and using The number of major objectives that the reviewed online billing systems. Of these interventions, connecting e-strategies tackle ranges from three to nine. Many health care centers to ICTs--meaning both network connec- e-strategies share common objectives: e-government, infra- tivity within the health care centers and connectivity to exter- structure, e-education, and legal and regulatory reform nal networks such as regional hospitals and clinics--occurs by appear in over 85 percent of them. The methods proposed in far the most frequently. This is cited in more than 50 percent the e-strategies to achieve these objectives vary considerably, of the e-strategies with an e-health focus. Developing techni- however. There are usually few parallels between the types of cal standards for interoperability follows. In the e-strategies, interventions to be undertaken and income category. There connectivity is most often considered for delivering clinical are some exceptions to this rule--such as basic infrastruc- services and consulting via telemedicine. However, connectiv- ture development being a main focus of low-income coun- ity is also viewed as benefiting health care administration by tries and broadband development a focus of middle- and enabling improved communications, sharing resources, high-income countries. collecting data, and providing health information services within and among health care institutions. 2. Link E-Development Objectives to National Many e-strategies with an e-health focus state the need to Economic and Social Development Goals become more cost-efficient by creating, sharing, and E-strategies are to a certain degree "sales pitches" for integrating their systems and technologies to create allocating often-scarce national financial resources to ICT economies of scale. They also cite the need to increase development. This requires making a clear case for how ICT productivity and efficiency. As might be expected, variations development supports the economic and social develop- exist in focus areas across country, region, and income cate- ment of a country. Such linkages should be not only at a gories. For example, many Sub-Saharan African countries conceptual level--important as this may be to establish the (such as Tanzania) plan to establish systems for essential foundations for the e-strategy in general--but should also humanitarian services (such as HIV information and nutri- drive through to all of the key objectives and related initia- tional surveillance). More advanced countries focus on tives that the e-strategy advances. improving and extending existing advanced services such as On the whole, middle-income countries tend to develop single patient records (Finland) and smart cards for inte- such linkages, suggesting that they can more easily conceive grated patient information systems (Czech Republic). of the importance of ICTs to a range of development chal- lenges as they move beyond dealing with basic development needs. Recommendations This chapter offers the following five recommendations for 3. Develop Clear, Realistic, Data-Driven Targets formulating effective e-strategies. They are all based on Developing a credible e-strategy begins with outlining the lessons learned from the review of 40 e-strategies. country's current state of ICT development. Based on the Trends in National E-Strategies 103 analysis, future goals can then be developed, with clear structures. However, the e-strategies say considerably less interim and final targets. This should be done both at an about how implementation is to be financed. Although the aggregate level for the e-strategy as a whole and for theme- level of clarity on implementation structures and responsi- specific or sector-specific initiatives. bility is a good trend, it rings hollow if it is not accompanied The e-strategies all score relatively poorly in their use of with equal clarity on related financing. data. This is somewhat to be expected, as meaningful ICT- related data are not readily accessible. It is also a worrying 5. Ensure that Monitoring and Evaluation Forms a trend. If e-strategies are to serve as road maps for ICT devel- Key Component of the E-Strategy opment, they will not be credible without clear data and Monitoring and evaluation (M&E) has to form a central analysis. A number of countries are developing ICT goals pillar of formulating the e-strategy and the subsequent and objectives without clear benchmarks for measuring the process of implementing it. Developing M&E components degree to which they have achieved their goals. Where they of e-strategies is a way to ensure that ICT strategies are do establish clear benchmarks, they too often do so without explicit and realistic about what they aim to achieve. M&E sufficient reference to their current state of ICT readiness, also checks that the implementation of those ICT strategies and so are unable to gauge the level of effort and resources is regularly assessed and realigned to ensure the efficient use required to achieve the objectives. This can lead to unrealis- of often-scarce resources. Additionally, results from M&E tic goals and targets. should be used to establish the needs and direction of current and future e-strategies. 4. Clarify Implementation Responsibility and The e-strategies that were reviewed scored poorest on this Budgetary Commitments measure, with few exceptions. The exceptions tended to be Establishing a framework to govern the implementation of e-strategies that were stronger on all other measures. Good, an e-strategy is key to ensuring that it moves from being a clear M&E is essential not only to ensuring an e-strategy's theoretical blueprint to a document that guides actual effective implementation and efficient use of resources but change. This framework should clarify implementation also to improving the manner in which the e-strategy itself responsibility for all of the e-strategy's core components, is to be formulated. Thinking through M&E elements of the including the funding of each component's implementation. e-strategy forces policy makers to clarify objectives, set In this regard, the reviewed e-strategies score very well, targets, and outline how the targets will be met by imple- advancing a range of both centralized and decentralized menting specific initiatives. 104 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Annex 5A Table 5A Resources and Links for ICT Policies and E-Strategies Organization Type Links WSIS International Summit World Summit on the Information Society, http://www.itu.int/wsis ITU E-strategies International Organization E-Strategies Homepage, http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/e-strategy UN ICT Task Force International Organization UN ICT Task Force, http://www.unicttaskforce.org UNCTAD International Organization UNCTAD, E-Commerce Branch, http://r0.unctad.org/ecommerce World Bank International Organization Global Information and Communication Technologies, Policy Division, http://info.worldbank.org/ict/policy.cfm SDNP, UNDP International Organization, Sustainable Development Networking Programme, Regional Mission Regional Mission http://www.sdnp.undp.org APDIP, UNDP International Organization, Asia-Pacific Development Information Programme, Regional Mission Regional Mission http://www.apdip.net APC Nongovernmental Association for Progressive Communications, http://www.apc.org/english/index.shtml Bridges.org Nongovernmental http://www.bridges.org Development Not-for-profit E-Strategies and Action Plans, http://topics.developmentgateway. Gateway E-strategies org/ict/rc/BrowseContent.do~source=RCContentUser~folderId=3041 ePol-Net Nongovernmental Global E-Policy Resource Network, http://195.218.115.39/pport/web/ Sitemap/3 Markle Foundation Nongovernmental http://www.markle.org Source: Authors' compilation. Annex 5B Table 5B Countries Covered in E-Strategy Review Number Economy reviewed Link to country's published e-strategya 1 Albania http://www.undp.org.al/?elib,428 2 Angola http://www.uneca.org/aisi/nici/Angola/angola.htm 3 Azerbaijan http://www.nicts.az:8101 4 Bangladesh http://www.bccbd.org/html/itpolicy.htm 5 Bhutan http://www.dit.gov.bt/guideline.php?id=7 6 Bolivia http://www.aladi.org/nsfaladi/ecomerc.nsf/0/E8147919B55D97A403256BEA004D2EDA/ $File/lineamientos.pdf?OpenElement 7 Chile http://www.agendadigital.cl/agenda_digital/agendadigital.nsf/vwDocumentosWebLink/ 27363116E8E6631704256E5800549FE3?OpenDocument 8 Hong Kong, China http://www.info.gov.hk/digital21/eng/strategy2004/strategy_main.html 9 Colombia http://www.agenda.gov.co/ 10 Czech Republic http://www.micr.cz/scripts/detail.php?id=1288 11 Dominican Republic http://www.edominicana.gov.do/ 12 Egypt, Arab Rep. of http://www.uneca.org/aisi/nici/Egypt/egypt.htm 13 Finland http://www.tietoyhteiskuntaohjelma.fi/esittely/en_GB/introduction/ 14 Ghana http://www.uneca.org/aisi/nici/Ghana/ghana.htm 15 India Andhra Pradesh http://www.gipi.org.in/state_policy/andhra.pdf Delhi http://delhigovt.nic.in/icetpolicy.pdf Haryana http://www.gipi.org.in/state_policy/haryana.pdf National http://www.gipi.org.in/ITPolicyInIndia.php 16 Indonesia http://www.sdnbd.org/sdi/issues/IT-computer/policy/indonesia.pdf (Table continues on the following page.) Trends in National E-Strategies 105 Table 5B continued Number Economy reviewed Link to country's published e-strategya 17 Ireland http://www.taoiseach.gov.ie/index.asp?locID=181&docID=1773 18 Jamaica http://unpan1.un.org/intradoc/groups/public/documents/CARICAD/UNPAN009931.pdf 19 Japan http://www.kantei.go.jp/foreign/policy/it/index_e.html 20 Jordan http://www.reach.jo 21 Korea, Rep. of http://www.ipc.go.kr/ipceng/public/public_view.jsp?num=2007&fn=&req=&pgno=3 22 Mauritius http://ncb.intnet.mu/ncb/downloads/index.htm 23 Mozambique http://www.markle.org/downloadable_assets/mz_final_ict_strategy.pdf 24 Nigeria http://www.uneca.org/aisi/nici/Documents/IT%20policy%20for%20Nigeria.pdf 25 Norway http://odin.dep.no/nhd/engelsk/publ/rapporter/bn.html 26 Poland http://www.mnii.gov.pl/mniien/index.jsp?place=Lead08&news_cat_id=110&news_id= 891&layout=2&forum_id=136&page=text 27 Romania http://unpan1.un.org/intradoc/groups/public/documents/UNTC/UNPAN016044.pdf 28 Russian Federation http://www.e-rus.ru/eng 29 Rwanda http://www.uneca.org/aisi/nici/Documents/rwanpap2.htm 30 Singapore http://www.ida.gov.sg/idaweb/aboutida/infopage.jsp?infopagecategory=&infopageid= I226&versionid=2 31 Slovenia http://unpan1.un.org/intradoc/groups/public/documents/UNTC/UNPAN015723.pdf 32 South Africa http://www.tsicanada.com/documents/Strategy.pdf 33 Tanzania http://www.tanzania.go.tz/pdf/ictpolicy.pdf 34 Thailand http://www.nectec.or.th/intro/e_nationalpolicy.php 35 Trinidad and Tobago http://www.gov.tt/nict/ 36 Tunisia Hard copy only 37 Ukraine http://www.e-ukraine.com.ua 38 United Kingdom http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/e-government/ 39 Venezuela http://www.mct.gov.ve 40 Vietnam http://mpt.gov.vn/english/introduction/?thucdon=in a. Last accessed July 2005. Source: Authors' compilation. 106 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Annex 5C: E-Strategy Analysis I Scorecards Table 5C.1 E-Strategy Analysis I Summary by Region Use of indicators Implementation M&E Cross- Institutional Development Fit to Baseline Target country structure and Structure and Region linkagesa goalsb datac settingd comparisone responsibilityf Budgetg responsibilityh Budgeti East Asia and Pacific 1.50 1.25 1.25 2.00 1.00 2.75 0.75 1.50 0.25 Europe and Central Asia 1.63 1.88 1.63 1.50 1.63 2.13 1.75 1.13 0.13 European Union 1.29 1.00 1.43 1.43 1.86 2.00 0.43 0.86 0.14 Latin America and the Caribbean 1.57 0.86 1.57 1.43 1.14 2.43 1.14 0.86 0.00 Middle East and North Africa 2.00 2.67 2.33 2.67 2.00 2.67 1.00 0.00 0.00 South Asia 0.67 0.33 0.67 1.67 0.33 2.00 1.67 0.33 0.00 Sub-Saharan Africa 1.75 1.50 1.00 1.25 0.63 1.63 1.38 1.38 0.88 a. Scale: None (0), mention general development goals (1), reference national programs (2), specify national and sectoral programs (3). b. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). c. Scale: None (0), sporadic (1), common (2), extensive (3). d. Scale: None (0), sporadic (1), common (2), extensive (3). e. Scale: None (0), sporadic (1), common (2), extensive (3). f. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). g. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). h. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). i. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). Source: Authors' analysis. Table 5C.2 E-Strategy Analysis I Summary by Income Level Use of indicators Implementation M&E Cross- Institutional Development Fit to Baseline Target country structure and Structure and Income level linkagesa goalsb datac settingd comparisone responsibilityf Budgetg responsibilityh Budgeti High 1.44 1.33 1.56 1.56 1.89 2.11 0.67 1.00 0.11 Middle 1.89 1.78 1.72 1.83 1.39 2.22 1.22 1.00 0.06 Low 1.08 0.77 0.85 1.23 0.62 2.08 1.46 0.92 0.62 a. Scale: None (0), mention general development goals (1), reference national programs (2), specify national and sectoral programs (3). b. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). c. Scale: None (0), sporadic (1), common (2), extensive (3). d. Scale: None (0), sporadic (1), common (2), extensive (3). e. Scale: None (0), sporadic (1), common (2), extensive (3). f. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). g. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). h. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). i. Scale: None (0), vague (1), specific (2), no ambiguities (3). Source: Authors' analysis. Trends in National E-Strategies 107 Annex 5D: E-Strategy Analysis II Scorecards Figure 5D Analysis II Summary by Region, Top Four Focus Areas (percentage of countries that identify the topic as a focus area) E-Government Infrastructure 63 75 G2G Universal access 50 38 G2C Backbone Africa 25 Africa 38 G2B Broadband Government networks 50 Regulation 50 Sub-Saharan Process reform Sub-Saharan 38 Government financing 0 Training 38 Privatization 0 83 50 G2B Broadband 83 50 G2C Universal access Pacific Pacific 83 33 G2G Telecenters and and Asia Process reform 83 Asia Regulation 50 East Government networks 67 East Government financing 17 IT standards 67 Privatization 17 88 G2B 75 Telecenters 75 88 G2C Universal access Central Central G2G 50 Broadband 63 and Asia and Asia IT standards 75 Regulation 88 Europe Europe Process reform 75 Other 50 Training 38 Privatization 38 G2C 57 Telecenters 86 57 Universal access 86 and G2G and 43 29 Not specified Broadband America Carribean America Carribean Regulation the Government networks 71 the 43 Latin Latin Process reform 57 Other 43 Promotion 57 Government financing 14 100 33 G2B Broadband 100 Telecenters 33 and G2C and 33 East Africa G2G East Africa Backbone 0 North Government networks 33 North Regulation 67 Middle Middle Private financing 33 Government financing 0 Process reform 33 Privatization 0 75 75 G2G Backbone G2C 50 Broadband 75 25 25 Asia G2B Asia Universal access South Government networks 75 South Regulation 25 IT standards 75 Other 25 Private financing 75 Government financing 0 Objective Intervention Objective Intervention 108 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 5D continued E-Education Legal and regulation 63 50 Secondary Business 63 38 Tertiary Government Africa Africa 50 38 ICT in education Not specified Distance learning 50 Intellectual property rights 75 Sub-Saharan Sub-Saharan Institution development 50 Tax, tariff, quota 75 Curriculum development 38 Cyber crime / security 63 67 100 Adult / community Business 67 33 Secondary Government Pacific 50 Pacific 33 Primary Society and and Asia HR / teacher training 50 Asia Cyber crime / security 83 East Curriculum development 33 East Intellectual property rights 83 Institution development 33 Tax, tariff, quota 67 88 Adult / community 75 Government 88 Secondary 63 Business Central 63 Tertiary Central 63 Society and Asia and Asia HR / teacher training 88 Cyber crime / security 75 Europe Distance learning Europe 75 Contracts (and digital signature) 63 Quality assurance 63 Tax, tariff, quota 63 Secondary 86 43 Business Adult / community 57 43 and and Government Primary 57 29 Society America Carribean Carribean School / center connectivity America 86 Contracts (and digital signature) 57 the the Latin Latin Distance learning 71 Tax, tariff, quota 57 HR / teacher training 57 Cyber crime / security 43 100 Adult / community 33 Business Secondary 33 Government 0 and and 33 0 East Africa Tertiary East Africa Society North Distance learning 33 North Intellectual property rights 100 Middle Middle HR / teacher training 33 Tax, tariff, quota 100 Institution development 33 Other 67 Adult / community 50 75 Not specified Secondary 50 50 Business Asia Asia Tertiary 50 Government 0 South Distance learning South 25 Cyber crime / security 100 School / center connectivity 25 Intellectual property rights 75 Other 25 E-payment systems 50 Objective Intervention Objective Intervention Note: G2B = government-to-business; G2C = government-to-citizens; G2G = government-to-government; HR = human resources. Source: Authors' analysis. Trends in National E-Strategies 109 Table 5D.1 E-Strategy Focus Area: E-Government E-government Objective Intervention Not Government IT Process Private sector Economy G2G G2B G2C specified networks standards Training reform participation Promotion Other Albania x x x x x x x Angola x x x Azerbaijan x Bangladesh x x x x x Bhutan x x x x x Bolivia x x x x x Chile x x x x Colombia x x Czech Republic x x x x x Dominican Rep. x x x x Egypt, Arab Rep. of x x x x x x Finland x x x x x Ghana x x x Hong Kong, China x x x x x x x India x x x x x x x Indonesia x x x x x x x Ireland x x x x x x Jamaica x x x x x x Japan x x x x x Jordan x x Korea, Rep. of x x x x x x Mauritius x x x Mozambique x x x x Nigeria x x x x x x Norway x x x x Poland x x x x x x x x Romania x x x x x x x Russian Federation x x Rwanda x x x x x x x x Singapore x x Slovenia x x x South Africa Tanzania x x Thailand x x x x x x x x Trinidad and Tobago x x x x x x x x Tunisia x x x x United Kingdom x x x x x x x Ukraine x x x x x Venezuela, R. B. de x x Vietnam x x x x x x Note: G2B = government-to-business; G2C = government-to-citizens; G2G = government-to-government. Source: Authors' analysis. 110 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 5D.2 E-Strategy Focus Area: Infrastructure Infrastructure Objective Intervention Regional Universal Info/tele internet Government Regulation/ Economy access centers Backbone Broadband exchanges financing licensing Privatization Other Albania x x x x Angola x x Azerbaijan x x Bangladesh x x x x Bhutan x x x Bolivia x x Chile x x x Colombia x x x x x Czech Republic x x x x Dominican Rep. x x Egypt, Arab. Rep. of x Finland x x x Ghana x x Hong Kong, China x x India x x Indonesia x x x Ireland x x x x x x Jamaica x x x Japan x x Jordan x Korea, Rep. of x x x x Mauritius Mozambique x x x x x Nigeria x x x x Norway x Poland x x x x Romania x x x x x Russian Federation x x x x x Rwanda x x x x x Singapore Slovenia x x x x x South Africa Tanzania x x Thailand x x x Trinidad and Tobago x x x x x Tunisia x x United Kingdom x x x x Ukraine x x x x x x Venezuela, R. B. de x x Vietnam x x x Source: Authors' analysis. Trends in National E-Strategies 111 112 Table 5D.3 E-Strategy Focus Area: E-Education/E-Literacy E-education/e-literacy Objective Intervention Learning Use of School/ institution HR/ Adult/ Not ICTs in center Computer Curriculum capacity teacher Distance Quality Economy Primary Secondary Tertiary community specified education connectivity labs development development training learning assurance Other Albania x x x x x x x x x x Angola x x x Azerbaijan x x Bangladesh Bhutan x x Bolivia x x x x x x Chile x x x x x x x x Colombia x x x x x x x x x Czech Republic x x x x x x x x x Dominican Rep. x x x x x x x Egypt, Arab. Rep. of x x x Finland x x x x x Ghana x x x x x x x x Hong Kong, China x x x x x India x x x x Indonesia x x x x x x Ireland x x x x x x Jamaica x x x x x x x x x Japan x x x Jordan Korea, Rep. of x x x x x x Mauritius x Mozambique x x x x x Nigeria x x x x x x x Norway x x x x x x x Poland x x x x x x x x x Romania x x x x x x Russian Federation x x x x x Rwanda x x x x x x x x x x x x Singapore x Slovenia x x x x x x x x x South Africa x x Tanzania x x x x x x Thailand x x x x x x x Trinidad and Tobago x x x x x x Tunisia x x x x United Kingdom x x x x x x Ukraine x x x x x x x Venezuela, R. B. de x x Vietnam x x x x x Source: Authors' analysis. 113 114 Table 5D.4 E-Strategy Focus Area: Legal/Regulation Legal/regulation Objective Intervention Intellectual Privacy Contracts Not property Tax, tariff, (personal (and digital Cyber-crime E-payment Economy Government Business Society specified rights quota information) signature) security Encryption systems Other Albania x x x x x x Angola x x x x Azerbaijan x x x x Bangladesh x x x x x x Bhutan x x x x x x Bolivia x x Chile x x x x x x x x x Colombia x x x Czech Repubic x x x Dominican Rep. Egypt, Arab Rep. of x x x x x x Finland x x x x x Ghana x x x x x Hong Kong, China x x x x India x x x x x Indonesia x x x x x x x x x x Ireland x x x x x x x x x x Jamaica x x x x x x Japan x x x x Jordan x x x x Korea, Rep. of x x x x x x x Mauritius Mozambique x x x x x Nigeria x x x x x x x x Norway x x x x x x Poland x x x x x Romania x x x x x x x x Russian Federation x x x x Rwanda x x x x x Singapore x x x Slovenia x x x x x x x South Africa x x Tanzania x x x x x x Thailand x x x x x x x x Trinidad and Tobago x x x x x x x x x Tunisia x x x x United Kingdom x x x x x Ukraine x x x x x x x x Venezuela, R. B. de x x x Vietnam x x x x x x Source: Authors' analysis. 115 116 Table 5D.5 E-Strategy Focus Area: ICT Industry ICT industry Objective Product Target market Intervention Business IT Not Not Cyber park/ Access to networks/ Economy Hardware Software services specified Domestic International specified incubation R&D finance Promotion clusters Quality Other Albania x x x x Angola x x x x x Azerbaijan x x x x x Bangladesh x x x x x x x x x x Bhutan x x x x x Bolivia Chile x x x x x Colombia x x x x x Czech Republic Dominican Rep. x x x x Egypt, Arab Rep. of x x x x x Finland Ghana x x x x x Hong Kong, China x x x x x x x x India x x x x x x x x Indonesia x x Ireland x x x x x x x Jamaica x x x x Japan x Jordan x x x x x x x x Korea, Rep. of x x x x x x x x x Mauritius x x x x x Mozambique x x x Nigeria x x x x Norway x x x x x Poland Romania x x x x Russian Federation x x x x x Rwanda x x x x x x x x x Singapore x x x x x Slovenia South Africa x x x x x x x Tanzania x x x Thailand x x x x x x x x Trinidad and Tobago x x x x x x Tunisia x x x x x x x x United Kingdom Ukraine x x x x x x x x x x Venezuela, R.B. de x x x x Vietnam x x x x x x x x x x Source: Authors' analysis. 117 118 Table 5D.6 E-Strategy Focus Area: IT Human Resources Development IT human resources development Objective Intervention Enhance Private Not existing Build new Curriculum Quality sector Economy Government Business IT sector specified capacity capacity development assurance collaboration Other Albania x x x x Angola Azerbaijan Bangladesh x x x Bhutan Bolivia Chile x x x Colombia Czech Republic Dominican Rep. x Egypt, Arab Rep. of x x x x x x Finland Ghana x x x x x Hong Kong, China x x x x x x x India x x x x x x Indonesia x x x x x Ireland x x x Jamaica x x x Japan x x x x Jordan x x x x x x Korea, Rep. of x x x x x x Mauritius x x x Mozambique x x x x x Nigeria x Norway x x x Poland Romania Russian Federation x x x x Rwanda x x x x x x x Singapore x x Slovenia x x x South Africa x x x x x x Tanzania x x x Thailand x x x x x Trinidad and Tobago x x x x x x x x Tunisia x x x x United Kingdom x x Ukraine x x Venezuela, R.B. de Vietnam x x Source: Authors' analysis. 119 120 Table 5D.7 E-Strategy Focus Area: E-Business E-business Objective: firm size Intervention Business SMME Medium resource Economy and SME and large Not specified Training Promotion Standards centers Other Albania x x x x Angola x Azerbaijan x x x Bangladesh x x Bhutan x x Bolivia x Chile x x Colombia Czech Republic x Dominican Rep. x x Egypt, Arab Rep. of x x x Finland x x x Ghana x x Hong Kong, China x x India x Indonesia x x Ireland x x x x Jamaica x x x x Japan x x Jordan Korea, Rep. of x x x x Mauritius x x x x Mozambique x x Nigeria x x Norway Poland x Romania x x x Russian Federation Rwanda x x x Singapore x x x x Slovenia x x x South Africa Tanzania x x x Thailand x x x x x Trinidad and Tobago x x x Tunisia x x x United Kingdom x x Ukraine Venezuela, R. B. de Vietnam x x x Note: SME = small and medium enterprises; SMME = small, medium, and micro enterprises. Source: Authors' analysis. 121 122 Table 5D.8 E-Strategy Focus Area: E-Health E-health Objective Intervention Clinical service Health Other (disease, Not Health center Economy delivery Administration education emergencies) specified connectivity Standards Other Albania x x x x Angola Azerbaijan Bangladesh x x x x Bhutan Bolivia Chile x x Colombia Czech Republic x x x Dominican Rep. Egypt, Arab Rep. of x x Finland x x x x x Ghana x Hong Kong, China India Indonesia x x Ireland x x x x Jamaica Japan x x x x Jordan Korea, Rep. of x x x Mauritius Mozambique x x Nigeria x x x x Norway x Poland x Romania x x Russian Federation Rwanda x x x x x x Singapore Slovenia x x South Africa Tanzania x x x Thailand Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia United Kingdom Ukraine Venezuela, R. B. de x x Vietnam Source: Authors' analysis. 123 Endnotes 11. For the ratio of income levels and number of countries selected, it is worth noting that no high-income countries cited 1. Article 8 of the WSIS Plan of Action states that "development the provision of IT professionals to government agencies as a of national e-strategies ... should be encouraged by all coun- component of their strategies. Other than this exception, no tries by 2005." interventions or focus areas vary significantly from the ratio of 2. The United Nations Development Programme estimates the income levels and number of countries selected. number to be 90; McConnell International puts it at 70. 3. The sample is based on the availability of past and current References e-strategy documents from countries representing all income and region groups. The following are useful documents dealing with formula- 4. The relation between the funding and attainment of strategic tion or implementation of e-strategies. objectives is further described in the strategy by showing how the funding will be deployed through direct investments APC (Association for Progressive Communications). 2004. (development and use of ICT), indirect investments (in prod- "E-Strategies and the World Summit on the Information ucts and services), and new ICT-based business models. Society." May 2004. http://rights.apc.org/documents/estrate- gies. pdf (accessed September 2005). 5. A focus area is considered "significant" if it appears in 5 or more of the 40 e-strategies that were surveyed. G-8 DOI (Digital Opportunity Initiative). 2001. "Creating a Development Dynamic: Final Report of the Digital Opportu- 6. Many e-strategies (for example, those of Albania and the Czech nity Initiative." July, 2001. http://www.opt-init.org/framework. Republic) stipulate the need to adhere to regional and interna- html (accessed September 2005). tional regulatory standards and agreements. Tipson, Frederick, and Claudia Fritteli. 2003. Global Digital 7. Secondary schools are the most common (more than 70 Opportunities: National Strategies of `ICT for Development.' percent) followed closely by adult and community training New York: Markle Foundation. centers (also more than 70 percent) and tertiary educational institutions (more than 50 percent). UN ICT Task Force. 2003. Tools for Development: Using ICT to Achieve the Millennium Development Goals. December. 8. IT services are a subset of ICT services and include call centers, data processing, customer support, sales, operations, and ---. 2004. Second Annual Report of the Information and Communi- project management. Many countries, including Bhutan, Hong cation Technologies Task Force, 04-34245 (E), New York, May Kong (China), Japan, and Rwanda, plan to outsource the 2004. development and/or administration of e-government services UNCTAD (United Nations Conference on Trade and Develop- to local ICT companies. ment). 2003. E-Commerce and Development. UNCTAD/ 9. Training, according to the strategies, encompasses capacity SIDTE/ECB/2003/1. New York and Geneva: United Nations. building in management skills as well as e-literacy. UNDP-APDIP (United Nations Development Programme-Asia- 10. For the purposes of the e-strategy analysis, the distinction is Pacific Development Information Programme). 2004. ICT made between adult e-literacy training (basic skills in comput- Policies and e-Strategies in the Asia-Pacific. New Delhi: Elsevier. ers and computer applications) and professional training in World Bank. 2005. Monitoring and Evaluation Toolkit for information technology, which is an applied set of skills aimed E-strategies Results. Global Information and Communication at supplying the ICT sector with technology professionals. Technologies Department, World Bank: Washington, DC. 124 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Chapter 6 Tracking ICTs: World Summit on the Information Society Targets Michael Minges n December 2003, the World Summit on the Informa- I Because the targets of the WSIS Plan of Action have so tion Society (WSIS) adopted a Plan of Action for many uses, it is particularly important to translate them promoting the development of information and com- into measurable indicators that can be monitored on an munication technology (ICT) (WSIS 2003). The plan ongoing basis. The WSIS targets are broadly defined (see includes 10 targets for ICT connectivity to be achieved by box 6.1).3 They suggest specific indicators or quantitative 2015 (box 6.1). These targets are distinctive for several rea- benchmarks, but these are not identified. Therefore the sons. They are the first globally agreed targets for measuring search for indicators must begin by distinguishing what is ICT development.1 They also look beyond the traditional measurable and what is not. The selected indicators should telecommunications sector by including, for example, con- be internationally comparable and pertinent to a wide set of nectivity in government, schools, and hospitals. countries. They should also be sufficiently robust to provide Governments, multilateral organizations, researchers, reliable evidence of trends and levels, and not so complex as and others may find it useful to evaluate progress toward the to limit their construction and use. They should be under- WSIS targets. These targets provide benchmarks that gov- standable and accessible to ordinary citizens as well as ernments can incorporate into e-strategies to measure their researchers and policy makers. own progress and that of other countries (see chapter 5 of this volume). For example, countries such as Lebanon and How Important Are the WSIS Targets Uganda have elaborated ICT development goals (figure 6.1) for ICT Policy Makers? that can be benchmarked to the WSIS targets. Multilateral and bilateral assistance agencies can use the targets to mon- Because there are many targets and because some coun- itor projects with an ICT component. Development plans tries might find it difficult to pursue them all simultane- and poverty reduction strategies can include the WSIS tar- ously, it is useful to prioritize them. An online survey con- gets to set standards in relevant areas. There is evidence that ducted by the International Telecommunication Union ICT applications are contributing to progress in critical (ITU) asked respondents to rank the WSIS targets by development areas such as health and education. importance (figure 6.2) (ITU 2004). Responses are Researchers may wish to measure the impact of ICTs on grouped into three levels of relevance: targets above 80 progress toward social and economic development targets of percent are considered high priority, those scoring the UN Millennium Development Goals (MDGs).2 between 60 and 70 percent are considered medium 125 Box 6.1 WSIS Targets Based on internationally agreed development goals, including those in the Millennium Declaration, which are premised on international cooperation, indicative targets may serve as global references for improving connectivity and access in the use of ICTs in promoting the objectives of the Plan of Action, to be achieved by 2015. These targets may be taken into account in the establishment of the national targets, considering the different national circumstances: A. to connect villages with ICTs and establish community access points; B. to connect universities, colleges, secondary schools, and primary schools with ICTs; C. to connect scientific and research centers with ICTs; D. to connect public libraries, cultural centers, museums, post offices, and archives with ICTs; E. to connect health centers and hospitals with ICTs; F. to connect all local and central government departments and establish Web sites and e-mail addresses; G. to adapt all primary and secondary school curricula to meet the challenges of the Informa- tion Society, taking into account national circumstances; H. to ensure that all of the world's population has access to television and radio services; I. to encourage the development of content and to put in place technical conditions in order to facilitate the presence and use of all world languages on the Internet; J. to ensure that more than half the world's inhabitants have access to ICTs within their reach. Source: WSIS 2003. priority, and the others are considered to be of less impor- measure the targets, many of which are currently compiled tance. Some targets may be ranked lower than others from administrative records. because they are already close to being achieved on a global level. For example, terrestrial radio broadcasting Target A: Connect Villages with ICTs and Establish covers 95 percent of the world's population and television Community Access Points covers 85 percent; therefore, ensuring that the world's Basic indicators · Percentage of villages (localities) with population has access to radio and television services a telephone (target H) would have a lower priority, as not much effort · Percentage of rural population is required to meet this target. covered by a mobile telephone Supplementary indicators are proposed for countries that network signal · Number of public Internet access have achieved the basic targets. Many of the targets are points per 100 inhabitants supply oriented, premised on providing ICT infrastructure Supplementary to various institutions and populations. This chapter com- indicator · Percentage of villages (localities) with pares some of the targets with demand indicators, which can Internet access demonstrate levels of use. For example, connecting public This target has two parts: connecting villages with ICTs and libraries is a laudable goal, but if few people are using them, establishing community access points. In the first part, the then the target might merit adjustment. Demand indicators phrase "to connect villages" is clear, but "with ICTs" is are also a useful check on the validity of the data used to vague--do we mean radios and TVs, telephone service, 126 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 6.1 ICT Targets in Uganda and Lebanon Figure 6.2 Importance of WSIS Targets Uganda: Targets for Short Term, 2007 Target B: Connecting universities, colleges, secondary schools, and primary schools with ICTs Health 256Kbps Education 256Kbps ·1 hospital per district = 104 · 5 UPE schools at subcounty = 5,000 ·2 health center level IV at Target C: Connecting scientific and research centers · 1 secondary school at each county level = 156 with ICTs subcounty level = 1,000 ·Public voice access points · All universities at all health centers ·All tertiary institutions level III and II Target J: Ensuring that more than half the world's inhabitants have access to ICTs within their reach Government 256Kbps ·All government institutions ·All district headquarters = 56 Target A: Connecting villages with ICTs and ·All subcounty headquarters = 900 establishing community access points · Pulic voice access points at local council = over 100,000 Target F: Connecting all local and central government E-Commerce and Trade departments and establish MG Web sites and e-mail ·Legal framework for e-commerce addresses Agriculture 256Kbps · Interconnectivity of govt institutions ·All district R&D centers ·Number of Web site transactions ·Agricultural extension offices Target E: Connecting health centers and hospitals ·Connected financial institutions · Key district market center with ICTs · Number of co. using EDI Target D: Connecting public libraries, cultural centers, Some of Lebanon's ICT Targets museums, post offices, and archives with ICTs · Villages are already connected, 30 community access points by 2004 Target G: Adapting all primary and secondary school · Connecting public institutions (government agencies, schools, universities, curricula to meet the challenges of the Information libraries, hospitals) by 2005 Society, taking into account national circumstances · Secondary school curriculum revised in 2002. All students to reach ICT Target I: Encouraging the development of content and competency level as part of the formal education by 2010 putting in place technical conditions in order to facilitate · the presence and use of all world languages on the All universities & research centers to be connected by 2005, all secondary Internet schools by 2008, and all primary schools by 2010 · All public libraries and museums are to be connected by 2008 Target H: Ensuring that all of the world's population · All hospitals are to be connected by 2006 and health/social centers by 2010 has access to television and radio services · Internet penetration rate to reach 18 percent by 2006 and 25 percent by 2010 · 0 20 40 60 80 100 Broadband connectivity services to be offered by 2005 · Percent Building awareness of the use of ICTs to all segments of the society by 2010 Note: Based on the results of 1,250 respondents from an online survey conducted between April 10 and May 10, 2004. Source: Adapted from Uganda Communications Commission 2005 and American University of Beirut. 2003. Source: Adapted from ITU 2004. Internet access? Broadcasting is dealt with in target H, but data for the top 10 developing countries with the largest rural Internet access is related to the second part of this target. populations suggests that there may be around 2.7 million Therefore connecting villages with ICTs might focus on villages in the world, of which some three-quarters already providing telephone service, with the indicator being the have telephone service (table 6.1). One reason for this sur- percentage of villages with telephone service.4 The necessary prisingly high level is the progress that China and India--the data should normally be available from the administrative two countries with the largest rural populations in the records of telephone operators. world--have made in connecting villages. In 2002, 87.9 per- cent of Chinese "administrative villages" had a telephone; in Connecting Villages with ICTs. The target of connecting vil- India more than 90 percent of its some 600,000 villages had a lages with ICTs was rated as having medium importance in so-called Village Public Telephone. the ITU survey. As just over half the world's population was Though wider in scope, an alternative measure could be living in rural areas in 2002, providing ICT access in villages the percentage of the population covered by a mobile tele- is an important goal. However, there are methodological phone network signal. This measure is possibly more rele- complications in measuring village connectivity. The defini- vant than telephone availability because mobile phones are tion of village varies among countries in terms of population the prevalent mode of communications in most developing size and administrative divisions. Some countries do not countries.5 It also avoids some of the methodological com- explicitly use the word village in their statistics but refer plications of measuring village connectivity and is available instead to localities. And no international data set is available for many countries. Mobile population coverage could be with the number of villages per country. An extrapolation of adapted to reflect the proportion of the rural population Tracking ICTs 127 Table 6.1 Village Connectivity: Top 10 Developing Countries by Rural Population Number Mobile population Rural Rural of villages Villages coverage (percent) Population population population Number Average with fixed with fixed 2003 (millions) (percent) (millions) of villages village telephone telephone Estimated Rank Country 2002 2002 2002 (thousands) population (thousands) (percent) Total rural 1 China 1,295 62 803 930 867 772 83 73 56 2 India 1,050 72 756 607 1,242 468 77 41 19 3 Indonesia 217 56 122 69 1,745 27 39 85 73 4 Bangladesh 144 76 109 86 1,272 68 79 50 34 5 Pakistan 150 66 99 125 795 12 10 41 11 6 Nigeria 121 54 65 90 727 .. .. 43 .. 7 Vietnam 80 75 60 9 6,780 9 98 29 6 8 Ethiopia 69 85 59 10 5,837 1 11 .. .. 9 Thailand 62 68 42 69 614 55 80 92 88 10 Egypt, Arab Rep. of 71 58 41 5 8,826 1 21 98 97 Top 10 3,259 66 2,156 2,000 1,079 1,412 71 58 .. Note: Estimated mobile rural population coverage assumes that all inhabitants in urban areas are already covered. It is derived by subtracting the percentage of the population in urban areas from the overall percentage of the population covered by mobile telephony. .. Not available. Sources: World Bank (population, mobile population coverage), UNDP (rural population), and the following national sources: Bangladesh: Bari 2004, Minges and Simkhada 2002; China: NBS 2003; Egypt: American Chamber 2005, Egypt State 1995; Ethiopia: Library of Congress 1991. Villages with telephone derived from rural call stations: India: Minges and Simkhada 2002; Indonesia: DGT 2002; Pakistan: Minges and Simkhada 2002; Nigeria: CDC 1991; Thailand: NSO 1999; Vietnam: Anh 2002, VNPT 2004. covered. Indeed, in several countries, such as the Arab offices, libraries, or schools), or even to privately operated Republic of Egypt and Indonesia, the percentage of people Internet cafes. The ITU has organized several workshops on with rural mobile coverage is estimated to be higher than defining community access and proposed the indicator per- the percentage of people in villages with a fixed telephone centage of localities with public Internet access centers (PIACs) (table 6.1). (ITU and SecretarÍa de Comunicaciones y Transportes As table 6.1 shows, there are sometimes big differences 2004). between measures of village fixed-line and rural mobile Because this indicator is not presently widely available, coverage. Some countries may want to calculate either or an interim measure might be the number of public Internet both of these indicators. What constitutes a village varies access points (PIAP) per 1,000 inhabitants, which the widely, ranging from 614 people in Thailand to 8,826 in European Union included in its original e-Europe bench- Egypt. The village data are also from diverse sources and marking indicators (figure 6.3). The target of establishing some almost 25 years old. Both definitions and data avail- community access points is similar to some of the other tar- ability and timeliness all need to be strengthened before gets. Targets B and D call for connecting schools and loca- accurate comparisons can be made about village ICT tions such as post offices and libraries, which provide pub- connectivity. lic Internet access in some countries. There could be some overlap with this target. Also, public access points may not Establishing Community Access Points. Although mobile be as relevant in countries with a high level of household coverage reflects the possibility of access, it does not indicate Internet access. Therefore it might be useful to contrast that people are in fact connected. Providing access to a public Internet access penetration with the percentage of range of ICTs through a central facility is a more concrete homes that have (private) Internet access. On the demand manifestation of connectivity.6 The definition of a commu- side, it would be interesting to contrast public Internet nity access point, in the second part of the target, is vague. It access penetration with the percentage of the population that could refer to a particular type of government-sponsored utilizes the access points, a question often asked in Internet facility, to any kind of public venue (for example, post user surveys. 128 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 6.3 Number of Public Internet Access Although there are a growing number of data on ICT Points, 2003 infrastructure in schools, they are not available from a central (per 1,000 people) source. Their scattered nature adds to the complexity of locat- Estonia ing and comparing ICT school data. Comparability is often difficult both because countries use different indicators to Malta measure school connectivity and because data for all coun- Czech Republic tries are not always available for the same year. Statistics for Romania developing countries are not widely available. It should, how- Latvia ever, be fairly straightforward to collect the data because the Slovenia indicators are clear and most statistical offices or ministries Lithuania responsible for education regularly compile information on Hungary the number of schools and students.7 Providing computers and Internet access to most schools Cyprus has been achieved by most developed countries as well as Poland some middle-income developing ones.8 For example, 92 Slovak Republic percent of primary and secondary schools in the European Bulgaria Union already had Internet access by 2002 (Gallup Europe 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 2002). When countries have met the target of networking Source: eEurope+ 2003. their schools, a higher level of connectivity--such as broad- band access--might also be monitored.9 More precise indicators--such as the number of computers available per Target B: Connect Universities, Colleges, Secondary student and the number of computers connected to the Schools, and Primary Schools with ICTs Internet--would allow a higher level of benchmarking. It Basic indicators · Percentage of schools with a computer would also exclude computers and Internet access used only · Percentage of schools with Internet for administrative purposes. access Although connecting educational institutions to the Supplementary Internet is a laudable goal, the reality is that in some coun- indicators · Students per computer tries students have a higher level of access outside of their · Percentage of schools with broadband school. Although developing ICT skills is an impetus for Internet access connecting schools, it is appropriate to ask if students can This target was the highest ranked in the ITU survey, attesting obtain those skills elsewhere. The Program for International to the benefits that many see from connecting schools. Provid- Student Assessment (PISA) surveyed 15-year-old students ing educational institutions with ICTs is attractive because about the availability of a computer in their school and other young people are quick to grasp new skills and thus form the locations (OECD 2003). basis for a cyber-savvy nation. Developing countries have The results are interesting for a couple of reasons: relatively young populations, so reaching this target would have a strong impact in those countries. It is, therefore, perhaps · They show that in some countries, there is a higher level even more relevant for developing countries than for devel- of access to computers outside of schools than inside. oped ones. Connecting schools also provides access to huge · For some countries, the data show a lower level of amounts of information and allows teachers to use resources computer availability than the official statistics show. on the Internet that expand and enrich the curriculum. The target does not identify which ICTs schools are to be This suggests that although schools may have computers and connected with, but available data generally cover computers Internet access, they are not available to all students. and Internet access. Basic indicators would include the per- Evidence suggests that realistic plans backed with centage of universities, colleges, secondary, and primary schools adequate funding can succeed in connecting schools rapidly. with a computer as well as the percentage of universities, col- Countries such as Singapore have provided ICTs in schools leges, secondary, and primary schools with Internet access. through careful planning with clear objectives and financial Tracking ICTs 129 support. Singapore's five-year $1.2 billion Master Plan for IT clear, but definitions for statistical purposes are lacking. The in Education, launched in 1997, connected all schools to the boundary between scientific and research centers associated Internet by 2002--quite an impressive achievement, as only with academic institutions and those sponsored by govern- around one-third of schools were connected in 1998 ments is often blurred; the former might also be included in (Ministry of Education [Singapore] 1997). target B (connecting universities). Moreover, in some coun- As a policy in some countries, telecommunications oper- tries, significant research is carried out by private organiza- ators are encouraged to provide discounted Internet access tions. Even if private research institutions are included in the to educational institutions. Specific projects in some coun- target, they can be difficult to identify. As a result, many tries have also helped to dramatically increase ICT infra- countries do not explicitly have statistics on the number of structure availability in schools. One such example in a scientific and research centers in their countries. developed country is the e-rate in the United States. Enacted Because determining the denominator for this target is so as part of the U.S. Telecommunications Act of 1996, the difficult, an alternative is to examine the characteristics of e-rate called for operators to provide Internet access to research networks that can be compared between countries. schools at affordable prices. No doubt this has helped boost This assumes that it is desirable for scientific and research Internet connectivity in U.S. public primary and secondary centers to be connected to an academic and research net- schools from 65 percent in 1996 to 100 percent in 2003 work, and that these centers would connect to such networks (National Center for Education Statistics 2005). if the facilities were available. The Trans-European Research Special programs targeting ICTs in schools have been and Education Networking Association (TERENA) provides a successful in some developing countries. The government- directory of national research networks for some 50 countries funded Enlaces program in Chile, launched in 1995, has in the European, Central Asian, and Mediterranean region connected 4,677 schools (almost 80 percent of them with on its Web site, including details about the number of insti- broadband) and provided 57,000 computers.10 In Estonia, tutions connected in each country and bandwidth (table the Tiger Leap program began in 1996. By 2000, all schools 6.2) (TERENA 2005). in Estonia had a computer and 75 percent had access to the Internet.11 Thailand's SchoolNet, which started in 1995, had Target D: Connect Public Libraries, Cultural connected 4,654 schools to the Internet by 2003.12 Centers, Museums, Post Offices, and Archives A number of countries are incorporating ICT indicators with ICTs and targets in their education plans. For example, South There are two connectivity aspects for these types of institu- Africa's White Paper on e-Education (Department of Educa- tions. Because the overall aim of the WSIS targets is to tion [South Africa] 2003) calls for tracking indicators such as enhance access, and these are public institutions, measure- the ratio of learners to computers and levels of Internet con- ment might be focused on ICT access provided at these nectivity on an annual basis. It also calls for boosting the level locations to the general public. Alternatively, some of these of connectivity in schools--from the 27 percent that had a institutions are repositories of useful information and it computer for teaching in 2002 to 100 percent having access to would be beneficial to have that information online. This calls a networked computer facility by 2013. for a measurement such as the percentage of these institutions with Web sites. Much of the supply-side data for these areas Target C: Connect Scientific and Research Centers could be collected through administrative records. with ICTs Public libraries Basic indicator · Availability of a national educational and research computer network Basic indicators · Percentage of public libraries Supplementary providing access to the Internet indicator · Bandwidth of national educational · Percentage of public libraries with and research network a Web site This target is the second-highest ranking among respondents UNESCO has published data on the number of public of the ITU survey. It is also one of the hardest to measure. The libraries by country. 13 Because data are lacking for a number concept of scientific and research centers may be intuitively of countries, it is not possible to derive regional or world 130 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 6.2 Selected Research and Education Networks, 2005 Research institutions Country Network connected Backbone bandwidth Network map Algeria CERIST 11 155 Mb/s =< 622 Mb/s http://www.arn.dz/carte.htm Azerbaijan AzNET 5 622 Mb/s =< 1.2 Gb/s http://www.aznet.org Kazakhstan KazRENA 9 34 Mb/s =< 155 Mb/s http://www.kazrena.kz Morocco MARWAN 2 34 Mb/s =< 155 Mb/s http://www.marwan.ma/docs/topology.pdf Syrian Arab Republic SHERN 3 .. http://www.shern.net Turkey ULAKBIM 14 34 Mb/s =< 155 Mb/s http://www.ulakbim.gov.tr Uzbekistan UzSciNet 24 2 Mb/s or below www.uzsci.net/info Note: .. Not available. Gb/s = gigabytes per second; Mb/s = megabytes per second. Source: World Bank, adapted from TERENA. totals. Some developed countries have data on ICTs in cultural centers, most do not. Apart from the vagueness of libraries, but the number of public libraries in many devel- what a cultural center is, the purpose of connecting them oping countries is often difficult to determine. with ICTs also needs to be established. One possibility is that Some countries have identified public libraries as attrac- because cultural centers are typically places where the public tive locations for providing Internet access. Countries where gathers, they are good candidates for providing public access statistics on ICTs in libraries are collected tend to focus on to ICTs. In that case, they might fall under the category of this public service aspect of their institutions. Australia community access points (target A). Until a robust defini- measures the number of Internet workstations per public tion of cultural center is created, it will be difficult to collect library as well as a demand side indicator--the percentage of and compile data for this subtarget. individuals who access the Internet from public libraries.14 The U.S. National Center for Education Statistics publishes an Museums annual report that includes the percentage of public libraries Basic indicator · Percentage of museums with a providing access to the Internet, the number of users of Web site electronic resources per 1,000 population per typical week, and Most people go to museums to see an exhibit, not for the number of Internet terminals in public libraries for public access to ICTs. Thus, the main reason for connecting use per inhabitant and per library (National Center for Edu- museums is to provide online access to information about cation Statistics 2005). their collections. A suitable indicator would be the per- An online directory of library holdings is a valuable serv- centage of museums with a Web site. This indicator has ice. The European Union includes the availability of electron- been compiled for regional studies and could possibly be ic card catalogues in public libraries as one of the 20 policy derived from portal sites. According to one source, there indicators composing its e-government indicator. The per- are 41,000 museums in 199 countries.15 There are a num- centage of public libraries with a Web site could be a proxy for ber of portals providing links to museums with Web sites, this indicator, because it would then be possible to have the with one claiming links to 37,000 museums around the catalogue online. world (not all of which are online).16 The information is not summarized by country, nor is there an international Cultural Centers data set on the number of museums in a country--let alone data on how many are connected to the Internet or Basic indicators · Percentage of cultural centers with Internet access have a Web site. At the national level, there are scant data · Percentage of cultural centers with a regarding ICTs in museums. It is difficult to reach a con- Web site sensus about what type of ICT information might be use- The concept of cultural center is not statistically well defined. ful or--for the purposes of WSIS--what it means for a Although a few countries publish statistics on the number of museum to be connected with ICTs.17 Tracking ICTs 131 Post Offices know the percentage of post offices that provide Internet access. Basic indicators · Postal service has a Web site A number of countries are promoting the use of post · Percentage of post offices with public offices to achieve universal access goals for ICTs. As part of the Internet access Community Access Point Program in Mauritius, for example, Connecting post offices could significantly expand access 96 post offices are to be equipped with at least two computers to ICTs for the public at large. According to the Universal and Internet access; by April 2005, 24 interactive kiosks were Postal Union (UPU), 96 percent of the world's inhabitants in operation. In Bhutan, some 38 post offices will offer e-post were served by some 660,000 postal establishments in services allowing users to send and receive e-mail. 2003 (UPU (2004). If they were all connected to the Inter- net and provided public access, then almost the whole Archives world would, theoretically, have access to the Internet from post offices. Basic indicator · National archive has a Web site The UPU collects several ICT-related indicators includ- presence ing online services available in post offices (for example, Many countries have established national archives to store Internet postage service, Internet bill payment, e-mail serv- important records. Some countries also have regional and ice, Internet goods ordering service, and so on), and post local archives. The International Council on Archives, a offices offering public Internet access (figure 6.4). UNESCO partner, has a directory of its institutional One major limitation with the UPU data is that they members with address information and, if available, a link to refer to the simple existence of a service at some post their Web site.18 There is no data set of the number of office. A country could have 1,000 post office locations, archives by country or the percentage online, but this could but if only one out of the 1,000 provides Internet access, probably be compiled from the available information. An then that country would be considered to provide access initial indicator could be whether the national archive has a through its post office. It is analytically more useful to Web site (table 6.3). Figure 6.4 Post Offices and ICT, 2003 a. Percentage of Public Postal Operators b. Percentage of Public Postal Operators Offering Online Services Providing Public Internet Access Industrialized countries Industrialized countries Arab countries Arab countries Europe and Commonwealth of Europe and Commonwealth of Independent States Independent States Asia and Pacific Asia and Pacific Latin America and the Caribbean Latin America and the Caribbean Africa Africa 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 Percent Percent Note: Figure 6.4a refers to the post office having online services described in the text; figure 6.4b refers to the availability of Internet access for the public from at least one post office. Source: UPU 2004. 132 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 6.3 National Archives Online in Southeast Asia Country National archive Web site Brunei Museums and Archives Department http://www.museums.gov.bn/ Cambodia National Archives http://www.camnet.com.kh/archives.cambodia/ Indonesia National Archives http://www.anri.go.id/ Malaysia National Archives http://www.arkib.gov.my/ Singapore National Archives http://www.nhb.gov.sg/NAS/ Thailand National Archives http://www.culture.go.th/archives Vietnam State Records and Archives Department http://www.luutruvn.gov.vn/ Source: Adapted from International Council on Archives (http://www.ica.org). Target E: Connect Health Centers and Hospitals with European Union used the percentage of general practitioners ICTs with a computer in their office and the percentage with Inter- net access in their office for measuring e-health. The current Basic indicators · Percentage of hospitals/health centers EU e-health indicators are the percentage of general practi- with Internet access tioners using electronic patient records and, on the demand · Percentage of hospitals/health centers with a Web site side, the percentage of population (aged 16 and over) using Connecting health centers and hospitals with ICTs offers Internet to seek health information whether for themselves or many benefits including improving internal administrative others. processes, allowing health staff online access to medical infor- mation, and providing the possibility for remote diagnosis. Target F: Connect all Local and Central Government ICTs in a health care setting can also help achieve several of Departments and Establish Web Sites and E-Mail the UN Millennium Development Goals related to health. Addresses Measuring this target on a global level is complicated by Basic indicator · Central government Web site presence the fact that there is no source for official data on the num- Supplementary ber of hospitals or health centers in the world. The World indicator · Percentage of basic public services Health Organization (WHO) does not regularly collect available online information on the number of hospitals, nor does it compile Unlike many of the other targets, which are focused on data on ICT connections in health institutions. The Interna- measuring access or use of public facilities to increase access, tional Hospital Federation lists over 40,000 hospitals around this target has multiple purposes. Connecting all local and the world; however, these data are based only on countries central government departments can enhance internal that have reported the data.19 A number of national statisti- processes, which may improve governance. Establishing Web cal offices or ministries of health publish statistics on the sites, however, has a public service aspect. Establishing number of hospitals and sometimes on the number of e-mail addresses can help government employees communi- health centers. There have been one-off reports, such as a cate with each other more effectively, but it can also benefit regional publication for Latin America that featured a table the public by providing them with an online contact. showing the percentage of hospitals with information systems This target is difficult to compare across countries and the percentage of hospitals with a computer.20 An EU because the structure of governments differs so widely project collected data on the percentage of hospitals and around the world. Public services in a city state such as Sin- health centers with a Web site for about a dozen Mediter- gapore are essentially provided by the central government; in ranean countries (EU 2001). the Swiss federalist system, many services are carried out at Although this target aims at the connectivity of hospitals the local level. The way a government is presented online and health centers, connectivity for doctors (and for patients also varies--some countries opt to centralize information at to communicate electronically with them) might be equally a ministry level and others have Web sites for different important. In the first round of its e-Europe indicators, the administrative units. Tracking ICTs 133 Figure 6.5 The State of E-Government, 2004 Another approach is to derive an indicator based on how well governments are performing in providing commonly 200 used public services applications online. The European 180 Union has identified 20 such applications (see table 6.4), 160 140 which range from car registrations to customs declarations. 120 countries It has also created a composite indicator--online availability of 100 of public services--for tracking not only how many of these 80 60 Number applications are online but also their degree of sophistica- 40 tion (for example, the provision of simple information, 20 0 ability to download forms, possibility of completing trans- With a government With a single With online actions online).21 Web site presence entry portal transactions provision Another approach is to look at the demand side. For Source: World Bank, adapted from UN 2004. example, how many people are actually using government Web sites? Whether the public finds the available online gov- The target of establishing government Web sites is rela- ernment information useful is an important aspect of this tively easy to meet, at least at a central government level. indicator. The European Union uses a supplementary indi- According to the United Nations, out of 191 UN Member cator for measuring this: the percentage of individuals using States, 178 had a central government Web site presence (UN the Internet for interacting with public authorities. 2004). Because Web site presence can range from a few simple pages providing descriptive information to highly Target G: Adapt all Primary and Secondary interactive systems that allow citizens to complete and School Curricula to Meet the Challenges of the dispatch government forms online, more sophisticated Information Society, Taking into Account National measures of e-government are needed (figure 6.5). Circumstances The United Nations has compiled an index that calculates Basic indicator · Country includes ICT in school the degree of sophistication of central government Web sites. curricula Target G is the second target related to education. Target B Table 6.4 The 20 Most Desirable Online Public calls for connecting educational establishments; this one Services seeks to ensure that students are provided with the training For citizens For businesses needed to use ICTs in school and as part of everyday life. The Income taxes Social contribution for employees target can be tracked by the simple indicator of whether a Job search Corporate tax country includes ICT courses in its curriculum. Data are Social security benefits Value-added tax available for Europe about the availability of ICT in the cur- Personal documents Registration of a new ricula as a separate subject (figure 6.6) (Eurydice 2004). A company related indicator would be the number of teachers trained in Car registration Submission of data to the statistical office ICT because trained staff is essential to provide instruction. Application for building permission Customs declaration These data are provided for both primary and secondary Declaration to the police Environment-related permits schools. It would be useful to measure the quality of learn- Public libraries Public procurement ing, but such measures are rare for any subject matter. Birth and marriage certificates Enrollment in higher education Target H: Ensure that All of the World's Population Announcement of moving Has Access to Television and Radio Services Health-related services Basic indicators · Percentage of population covered by Note: Social security benefits includes unemployment benefits, child allowances, medical costs, and student grants. Personal documents radio/television signal includes passports and driver's licenses. · Percentage of households with a Source: Capgemini 2004. radio/television 134 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 6.6 ICTs in the Secondary School Curriculum in Europe General lower secondary education (ISCED 2) General upper secondary education (ISCED 2) Separate subject Used as a tool for other subjects Both Not included in the compulsory minimum curriculum Data not available Source: Eurydice 2004. Supplementary certain countries the data are less useful because of signifi- indicator · Percentage of households with cant evasion of set registration to avoid paying the license multichannel/digital television fee. The number of radio or television sets could also be esti- This is the easiest of all the WSIS targets to measure, mated from shipment records. This requires good sales data because it is the most specific. Unlike most of the other tar- as well as valid assumptions about replacement and resale gets, which contain the vague term ICTs, this one explicitly rates. But perhaps most tellingly, the number of sets in a calls for access to radio and television services. The meas- country does not give a clear picture of access: some families urement is conceptually clear and data are generally avail- can have many sets, while others have few or none. From an able (although reliability can be a concern depending on the access perspective, it is not the number of sets that matters indicator selected). but rather the availability of at least one set for a family. Radio and television sets per 100 inhabitants have tradi- One of the most popular indicators for measuring access tionally been used as indicators to measure broadcasting is the percentage of households with a radio or television set. penetration.22 These data are rarely compiled from demand- This is widely asked in household surveys. A less specific side data using household surveys, which ask how many indicator of access is the percentage of population covered by broadcast sets are available in a home. Instead the indicators broadcasting service. This measures theoretical access regard- are typically derived from supply estimates. Although the less of whether people actually have a set. data may have been reliable for some countries, where Coverage is fairly widespread according to ITU statistics broadcast license schemes required broadcast set owners to for 2002 (figure 6.7). Some 69 percent of households had a register them, they have, over time, declined in utility. In radio set, while 75 percent had a television in that year. Tracking ICTs 135 Figure 6.7 Broadcast Access, 2002 a. Broadcasting Coverage by b. Households with a Radio and TV, by Income Group Income Group 100 100 90 80 80 70 60 60 50 Percent 40 Percent 40 30 20 20 10 0 0 Low income Lower middle Upper middle High income World Low income Lower middle Upper middle High income World Radio TV Source: World Bank, adapted from UN 2004. Global population coverage for radio was 95 percent, and Target I: Encourage the Development of Content and 86 percent for television. Clearly, this target is close to being Put in Place Technical Conditions in Order to Facili- achieved, which may be why respondents to the ITU survey tate the Presence and Use of all World Languages on showed less interest in it (fewer than half thought this was the Internet an important target).23 Another reason for the respondents' Basic indicator · Share of country's Internet hosts in lackluster response to the target may be, as some policy the world in relation to population makers believe, that new ICTs are to be favored over Supplementary traditional ones.24 Given widespread availability of basic indicator · Percentage of top 50 Web sites in a over-the-air broadcasting in many countries, more country that are local advanced targets might be proposed--such as the percent- This target, like target G, differs from the others in that it is age of households with cable or satellite service or with a not about connectivity. Instead it refers to the information digital television. that ICTs deliver. That may be one reason that it was not There are two points worth noting regarding the broad- ranked high in importance in the ITU survey. Another may casting targets. First, statistically, there are fewer households be that national language content may already be available with radios than there are with televisions in a number of for many people: 96 percent of the world's people speak 4 countries. This seems counterintuitive because radios are percent of the languages. less expensive than televisions, can operate on battery power, The first part of the target is concerned with developing and appear to be ubiquitous (they are built into cars, hi-fi content. As content is available for most of the world's systems, alarm clocks, and so forth). The most plausible widely spoken languages, one might take this target to mean explanation is the questionnaire design of household developing locally relevant content and content in languages surveys. They typically ask if a household has a stand-alone that are poorly represented on the Internet. The European radio rather than asking about a radio as part of another Union developed an e-Content indicator that measured the device. Unless household surveys are modified to reflect this percentage of the top 50 Web sites in a country that were local possibility, the world may, statistically at least, never reach (figure 6.8a).25 To derive this indicator, surveys are needed the target of achieving complete radio access. A second point about what Web sites users actually access.26 Although these is that there is a very close relationship between electricity types of surveys are carried out for many developed coun- and television. In general, unless electricity is available, it is tries, they are rare for most developing ones. One decision to difficult to operate a television set. Therefore, achieving be made in working with this indicator is whether to include global access to television at a household level will depend major portals and Web services that have developed local- on the availability of electricity. ized versions as national content.27 136 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 6.8 Measuring Content a. Indigenous Sites as a Percentage of the Top 50 b. Top 10 Economies by Ratio of Global Share of Internet Hosts to Population, 2003 Ireland 2001 Iceland Germany 2002 Italy Finland Spain Denmark United Kingdom Finland Netherlands Denmark Tonga Austria Belgium Australia France Bermuda Netherlands Switzerland Norway Portugal Taiwan, China Norway New Zealand Greece 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Percent Percent Note: Figure 6.8a shows indigenous sites as a percentage of the top 50 (including portals and Internet service providers); figure 6.8b is derived as follows: (number of Internet hosts in country / number of Internet hosts in the world) / (country's population / world population). Source: Adapted from RIPE and ISC. UNESCO has commissioned background reports for the be developed for unwritten languages, it would even be second WSIS summit that will propose methods for measur- possible to include content based on unwritten languages, ing local content.28 One indicator is the share of a country's although accessing that information would still require some global Internet hosts in relation to its population. This indicator computer literacy. Because there are over 6,000 languages in is attractive because it is widely available. The number of the world, many of which do not have a written alphabet and Internet hosts is surveyed for all countries on a regular basis are spoken by small groups of people, efforts may need to by several organizations. If the share of a country's Internet focus on written languages.29 What is critical is to ensure that hosts (that is, hosts using that country's two-letter domain all national and widely spoken languages have no barriers to name) in the world is equal to or greater than its share of being present in cyberspace. Here, the major barrier appears world population, then one could assume that there is a rea- to be financial rather than technical.30 sonable amount of content available for that country. By this measure, countries from the Nordic region lead the world in Target J: Ensure that More than Half the World's having a relatively large amount of content (figure 6.8b). Inhabitants Have Access to ICTs within Their Reach Using this alternate indicator does have some limitations. Not all content on Internet hosts using a country's domain Basic indicators · Percentage of population covered by mobile telephony might be local. For example, some countries such as Tonga Advance · Percentage of population covered by (.TO) expressly promote their catchy domain name for indicators third-generation mobile telephony worldwide use. Conversely, businesses and individuals in · Percentage of households with some countries use other domains (such as .COM) to host Internet access large volumes of content. This target too presents a challenge to measure. Along with Achieving the second part of the target is less about "tech- target H on broadcasting, this target refers to people. Thus, nical conditions" and more about financial support and a some kind of penetration indicator is needed, so an private-public partnership. Because audiovisual material can appropriate numerator needs to be selected. One approach Tracking ICTs 137 Box 6.2 Differences between Access, Subscription, and Use One difficulty often confronted when comparing ICT statistics is that measurement terms are not used precisely. For example, a clear distinction exists between use, access, and owner- ship or subscription, but the terms are sometimes used interchangeably. Access means that a person could utilize an ICT because it is available, but may not necessarily do so. Use means that a person is actually utilizing an ICT. Ownership or subscription means that the person pos- sesses an ICT device or subscribes to an ICT service. Another point of confusion is that some surveys ask households whether they have access to an ICT service, rather than asking whether the service is available from the home. For example, a household would be counted as having Internet access even if access was not available from the home, but the head of household had access from work. People collecting data should try to be specific about what they mean and use the most appropriate term. Ideally, statistics should be compiled on all three concepts: access, use, and ownership or subscription. Comparing access, use, and ownership helps identify barriers that may have important policy implications. For example, if the level of usage does not match the level of accessibility, this suggests that there are other barriers besides infrastructure affect- ing the take-up of ICTs. The level of ownership, measured through purchase or subscription to an ICT good or service, can reflect how convenient it is to use ICTs. Source: ITU 2003. would be to track a number of ICTs (for example, radio, by mobile operators. Today's second-generation (2G) television, fixed telephone, mobile telephone, computers, mobile networks provide voice service; most also offer text Internet), but some of these are covered in other targets. messaging capability. They can also be used for data trans- Selecting too many indicators would complicate tracking the mission (albeit relatively slow at 9.6 kbps). A mobile network target. It might also cause some countries to focus on a par- thus offers the potential for access to several ICTs.31 Third- ticular ICT to the detriment of others. Ideally, a single indi- generation (3G) mobile networks offer broadband speeds cator would be best. with the ability to deliver more complex ICT applications. It is noteworthy that this target specifies access and not This target might have two measures of access: 2G and 3G use. Existing indicators are based on supply or usage (either mobile coverage. subscriptions or users) rather than access. The target also More than 80 percent of the world's population was cov- specifies that ICTs should be "within their reach." The idea ered by a 2G mobile network in 2002 (figure 6.9a). In 2004, seems to be that ICTs be easily available either publicly or there were some 86 million 3G mobile network subscribers privately, and that they be affordable and actually used. The in the 36 countries that had launched such networks, or 9 concept of availability itself has multiple dimensions (see percent of all mobile subscribers (figure 6.9b).32 The world is box 6.2). Even though infrastructure may be available, not far from achieving global connectivity for basic access people may lack the necessary terminal equipment, may not from mobile telephone networks. A more challenging target be able to afford the needed service, or may have no desire to may be needed for some countries. The European Union, for use it. Extending the concept of access into these other areas instance, uses the percentage of households with Internet makes the task of measurement more complex, because access as its accessibility indicator. additional indicators would be needed to measure access to terminal equipment, affordability, and motivation. Conclusion One indicator for measuring the target of accessibililty is the percentage of the population covered by a mobile network. The targets included in the WSIS Plan of Action are the first This indicator relates directly to the unit of measurement in globally endorsed goals for ICT development. As such, the target (the world's inhabitants) and is widely published they offer the international community a standard for 138 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Figure 6.9 Mobile Population Coverage a. Population Covered by Mobile Cellular b. Population Covered by 3G Mobile Network, 2004 Network (2G) by Regions, 2002 100 100 80 80 60 60 Percent Percent 40 40 20 20 0 0 World Europe Americas Asia Africa Hong Kong Japan Korea, Sweden Denmark United Italy Austria Portugal Spain (China) Rep. of Kingdom Sources: Adapted from ITU 2003; World Bank estimates. benchmarking progress toward a global information society. · agreeing which international organizations should com- However, the targets suffer from some shortcomings in their pile global information, definition, scope, and relevance. A number are impractical, · establishing a repository of the data to be used for bench- insignificant, or ambiguous. In some cases this is because of marking, and ambiguity in the referenced population--for example, "village" or "science and research center," which have no inter- · developing parallel activities such as identifying policies to nationally comparable definitions--rather than the ICT com- accelerate achievement of the targets (for example, ponent of the target. Many of the targets focus on the ends improving regulatory environments, identifying financing without identifying why they are important. Such identifica- and business models, and so on). tion would have helped determine relevance and priorities. Thirty-two indicators have been proposed to monitor the Applying the targets to existing data offers only an incom- targets (table 6.5). Where possible, these indicators are based plete picture of global information society development. on the text of the target as well as what regional organiza- This could be improved by tions and national authorities currently collect. However, not all the targets deserve equal treatment. One possibility · reaching a consensus on the exact indicators to be used might be to distinguish poorly defined targets (for example, to monitor the WSIS targets, bringing all languages to the Internet) from those that are · encouraging countries not already collecting information clear, for which action can make a difference, and for which society statistics to start doing so, progress can be tracked between now and 2015. Table 6.5 Indicators for Monitoring the WSIS Targets Target / basic indicator Note A. Connect villages with ICTs and establish community access points · Percentage of villages with telephone service ITU asks for this in questionnaire but does not regularly disseminate. · Percentage of rural population covered by mobile Could be derived from existing indicator on national mobile population signal coverage. · Public Internet access points per 100 inhabitants EU had this as an indicator. · Percentage of localities with public Internet access New ITU indicator. centers (Table continues on the following page.) Tracking ICTs 139 Table 6.5 continued Target / basic indicator Note B. Connect universities, colleges, secondary schools, and primary schools with ICTs · Percentage of schools with computers UNESCO would be the logical coordinator for these indicators. EU has · Percentage of schools with Internet access Number of pupils per computer with Internet connection (broadband/ · Students per computer non-broadband) for its e-learning indicator. · Percentage of schools with broadband access C. Connect scientific and research centers with ICTs · Availability of a national educational and research network EU used bandwidth indicator as part of original set of eEurope indicators. · Bandwidth of national education and research networks The Trans-European Research and Education Networking Association (TERENA, http://www.terena.nl) compiles many data on this subject. D. Connect public libraries, cultural centers, museums, post offices, and archives with ICTs · Percentage of public libraries providing access to UNESCO has collected data on the number of public libraries. Some the Internet countries collect data on ICTs in public libraries. · Percentage of public libraries with a Web site · Percentage of cultural centers with Internet access Difficult to compile because of the lack of definition for "cultural center" · Percentage of museums with a Web site There are a number of portals that have links to museum Web sites. Estimated number of museums in the world is around 40,000. · Post office is online Some 660,000 post offices in the world. UPU collects several statistics · Percentage of post offices with Internet access on the overall availability of ICTs in a country's postal system. These need to be disaggregated at a unit level to derive the percentage with Internet access. · National archive is online There are portals with links to archives. E. Connect health centers and hospitals with ICTs · Percentage of hospitals/health centers with Internet access These data are not currently available from a central source. · Percentage of hospitals/health centers with a Web site F. Connect all local and central government departments and establish Web sites and e-mail addresses · Central government Web site presence UNPAN publishes in annual e-government report; 178 of 191 UN members · Number of basic public services fully available online have central government Web site. G. Adapt all primary and secondary school curricula to meet the challenges of the Information Society, taking into account national circumstances · Country includes ICT in school curricula Eurydice (http://www.eurydice.org/) collects this information for Europe. H. Ensure that all of the world's population has access to television and radio services · Percentage of population covered by radio signal Some of these data are generally available. Radio household data tend to be · Percentage of population covered by TV signal collected in developing nations but very few developed ones. Note that · Percentage of households with a radio statistically, there are sometimes more TV than radio households; this anomaly · Percentage of households with a TV is due to the fact that surveys often ask only about the existence of a stand- · Percentage of households with multi-channel TV alone radio set and do not include radios in alarm clocks, stereos, or cars. I. Encourage the development of content and to put in place technical conditions in order to facilitate the presence and use of all world languages on the Internet · Percentage share of Internet hosts Internet host data are available from several sources. · Percentage of local sites in top 50 Web sites EU had used this as an e-content indicator. J. Ensure that more than half the world's inhabitants have access to ICTs within their reach · Percentage of population covered by 2G mobile network ITU collects these data. · Percentage of population covered by 3G mobile network · Percentage of households with Internet access Asked for in some household surveys. Note: EU = European Union; ITU = International Telecommunication Union; UNESCO = UN Educational, Social, and Cultural Organization; UNPAN = United Nations Online Network in Public Administration and Finance; UPU = Universal Postal Union; WHO = World Health Organization. Source: Author's compilation. 140 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Although some countries collect data on some of the interesting to benchmark other countries relative to Estonia. indicators that have been identified, many do not. Countries Its recent EU membership has also meant that the country should be encouraged to undertake data collection as soon applies standard definitions for a number of the information as possible, and provided with support for this, because the society statistics it collects. deadline for achieving the targets--2015--is only a decade · Regarding village connectivity (WSIS target A), Estonia's away. Most of the MDGs take 1990 as a base year from which 4,000 villages, by law, must be connected to the telephone to measure progress. For the WSIS targets, a common network if the technical means for doing so exist. With base year such as 2000 could be used. Many of the data mobile telephony population coverage of 99 percent, should not be difficult to collect; many of the underlying virtually all villages would have access to at least voice data are already collected as part of normal administrative telephone service. For community access, Estonia had reporting. For example, most ministries of education 0.76 public Internet access points (PIAPs) per 1,000 around the world compile statistics on the number of inhabitants in 2003, ranking it first among the new EU students and schools. It should be fairly easy to extend this member countries. Government policy provides for free to include the number of schools with computers or con- Internet access from PIAPs. nected to the Internet. See annex 6A for an example of data collection for the WSIS targets. · With regard to educational connectivity (WSIS target B), The international community can help by providing Estonia's Tiger Leap program, launched in 1996, has been technical assistance and forging public-private partnerships. instrumental in providing schools with information tech- Existing information society statistics collected by national nology facilities.33 All schools had computers by the year or regional authorities are often cumbersome to locate; they 2000; at the beginning of 2003, 98 percent had Internet need to be linked to a central portal. Maintaining such a por- connections. tal might be a task for the partnership of international agen- · The Estonian Educational and Research Network cies that has already been active in identifying a core list of (EENet), a state agency administered by the Ministry of information society indicators to take on. Education and Research, was created in 1993 to manage A successful model showing how WSIS target tracking the science and education computer network (WSIS could move forward are the MDGs. A group of internation- target C). EENet extends to most Estonian counties. At al agencies collects the data necessary for monitoring the dif- the end of 2003, over 200,000 researchers, students, and ferent MDGs. This group meets regularly and reviews teachers used the network, and 455 institutions had a progress. A similar process could be envisioned for the WSIS permanent connection (about 60 percent of all cus- targets, with the goal of agreeing on a comparable set of tomers). Most of the institutions (85 percent) are educa- indicators by 2006 and a mid-term review around 2010 to tional. The category of educational institutions includes gauge progress and possibly refine the indicators. vocational schools and schools of general education, col- leges, and universities, as well as public Internet access Annex 6A: A Benchmarking Example points, libraries, and archives. Research institutions of the WSIS Targets--Estonia make up 4 percent of the institutions having permanent connection; cultural institutions make up 7 percent; and In order to test their feasibility, the indicators proposed other organizations in the field of education, research, above are applied to Estonia (table 6A.1). Estonia was chosen and culture make up 4 percent. for this exercise because the data are available. The Statistical Office of Estonia compiles many of the needed base · With regard to connecting public facilities (target D), statistics, and the Estonian Informatics Centre compiles Estonia compiles cultural statistics including data on the numerous ICT-related indicators. It should be noted that number of public libraries and museums. Data are avail- Estonia is a good example--because so many data are able on the number of public libraries offering public available--but it is not representative of many developing Internet access facilities. There are no published data on countries. Estonia has also been successful at applying ICTs the number of museums with a Web site, but this could throughout different sectors of the economy, so it might be be derived from the link to online museums on the Tracking ICTs 141 Table 6A.1 Benchmarking Estonia Target / indicator Value Date Note / source A. Connect villages with ICTs and establish community access points Number of villages 4,432 2003 SOE Percentage of villages with telephone serviceBy law, must be connected to the telephone network if the technical means for doing so exist Number of PIAPs 487 Jun-02 RIA Number of PIAPs per 1,000 inhabitants 0.36 Jun-02 RIA B. Connect universities, colleges, secondary schools, and primary schools with ICTs Percentage of schools with a computer 100 2004 Tiger Leap. Since 2000. Number of computers per 100 pupils at primary level 4 2003 RIA Number of computers per 100 pupils at secondary level 4 2003 RIA Number of computers per 100 pupils at primary level 88 2004 Tiger Leap C. Connect scientific and research centers with ICTs Has academic and research networkhttp://www.eenet.ee/englishEENet/usersurvey2003.html D. Connect public libraries, cultural centers, museums, post offices, and archives with ICTs Number of public libraries 573 2003 SOE Number of PIAPs in libraries 288 Jun-02 RIA Percentage of libraries providing Internet access to the public 33 2001 RIA Number of museums 200 2003 Including rural municipality museums. SOE. Number of museums with Web sites 30 2005 http://www.kul.ee/index.php?path=0x294x871 Number of post offices 548 2004 "The administration provides public Internet access points" UPU Eesti Post Web site http://www.post.ee National Archives Web site http://www.ra.ee/?topic=25 E. Connect health centers and hospitals with ICTs Number of hospitals 51 2002 SOE Percentage of general practitioners with PC in the consulting room 99 Jun-03 RIA Percentage of general practitioners with PC with Internet access 88 Jun-03 RIA F. Connect all local and central government departments and establish Web sites and e-mail addresses Number of public administration agencies 64 Jul-04 RIA Government portal http://www.riik.ee Percentage of PCs connected to the Internet 95.1 2003 RIA G. Adapt all primary and secondary school curricula to meet the challenges of the Information Society, taking into account national circumstances ICT included in primary and secondary curricula Tiger Leap H. Ensure that all of the world's population has access to television and radio services Population coverage of radio (percent) 100 2005 "Can be listened to all over Estonia" Eesti Radio Population coverage of television (percent) 99.96 2005 Eesti TV Households with a radio (percent) 87 2003 SOE Households with a color TV (percent) 93 2003 SOE I. Encourage the development of content and to put in place technical conditions in order to facilitate the presence and use of all world languages on the Internet Percentage of population Estonian mother tongue 67 2000 Official language Number of EE hosts 237,461 Jan-05 Internet Software Consortium As a percentage of total hosts 0.07 Jan-05 Calculated Estonian population as a percentage of world 0.02 2004 Calculated 142 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Table 6A.1 continued Target / indicator Value Date Note / source J. Ensure that more than half the world's inhabitants have access to ICTs within their reach Mobile population coverage 99 2004 EMT GSM network. Source: Telia Sonera. Households with Internet access (percent) 13.9 2002 RIA Note: PIAPs = public Internet access points; RIA = Estonian Informatics Center; SOA = Statistical Office of Estonia; UPU = Universal Postal Union. Source: Adapted from SOE (http://www.stat.ee) and RIA (http://www.ria.ee). Ministry of Culture Web site. Estonia does not use the population in the world, suggesting that there is consid- statistical concept of cultural center or make reference to erable online content available in the official language it in Ministry of Culture documents. The National (WSIS target I). Archives of Estonia is online. Eesti Post has a Web site and · Regarding access to ICTs within people's reach (WSIS is engaged in a number of ICT projects, including an target J), 99 percent of the Estonian population is innovative e-ticket system that allows users to purchase covered by a 2.5G mobile network. That means that and store public transportation tickets using their nation- virtually all of Estonia's inhabitants have theoretical al ID card. access to voice service as well as data service at speeds · According to the Estonian Information Centre, practical- equivalent to dial-up (26­53 kbps as measured by one of ly all general practitioner doctors had a computer in their Estonia's mobile operators). EDGE mobile technology, offices (99 percent in June 2003) and 88 percent had a which provides average data speeds in Estonia of 115 connection to the Internet (target E). kbps, was launched in 2004 in the capital Tallinn with coverage to expand throughout the country. Third- · The Estonian government consists of 64 public agencies generation universal mobile telecommunications system staffed by 21,400 people (in 2003). Practically all of the (UMTS) licenses were issued in 2003, which calls for 30 staff who require a personal computer have one (15,600), percent population coverage within seven years of and 95 percent of personal computers are connected to launch. Data transmission speeds must be at least 144 the Internet (WSIS target F). kb/s in towns and 64 kb/s elsewhere; in practice, average · ICTs have been incorporated into the Estonian educa- throughput with such networks tends to be higher, in the tional curricula as both a subject and a tool for teaching range of 384 kb/s. other subjects (WSIS target G). Over 100 software pack- ages have been created in Estonian covering language, history, culture, and nature. ICT competency exams are Endnotes under development. 1. Although a few ICT-related indicators are included in the Mil- lennium Development Goals (MDGs) of the United Nations, · Virtually the whole country (99 percent) is covered by they form part of a broader development framework. The radio and television broadcasting; 93 percent of house- WSIS targets are the first targets entirely devoted to ICT; unlike holds have a color TV and 87 percent have a radio (WSIS the MDGs, they propose specific levels of achievement to be target H). reached by 2015. 2. The MDGs set targets for reductions in poverty, improvements in · According to the 2000 census, 67 percent of the popula- health and education, and protection of the environment. See tion speaks Estonian as their mother tongue. (Another 30 http://ddp-ext.worldbank.org/ext/MDG/home.do (accessed June percent speak Russian as a first language.) Most 14, 2005). government Web sites are bi- or trilingual (Estonian and 3. The WSIS targets have been explored in several documents. See Russian and/or English). Estonia had 237,461 Internet ITU (2003, chapter 4) and OSILAC (2005). hosts in January 2005 or 0.07 percent of the world total. 4. It would be analytically useful to further identify whether the This is 3.5 times greater than the share of the Estonian service is fixed, mobile, or both. Tracking ICTs 143 5. The use of mobile networks to provide telephone service in percent20 Baseline percent20Research.pdf (accessed September villages has proven successful in some countries. The case of 18, 2005). Grameen Village Phone in Bangladesh is widely documented. 18. See the International Council on Archives (ICA) online member- Pan-African mobile operator MTN (Mobile Telephone Net- ship directory at http://www.ica.org/members.php?pcat=A& works) has launched a Village Phone project in several coun- plangue=eng and the UNESCO Archives Portal at http://portal. tries that aims to get around the lack of electricity by using unesco.org/ci/en/ev.php-URL_ID=5761&URL_DO=DO_TOPIC solar-powered equipment. &URL_SECTION=20phabet and dictionary for all of the 6. The availability of a range of ICTs at a center also implies the avail- existing nonwritten languages at half a billion euros. ability of electricity, often a significant barrier to connectivity. 19. See the International Hospital Federation database of hospitals at 7. There are data difficulties with educational statistics. It is some- http://www.hospitalmanagement.net/ihf/publication_5.html times difficult to determine the precise number of schools, as (accessed September 18, 2005). teachers and pupils move between classes. It is also difficult to 20. Unfortunately, the data are almost a decade old. They are from determine whether informal educational institutions should be an extract of a report at http://www.virtual.epm.br/material/ included. Also, access to ICT is sometimes restricted to adminis- healthcare/spanish/E0404.pdf. trative use, an eventuality that should be taken into account. 21. There can be large benefits from making administrative forms 8. Tunisia, a lower-middle-income developing country and host of available online. An e-government project in the Maldives has the second WSIS summit, reports that all of its secondary and estimated that the there will be a 70 percent reduction in time- tertiary institutions have Internet access. All primary schools are delaying visits to public agencies by allowing property owners to be connected by 2006. These data are reported on the Agence the ability to register and renew vehicle and vessel registrations Tunisienne d'Internet Web site at http://www.ati.tn/ (accessed online. See http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/cs/maldives/materi- March 24, 2005). al/CS_MDV.pdf (accessed September 18, 2005). 9. Statistics Canada carried out a detailed survey on ICTs in 22. UNESCO had collected data on radio and television sets primary and secondary schools that contains a variety of indi- through 1999. The ITU also collects those data as well as other cators, including the type of Internet connection (Plante and broadcasting-related indicators. Beattie 2004). 23. The ability to reach this target depends more on the availabili- 10. See the Ministry of Education (Chile) at www.enlaces.cl. ty of electricity than on a lack of ICTs. There is a striking rela- 11. See Tiger Leap Foundation. "Tiger under Magnifying Glass." tionship between household television penetration and the http://www.tiigrihype.ee/eng/publikatsioonid/tiigerluup_eng/t percentage of households with electricity. iigerluup_eng.html (accessed September 18, 2005). 24. This is unfortunate since there are many examples of the devel- 12. See NECTEC (National Electronics and Computer Technology opment benefit of radio and television. Center) at http://www.school.net.th/articles/schoolnetpaper. 25. The measurement is based on the number of hits to Web sites html (accessed September 20, 2005). in a month. See Technopolis Group (2003). 13. See UNESCO "Public Libraries," http://stats.uis.unesco.org/ Table 26. See the Nielsen//NetRatings "Usage Metrics" at http://direct. Viewer/tableView.aspx?ReportId=14 (accessed March 28, 2005). www.nielsen-netratings.com/news.jsp?section =dat_to. 14. This information came from the Web site of the Australian 27. For example, MSN (Microsoft Network) has over 40 local ver- Bureau of Statistics entitled "Measures of a knowledge-based sions, and the popular search engine Google has interfaces economy and society, Australia." Unfortunately, the link available for more than a hundred languages. announces that this has been discontinued: http://www.abs. 28. The reports on multilingualism on the Internet have been gov.au/Ausstats/abs@.nsf/94713ad445ff1425ca25682000192af2 commissioned to Indiana University and FUNREDES. The /4f377c757da4394fca256d97002c1a68!OpenDocument Indiana University research aims to create an index to make (accessed September 18, 2005). comparisons of linguistic diversity on the Internet. See 15. See the American Association of Museums Web site http://www. http://www.informatics.indiana.edu/colloquia/default.asp? aam-us.org/aboutmuseums/abc.cfm (accessed September 18, archive=true&id=322&st=&year=2003. 2005). 29. The figure cited is sourced to Ethnologue but is the subject of 16. See http://www.musee-online.org. Another portal is the World some controversy; the actual figure is estimated by others to be Wide Web (WWW) Virtual Library museums pages (VLmp) much lower. See http://www.ethnologue.com/ethno_docs/ dis- http://icom.museum/vlmp supported by International Council tribution.asp. Only some 1,500 languages have a written alpha- of Museums (ICOM), a UNESCO-affiliated organization. bet. To put the figures in perspective, 96 percent of the world 17. One of the few examples of data on ICTs in museums is speaks 4 percent of the languages. One estimate puts the cost of Shahzad Mohammad. October 2004. ICT Baseline Research for creating an alphabet and dictionary for all of the existing non- Museums and Archives. http://www.ymlac.org.uk/uploads/ ICT written languages at half a billion euros. 144 Information and Communications for Development 2006 30. See Mèthodes pour informatiser des langues et des groupes de International Notes Update. April 19. http://wonder.cdc.gov/ langues peu dotèes. http://portal.unesco.org/ci/fr/ev.php- wonder/prevguid/m0001960/m0001960.asp (accessed Septem- URL_ID=16735&URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&URL_SEC- ber 20, 2005). TION=201.html (accessed September 18, 2005). Commission of the European Communities. 2002. eEurope 2005: 31. Mobile phones are also more attractive as terminal devices than Benchmarking Indicators. http://europa.eu.int/idabc/servlets/ computers for many in developing countries: "We can learn Doc?id=18431 (accessed June 14, 2005). lessons from why the mobile phone has been successful in Asia DGT (Directorate General of Posts and Telecommunications). 2002. ... it is relatively robust, relatively small, you don't need a desk, "The Implementation of ICT Development in Indonesia." Paper you don't need to be in a particular place. And you don't have presented at the Second Meeting on Asia-Pacific Initiative for the to be literate to use them or speak English. These are all con- Information Societies, Negara Brunei Darussalam, August 5­9. straints when it comes to operating a computer" (BBC News http://unpan1.un.org/intradoc/groups/public/documents/ APC- 2003). ITY/UNPAN006373.pdf (accessed September 20, 2005). 32. Although an operator may install a 3G network, it does not eEurope+ 2003. "Progress Report." February 2004. mean that all of its existing subscribers will immediately be Department of Education (South Africa). September 2003. White transferred to it. Subscriber conversion often takes many years Paper on e-Education. Department of Education: Cape Town. during which parallel networks are kept in operation. http://www.info.gov.za/whitepapers/2003/e-education.pdf. 33. Estonia's Tiger Leap Foundation Web site is http://www.tiigri- Egypt State Information Service. 1995."Arab Republic of Egypt Year- hype.ee/eng/index.php. book." Online edition available from http://www.\sis.gov.eg/ public/yearbook/YEARBOOK/CH01SC11.HTM (accessed Sep- tember 20, 2005). References EU (European Union). 2001. "WWW Indicators, Mediterranean Agence Tunisienne d'Internet. http://www.ati.tn/ (accessed March Countries, Synthesis 1999­2000." Final ESIS project report. 24, 2005). http://www.eu-esis.org/esis2www/synthMED7.htm (accessed American Association of Museums. http://www.aam-us.org/about- September 22, 2005). museums/abc.cfm (accessed September 18, 2005). Eurydice. 2004. Key Data on Information and Communication American Chamber of Commerce in Egypt. "Doing Business in Technology in Schools in Europe. Eurydice: Brussels. http://www. Egypt" online edition from http://www.amcham.org.eg/dbe/ eurydice.org/Documents/KDICT/en/FrameSet.htm (accessed (accessed September 20, 2005). September 18, 2005). American University of Beirut. 2003. "R&D Potentials in ICT: Case Gallup Europe. 2002. Eurobarometer, Flash 118. http://www. of Lebanon," by Hassan Diab. Paper presented at "The Role of eosgallupeurope.com/webreports/Report20FL%20118% Foresight in Implementing the EU Wider Neighborhood Policy, 20Headteacher%20&%20Internet%203.pdf (accessed June 14, and in the Structuring of a Euro-Mediterranean Research and 2005). Innovation Area" meeting, Malta, November 13­14. ITU (International Telecommunication Union). 2003. World Anh, Mai Thi Phuong. 2002."Vietnam." Proceedings of Multi-country Telecommunication Development Report 2003. Geneva: ITU. Study Mission on Integrated Local Community Development to the ------. 2004. "`Global' Support for Information Society Targets." Republic of China. Asia Productivity Organization. http://www. Press Release, May 17. http://www.itu.int/newsarchive/press_ apo-tokyo.org/icd/papers/E-Publications/02. IntegLocCom- releases/2004/12.html (accessed June 14, 2005). mDev/02.IntegLocCommDev.htm (accessed September 20, ITU (International Telecommunication Union) and SecretarÍa de 2005). Comunicaciones y Transportes (Mexico). 2004. Recommenda- Bari, Zain. 2004."Grameen Bank's Microcredit Powers Village Phone tion of the Global Indicators Workshop on Community Access to Program." Grameen Dialogue. July. http://www.grameen-info.org/ ICTs, Mexico City, November 16-19. http://www.itu.int/ dialogue/commonElements/htmls/backissues.html (accessed ITU-D/ict/mexico04/recom/Recomendations_04_e.pdf September 20, 2005). (accessed June 14, 2005). BBC News. 2003. "Asia Plays with Hi-Tech Visions." October 10, Library of Congress. 1991. Ethiopia: A Country Study. Online edi- 2003. http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/technology/3177348.stm. tion available from http://countrystudies.us/ethiopia/ 122.htm (accessed September 20, 2005). Capgemini. 2004. "Online Availability of Public Services: How Is Europe Progressing? Web-Based Survey on Electronic Public Minges, Michael, and Pratikshya Simkhada. 2002. "A Closer Look at Services." Report prepared for the European Commission Direc- South Asia." ITU News. December. http://www.itu.int/itunews/ torate General for Information Society and Media. October. issue/2002/10/southasia.html (accessed September 20, 2005). CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention). 1991. "Dra- Ministry of Education (Chile). "Resultados de una dÉcada." http:// cunculiasis Eradication: Ghana and Nigeria, 1990." www.enlaces.cl/index.php (accessed September 11, 2005). Tracking ICTs 145 Ministry of Education (Singapore). 1997. "Master Plan for IT in Canada. http://www.statcan.ca/english/research/81-595-MIE Education." http://www.moe.gov.sg/edumall/mpite/index.html /81-595-MIE2004017.pdf. (accessed September 15, 2005). Technopolis Group. 2003. "Indicators for European Digital Content National Center for Education Statistics (U.S.) 2005. Public Libraries for the Global Networks: Final Report for the Second Measure- in the United States: Fiscal Year 2002. http://nces.ed.gov/pubsearch/ ment for DG Information Society." Technopolis Group: Vienna. pubsinfo.asp?pubid=2005356. (accessed September 15, 2005). ftp://ftp.cordis.lu/pub/econtent/docs/final_report_content_indi- NSO (National Statistical Office), Thailand. 1999. "Basic Statistics of cators2.pdf (accessed September 18, 2005). Village by Region." http://www.nso.go.th/portal/page?_pageid= TERENA (Trans-European Research and Education Networking 133, 1&_dad=portal&_schema=PORTAL (accessed September Association)."Compendium Information 2005." http://www. ter- 20, 2005). ena.nl/compendium/ (accessed September 18, 2005). NBS (National Bureau of Statistics) of China. 2003. China Statisti- Uganda Communications Commission. 2005. "Uganda's Experi- cal Yearbook. NBS: Beijing. http://www.stats.gov.cn/english/ ence on Building ICT Indicators," by Ann Rita Ssemboga. Paper index.htm (accessed September 20, 2005). presented at the World Telecommunications/ICT indicators NECTEC (National Electronics and Computer Technology Cen- (WTI) Meeting, Geneva, February 11­12. ter). "SchoolNet Thailand: An Information Infrastructure for UN (United Nations). 2004. Division for Public Administration the Future of Thailand." http://www.nectec.or.th/english/ and Development Management. Global E-Government Readi- (accessed September 20, 2005) ness Report 2004. http://www.unpan.org/egovernment4.asp (accessed March 15, 2005). OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Develop- ment). 2003. Program for International Student Assessment UNCTAD (United Nations Conference for Trade and Development). (PISA) 2003 database. http://pisaweb.acer.edu.au/oecd_2003/ "Partnership Project Document." http://measuring-ict.unctad. oecd_pisa_data.html (accessed September 18, 2005). org/QuickPlace/measuring-ict/Main.nsf/h_Index/FBFD3B DF8A2AC11EC1256EF5005C2CC5/?OpenDocument (accessed OSILAC (Observatory for the Information Society in Latin Amer- June 14, 2005). ica and the Caribbean). 2005. Benchmarking the Plan of Action of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) in Latin UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural America and the Caribbean. Santiago: UN. http://unpan1. Organisation) Institute of Statistics. Database extract "Public un.org/intradoc/groups/public/documents/UN/UNPAN02003 Libraries." http://stats.uis.unesco.org/TableViewer/tableView. 9.pdf (accessed September 18, 2005). aspx?ReportId=14 (accessed March 28, 2005). Parsad, Basmat, and Jennifer Jones. 2005. Internet Access in U.S. UPU (Universal Postal Union). 2004. Postal Market 2004. UPU: Public Schools and Classrooms: 1994-2003. U.S. Department of Berne. http://www.upu.int/statistics/en/postal_market_2004_ Education (NCES 2005-015). Washington, DC: National Cen- review_and_outlook_en.pdf. ter for Education Statistics. http://nces.ed.gov/pubsearch/ pub- VNPT (Vietnam Posts and Telecommunications Corporation). "Plan sinfo.asp?pubid=2005015. of VNPT in 2004." http://www.vnpt.com.vn/home 181203.asp? Plante, Johanne, and David Beattie. 2004. Connectivity and ICT ID=47&dataID=4645 (accessed September 20, 2005). Integration in Canadian Elementary and Secondary Schools: WSIS (World Summit on the Information Society). 2003. Plan of First Results from the Information and Communications Action. http://www.itu.int/wsis/docs/geneva/official/poa.html Technologies in Schools Survey, 2003­2004. Ottawa: Statistics (accessed June 14, 2005). 146 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Part II User's Guide to ICT At-a-Glance Country Tables T he World Bank ICT At-a-Glance country tables affordability, institutional efficiency and sustainability, present the most recent country-specific ICT data and ICT applications. from many sources available in one place. They offer a snapshot of the economic and social context and the Aggregate Measures for Income Groups structure and performance of the ICT sector in each of the and Regions 144 countries covered in the report. The aggregate measures for income groups include 208 economies (those economies listed in the At-a-Glance country tables plus those in the Other Economies table) Tables wherever data are available. Economies are presented alphabetically. Data are shown for The aggregate measures for regions include only low- 144 economies with populations of more than 1 million for and middle-income economies (note that these measures which timely and reliable information exists. The table of include developing economies with populations of less than Key ICT Indicators for Other Economies presents 64 1 million, including those listed in the Other Economies additional economies--those with sparse data, smaller table). The country composition of regions is based on the economies with populations of between 30,000 and 1 mil- World Bank's analytical regions and may differ from lion, and others that are members of the International Bank common geographic usage (see the section on the classifi- for Reconstruction and Development, or as it is commonly cation of economies at the end of the user's guide). known, the World Bank. Values for the indicators under ICT sector structure that are nonnumerical cannot be aggregated into income and The data in the tables are categorized into three sections: regional groups. · Economic and social context provides a snapshot of the country's macroeconomic and social environment. Charts · ICT sector structure provides an overview of regulatory The GNI per Capita chart shows that indicator from 2000 to and policy status in the telecommunications sector. 2004 for the country and the region average. · ICT sector performance provides statistical data on The ICT MDG Indicators chart is based on the three the ICT sector with indicators for access, quality, ICT indicators selected for measuring the Millennium 149 Development Goals (MDGs). The three ICT indicators are Data Sources fixed and mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people), based on Data are drawn from Global Insight, the International MDG indicator 47; personal computers (per 1,000 people), Telecommunication Union (ITU), Netcraft, the United based on MDG indicator 48a; and Internet users (per 1,000 Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, the people), based on MDG indicator 48b. For more informa- United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), the tion, visit the World Bank's MDG Web site: http://ddp-ext. United Nations Online Network in Public Administration worldbank.org/ext/ MDG/home.do. and Finance (UNPAN), the World Economic Forum The Price of Call to the United States chart shows the (WEF), the World Information Technology and Services trend of the price of a three-minute, peak-rate telephone call Alliance (WITSA), and the World Bank. (in U.S. dollars) to the United States between 2000 and 2004 for the country and the region average. Classification of Economies The Total Telecommunications Revenue chart shows the trend of telecommunications revenue as a percentage For operational and analytical purposes, the World Bank's of GDP from 2000 to 2004 for the country and the region main criterion for classifying economies is GNI per capita. average. Every economy is classified as low income, middle income (these are subdivided into lower middle and upper middle), or high income. Note that classification by income does not Statistics necessarily reflect development status. Because GNI per Statistics are the backbone of any analysis. Especially in the capita changes over time, the country composition of ICT sector, because the technologies are changing so quick- income groups may change each year. ly, acquiring reliable statistics and ensuring their relevance Low-income economies are those with a GNI per capita requires continual review of current trends and data. of $825 or less in 2004. Middle-income economies are those with a GNI per capita of more than $826 but less than Data Consistency and Reliability $10,066. Lower-middle-income and upper-middle-income Considerable effort has been made to standardize the data economies are separated at a GNI per capita of $3,255. collected. However, full comparability of data among High-income economies are those with a GNI per capita of countries cannot be ensured and care must be taken in inter- $10,066 or more. preting the indicators. For more information on these classifications, see the Many factors affect data availability, comparability, and World Bank's country classification Web site: http://www. reliability. Among these are the fact that statistical systems in worldbank.org/data/countryclass/countryclass. html. developing countries are still weak; statistical methods, coverage, practices, and definitions differ widely among Symbols countries; and cross-country and intertemporal compar- isons involve complex technical and conceptual problems The following symbols are used throughout the At-a-Glance that cannot be unequivocally resolved. Data coverage may tables: not be complete because of special circumstances or because economies are experiencing problems (such as those stem- · · ming from conflicts) that affect the collection and reporting The symbol ·· means that data are not available or that of data. For these reasons, although data are drawn from the aggregates cannot be calculated because of missing data in sources thought to be most authoritative, they should be the year shown. construed only as indicating trends and characterizing major differences among economies rather than offering 0 or 0.0s precise quantitative measures of those differences. 0 or 0.0 means zero or less than half the unit shown. 150 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Albania Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Albania income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 3 3 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 42 44 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 <2 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,160 2,080 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.2 6.0 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 99 .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 69 69 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Albania ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 3.8 400 200 ICT sector performance Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 49 88 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 72 155 .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 10 395 255 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 84 90 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 9 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 8 11 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 90 90 89 92 5 Quality 4 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 70.2 57.2 .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 4 58 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Albania Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 3.0 5.6 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 24.3 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 28.6 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.59 1.34 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.8 5.6 3.6 3.5 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 40 319 195 150 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 28.4 12.8 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.16 0.26 0.39 Albania Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.3 0.6 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 151 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Algeria Middle East & Lower-middle- North Africa Algeria income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 30 32 2,430 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 57 59 49 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 2.4 2,500 2,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,580 2,280 1,580 2,000 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.2 4.8 5.7 4.5 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 70 90 .. 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 71 74 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Algeria ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 300 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.8 3.8 .. 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 58 99 192 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 16 .. .. 20 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 3 151 255 88 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 60 84 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 5 46 70 47 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 7 9 38 30 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 79 98 89 88 5 Quality 4 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 12.0 .. .. .. 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 1.1 12.6 0.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 4 58 15 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Algeria Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.5 5.1 5.5 4.9 Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 10.2 8.9 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 17.8 25.3 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.67 2.08 1.45 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.6 2.5 3.6 2.8 3 Total telephone subscribers per employee 103 .. 195 .. 2 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 26.7 .. 25.5 27.8 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.25 0.26 0.16 Algeria Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.1 1.6 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 53 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 152 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Angola Lower-middle- Sub-Saharan Angola income group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 12 14 2,430 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 33 36 49 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 480 1,030 1,580 600 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 6.3 8.1 5.7 3.9 500 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 67 .. 90 59 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 30 .. 72 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Angola ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider P C 80 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.5 3.8 4.4 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 6 7 192 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 6 7 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 53 255 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 14 70 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 1 4 38 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 9 9 89 15 10 Quality 8 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 53.0 .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 58 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) .. 11.9 5.5 8.5 Angola Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 11.2 8.9 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 78.8 25.3 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 9.32 3.23 1.45 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.2 1.9 3.6 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 45 96 195 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. 10.7 25.5 27.8 2 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.21 0.26 0.11 Angola Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.2 1.6 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 153 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Argentina Latin America & Upper-middle- the Caribbean Argentina income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 37 38 576 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 90 90 72 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 7.7 3.3 .. 9.5 8,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 7,490 3,720 4,770 3,600 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.7 ­0.1 2.7 1.5 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 97 .. 94 89 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 92 95 80 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Argentina ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance P C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 2.7 4.1 3.5 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 215 210 220 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 25 40 39 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 164 353 490 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 95 84 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 71 196 133 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 70 97 99 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 95 97 92 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. 20.3 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1.0 13.5 3.7 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 12 320 176 165 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Argentina (..) Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 20.0 6.6 13.9 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 8.3 11.1 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 13.3 20.8 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.77 .. 1.03 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.8 2.4 3.4 3.3 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 448 593 402 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 23.9 11.9 18.6 .. 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.3 5.7 5.0 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.64 0.49 0.39 Argentina Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 6.4 10.1 10.7 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 154 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Armenia Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Armenia income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 3 3 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 65 64 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 12.8 .. .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 650 1,120 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.1 12.0 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 99 .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 72 72 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Armenia ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 300 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 3.8 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 171 190 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 40 67 .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 6 67 255 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 38 81 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 13 65 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 8 20 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 89 91 89 92 6 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 55.5 52.9 .. 30.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 2.4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 3 58 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Armenia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 8.1 3.1 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 12.2 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 44.8 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.86 2.42 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.0 3.0 3.6 3.5 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 71 145 195 150 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 46.3 34.8 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.25 0.26 0.39 Armenia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.3 1.3 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 155 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Australia High-income Australia group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 19 20 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 91 92 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 20,090 26,900 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.1 3.3 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 114 116 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Australia ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.9 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 540 542 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 224 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 446 887 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 96 97 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 344 497 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 469 616 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 97 96 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 8.3 8.0 .. 0.6 0.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 3.9 77.0 126.2 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 128 1,096 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Australia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 17.4 29.4 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 17.8 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 18.1 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.67 0.68 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.6 3.5 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 252 388 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 26.4 21.6 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.8 5.9 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.83 0.70 Australia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 176.3 408.7 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 97 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 156 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Austria High-income Austria group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 8 8 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 66 66 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 25,700 32,300 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.8 1.2 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 91 89 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Austria High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.9 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 499 440 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 306 256 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 763 956 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 98 98 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 337 397 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 282 396 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 97 97 98 1.5 Quality 1.0 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 5.4 5.4 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 23.8 102.0 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1,034 6,730 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Austria Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 23.3 30.6 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 26.4 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 32.9 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.19 0.71 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.4 2.5 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 545 .. 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 18.8 .. 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.0 5.3 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.70 0.70 Austria Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 83.3 195.4 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 94 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 157 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Azerbaijan Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Azerbaijan income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 8 8 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 51 50 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 10.9 3.7 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 610 950 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 7.3 10.7 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 99 .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 69 69 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Azerbaijan ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 400 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 3.8 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 100 123 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 12 14 .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 52 183 255 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 94 96 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 54 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. 33 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) .. 99 89 92 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 52.0 54.0 .. 30.4 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 2.4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 0 58 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Azerbaijan Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 17.6 1.6 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 10.5 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 108.3 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 7.10 4.18 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.6 1.7 3.6 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 123 229 195 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 27.9 12.0 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.20 0.26 0.39 Azerbaijan Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 0.4 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal compsuters. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 158 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Bangladesh Low-income South Asia Bangladesh group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 131 140 2,338 1,448 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 23 25 31 28 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 36.0 .. .. 31.3 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 390 440 510 590 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.2 5.1 5.4 5.8 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 41 61 58 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 54 53 55 56 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Bangladesh ICT sector structure South Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 20 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.4 .. 5.3 15 10 ICT sector performance 5 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 4 5 33 41 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 2 3 4 4 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 27 48 47 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 50 43 43 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 2 20 21 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 2 4 8 11 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 20 29 16 32 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 88.1 3 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.6 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Bangladesh Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.7 7.2 6.6 3.2 South Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 3.7 11.6 3.2 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 20.0 45.5 15.1 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.14 1.21 1.95 1.21 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.8 1.3 2.3 1.9 2.0 Total telephone subscribers per employee 48 .. 89 89 1.5 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 25.1 15.3 27.8 15.3 1.0 ICT applications 0.5 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 2.1 2.7 4.1 4.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.08 0.12 0.34 Bangladesh Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.4 South Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 159 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Belarus Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Belarus income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 10 10 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 70 71 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,280 2,120 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 6.7 6.7 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 100 .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 88 88 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Belarus ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 800 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 3.8 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 275 329 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 39 50 .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 5 249 255 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 87 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 19 203 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. 18 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 87 91 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 28.3 24.8 .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 36 58 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) Belarus 1.2 2.0 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 7.5 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 12.8 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.28 2.25 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.5 3.0 3.6 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 105 159 195 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 28.8 29.1 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.38 0.26 0.39 Belarus Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.4 0.4 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 160 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Belgium High-income Belgium group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 10 10 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 97 97 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 24,890 31,030 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.8 1.2 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 111 114 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Belgium ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.3 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 517 462 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 316 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 549 807 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 163 307 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 224 251 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 94 97 98 2.0 Quality 1.5 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 3.5 5.6 .. 1.0 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 12.4 155.7 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1,829 11,296 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Belgium Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 22.0 34.6 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 24.9 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 28.7 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.67 0.75 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.3 2.6 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 384 721 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 27.1 13.6 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.1 5.5 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.77 0.70 Belgium Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 33.2 90.9 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 93 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 161 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Benin Low-income Sub-Saharan Benin group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 6 7 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 42 45 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 390 530 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.3 4.5 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 34 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 49 55 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Benin ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 50 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 40 30 20 ICT sector performance 10 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 8 10 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 6 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 9 35 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 23 .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 10 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 2 4 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 18 20 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 8.0 .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 7 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Benin Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 11.3 12.2 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 15.5 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 46.4 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 5.93 4.80 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.4 .. 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 87 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 54.2 .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.23 0.12 0.11 Benin Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.2 .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 162 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Bolivia Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Bolivia income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 8 9 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 62 64 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 14.4 .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,000 960 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.5 2.6 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 87 .. 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 84 87 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Bolivia ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Private Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 300 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.1 3.8 3.5 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 61 70 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 14 24 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 70 200 255 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 60 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 14 35 70 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 17 36 38 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 46 .. 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 44 58 165 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Bolivia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 7.9 .. 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.3 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 22.3 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.43 1.89 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.7 3.8 3.6 3.3 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 321 .. 195 .. 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 33.3 .. 25.5 .. 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.4 5.6 5.1 5.3 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.26 0.26 0.39 Bolivia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.6 1.8 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 163 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Bosnia and Herzegovina Europe & Bosnia and Lower-middle- Central Asia Herzegovina income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 4 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 43 45 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,330 2,040 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 25.3 3.8 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 95 .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) .. .. 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Bosnia and Herzegovina ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance .. M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.8 3.8 3.8 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 206 245 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 90 .. .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 25 274 255 487 PCs (..) Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 60 90 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 11 39 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. .. 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) .. 87 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.1 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 7 78 58 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Bosnia and Herzegovina Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.6 5.1 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 9.1 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 7.3 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.96 3.62 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.2 .. 3.6 3.5 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 480 238 195 150 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 27.5 .. 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.22 0.26 0.39 Bosnia and Herzegovina Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 3.9 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 164 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Botswana Upper-middle- Sub-Saharan Botswana income group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 2 2 576 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 50 52 72 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 5,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,010 4,340 4,770 600 4,000 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 6.2 4.9 2.7 3.9 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 79 94 59 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 70 70 80 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Botswana ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.9 4.1 4.4 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 81 79 220 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 43 64 39 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 119 348 490 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 85 84 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 15 25 133 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 36 41 99 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 15 15 92 15 6 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. 20.3 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 3.7 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 4 23 176 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Botswana Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.8 11.3 13.9 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 11.1 11.1 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 27.0 20.8 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.64 2.88 1.03 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.5 3.1 3.4 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 190 341 402 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 13.9 6.8 18.6 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.29 0.49 0.11 Botswana Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.6 10.7 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 165 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Brazil Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Brazil income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 170 179 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 81 84 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 9.9 8.2 .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,650 3,090 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.0 2.0 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 88 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 91 91 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Brazil ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance P C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 800 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.4 3.8 3.5 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 182 237 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 11 .. .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 136 367 255 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 68 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 29 109 70 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 50 86 38 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 87 90 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 3.1 1.7 .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.6 12.8 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 5 154 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Brazil Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 11.4 7.4 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 18.9 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 28.0 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.15 0.71 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.7 4.0 3.6 3.3 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 516 .. 195 .. 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 39.8 30.8 25.5 .. 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 5.6 6.7 5.1 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.64 0.26 0.39 Brazil Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 6.0 11.2 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 50 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 166 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Bulgaria Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Bulgaria income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 8 8 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 69 70 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 4.7 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,600 2,740 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­0.5 4.7 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 98 .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 76 78 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Bulgaria Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.7 3.8 3.8 800 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 358 356 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 40 44 .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 92 549 255 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 98 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 53 219 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 45 51 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 92 97 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 4.8 2.6 .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 5.6 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 5 80 58 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Bulgaria Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 3.1 8.5 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 17.3 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 12.5 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.55 0.57 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.1 5.9 3.6 3.5 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 140 199 195 150 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 14.0 44.7 25.5 19.0 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 3.9 3.9 5.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.51 0.26 0.39 Bulgaria Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 2.3 5.9 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 60 .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 167 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Burkina Faso Low-income Sub-Saharan Burkina Faso group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 11 12 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 17 18 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 44.9 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 250 360 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.2 5.2 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 22 24 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Burkina Faso ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 30 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 20 ICT sector performance 10 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 5 5 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 3 4 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 19 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 60 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 4 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 1 2 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 7 7 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 59.3 19.7 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Burkina Faso Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 11.6 11.9 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 15.4 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 45.4 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.16 1.14 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.0 2.0 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 62 138 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 38.0 38.0 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.29 0.12 0.11 Burkina Faso Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.2 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 168 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Burundi Low-income Sub-Saharan Burundi group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 7 7 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 9 10 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 54.6 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 110 90 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­0.3 2.7 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 59 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 32 35 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Burundi ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 15 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 10 ICT sector performance 5 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 3 3 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 1 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 9 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 82 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 2 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 1 2 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 11 14 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Burundi Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 1.9 4.5 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 11.6 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 58.6 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 7.35 2.45 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.0 .. 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 50 98 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 179.3 .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.04 0.12 0.11 Burundi Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.3 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 169 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Cambodia Low-income East Asia & Cambodia group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 13 14 2,338 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 17 19 31 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 34.1 .. .. 14.9 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 280 320 510 1,280 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 6.7 5.6 5.4 7.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 74 61 90 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 54 59 55 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Cambodia ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider P P 80 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.8 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 2 3 33 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 3 3 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 10 63 48 248 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 80 87 43 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 0 3 20 75 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 1 2 8 37 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 23 .. 16 80 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 7.2 .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 13.4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 2 3 52 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Cambodia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 16.7 9.3 6.6 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.0 11.6 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 49.7 45.5 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 6.00 2.94 1.95 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.6 2.7 2.3 3.6 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 241 .. 89 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. 29.1 27.8 31.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.0 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.21 0.12 0.21 Cambodia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 170 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Cameroon Low-income Sub-Saharan Cameroon group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 15 16 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 49 52 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 32.5 17.1 .. 46.4 1,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 570 800 510 600 800 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.8 4.6 5.4 3.9 600 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 68 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 56 55 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Cameroon ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 150 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.0 .. 4.4 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 6 7 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 6 .. 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 7 93 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 30 70 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 3 9 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 3 9 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 17 18 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 3 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Cameroon (..) Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 6.5 6.7 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 16.6 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 51.7 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.25 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.7 3.2 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 90 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 38.3 19.5 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.7 4.9 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.12 0.12 0.11 Cameroon Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.2 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 171 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Canada High-income Canada group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 31 32 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 79 81 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 21,820 28,390 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.3 2.5 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 95 .. 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Canada ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.8 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 661 615 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 439 .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 284 451 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 90 93 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 422 544 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 419 588 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 99 99 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 2.0 1.0 .. 0.6 0.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 45.9 164.7 126.2 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1,133 6,818 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Canada (..) Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 13.6 16.1 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.7 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 12.7 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. .. 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.9 2.7 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 280 299 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 23.9 16.1 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.2 5.8 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.87 0.70 Canada Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 162.6 484.0 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 98 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 172 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Central African Republic Central African Low-income Sub-Saharan Republic group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 4 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 41 43 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 280 310 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.0 ­1.4 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 49 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 35 31 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Central African Republic ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 15 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 10 ICT sector performance 5 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 3 2 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 2 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1 10 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 2 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 2 2 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 2 2 16 15 15 Quality 10 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 0 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Central African Republic Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 32.1 32.8 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 12.7 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 175.0 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 13.31 1.99 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.1 1.0 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 35 54 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 1.0 1.1 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.00 0.12 0.11 Central African Republic Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 173 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Chad Low-income Sub-Saharan Chad group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 8 9 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 24 25 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 190 260 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.6 14.3 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 26 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 35 38 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Chad ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider M C 10 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.1 .. 4.4 8 6 4 ICT sector performance 2 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 1 2 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 1 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1 8 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 8 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 0 3 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 1 2 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 2 2 16 15 15 Quality 10 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 52.0 .. .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 13.2 12.8 6.6 8.5 Chad Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 27.7 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 68.9 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 12.50 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) .. 4.0 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 31 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.01 0.12 0.11 Chad Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 174 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Chile Latin America & Upper-middle- the Caribbean Chile income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 15 16 576 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 86 87 72 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 9.5 6,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 4,780 4,910 4,770 3,600 4,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.1 3.4 2.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 96 94 89 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 79 82 80 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Chile ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance .. C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 1,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.8 4.1 3.5 800 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 217 208 220 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 35 58 39 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 224 600 490 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 84 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 167 263 133 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 93 155 99 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 95 95 92 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 25.0 40.0 20.3 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.5 30.0 3.7 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 12 796 176 165 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Chile Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 15.7 16.4 13.9 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 17.0 11.1 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 21.8 20.8 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.45 .. 1.03 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.5 3.8 3.4 3.3 5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 315 567 402 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 42.3 23.2 18.6 .. 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.0 6.7 5.0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.88 0.49 0.39 Chile Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 9.2 17.2 10.7 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 62 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 175 World Bank · ICT at a Glance China Lower-middle- East Asia & China income group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 1,263 1,296 2,430 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 36 40 49 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 17.8 16.6 .. 14.9 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 840 1,290 1,580 1,280 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 8.2 8.7 5.7 7.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 91 .. 90 90 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 67 69 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 China ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.7 3.8 4.8 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 115 241 192 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 4 .. .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 68 258 255 248 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 73 76 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 18 73 70 75 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 16 40 38 37 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 86 91 89 80 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 16.5 12.6 13.4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 57 58 52 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 China Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 11.9 3.6 5.5 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 3.7 8.9 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 10.1 25.3 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 6.67 2.90 1.45 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.6 3.7 3.6 3.6 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee .. 655 195 .. 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 69.8 33.3 25.5 31.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.1 5.3 5.1 5.0 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.41 0.26 0.21 China Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 0.2 1.6 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 176 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Colombia Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Colombia income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 42 45 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 75 77 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 8.2 .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 2,050 2,000 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 0.6 2.9 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 94 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 71 71 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Colombia ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.0 3.8 3.5 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 170 170 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 8 .. .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 53 230 255 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 74 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 21 84 70 104 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 32 41 38 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 94 92 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 44.3 33.0 .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.2 2.8 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 15 81 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Colombia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 6.6 5.8 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 9.1 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 18.6 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.00 .. 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.7 4.9 3.6 3.3 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 242 .. 195 .. 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 63.5 .. 25.5 .. 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) 8.5 8.9 5.1 5.3 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.64 0.26 0.39 Colombia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 1.6 3.5 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 50 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 177 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Congo, Democratic Republic of Low-income Sub-Saharan Congo, Dem. Rep.of group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 49 55 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 30 32 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 90 120 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­3.9 3.5 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 65 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 28 .. 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Congo, Dem. Rep. of ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance C P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 40 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 30 20 ICT sector performance 10 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 0 0 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a .. .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0 37 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 55 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 0 2 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. .. 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 1 2 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) .. .. 6.6 8.5 Congo, Dem. Rep. of Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 10.4 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 74.0 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) .. 4.6 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee .. .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.05 0.12 0.11 Congo, Dem. Rep. Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 178 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Congo, Republic of Low-income Sub-Saharan Congo, Rep. of group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 3 4 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 52 54 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 1,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 510 770 510 600 800 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.8 3.4 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 83 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 49 47 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Congo, Rep. of ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 100 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 80 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 6 2 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a .. .. 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 20 115 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 65 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 0 4 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 3 4 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 6 6 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Congo, Rep. of Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) .. .. 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 17.5 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 121.2 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. 5.39 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) .. .. 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 61 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.15 0.12 0.11 Congo, Rep. of (..) Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 179 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Costa Rica Latin America & Upper-middle- the Caribbean Costa Rica income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 4 576 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 59 61 72 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 2.0 .. .. 9.5 5,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,820 4,670 4,770 3,600 4,000 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.7 3.9 2.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 96 94 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 67 68 80 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Costa Rica ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider M M 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.9 4.1 3.5 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 236 327 220 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 54 .. 39 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 56 227 490 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 84 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 60 295 133 104 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 157 225 99 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 85 91 92 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 5.0 4.2 20.3 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.1 3.7 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 22 125 176 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Costa Rica Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 7.0 5.9 13.9 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.2 11.1 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 25.8 20.8 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.93 .. 1.03 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.7 2.5 3.4 3.3 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 231 316 402 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 44.4 68.4 18.6 .. 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.9 7.5 5.0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.17 0.49 0.39 Costa Rica Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 14.5 53.2 10.7 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 15 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 180 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Côte d'Ivoire Low-income Sub-Saharan Côte d'Ivoire group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 16 17 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 44 45 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 15.5 10.8 .. 46.4 1,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 690 770 510 600 800 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.6 ­1.5 5.4 3.9 600 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 48 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 41 .. 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Côte d'Ivoire ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 150 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 17 13 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 9 11 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 30 98 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 23 55 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 3 20 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 6 10 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 32 35 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 100.0 81.0 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 2 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Côte d'Ivoire Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 8.5 28.2 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 23.9 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 67.2 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 6.07 2.25 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.4 3.7 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 189 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 23.7 14.6 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.04 0.12 0.11 Côte d'Ivoire Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.2 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 181 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Croatia Europe & Upper-middle- Central Asia Croatia income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 5 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 58 59 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 <2 .. 3.6 8,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 4,500 6,590 4,770 3,290 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.2 4.5 2.7 5.0 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 98 .. 94 97 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 72 75 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Croatia ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.4 4.1 3.8 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 393 419 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 168 168 39 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 236 630 490 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 98 98 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 68 228 133 115 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 114 171 99 73 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 94 93 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. 12.0 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 5.0 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 313 176 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Croatia (..) Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 11.9 14.7 13.9 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 14.4 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 17.2 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. .. 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.5 5.4 3.4 3.5 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee .. 478 402 150 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. 14.8 18.6 19.0 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.39 0.49 0.39 Croatia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 13.7 32.4 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 182 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Cuba Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Cuba income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 11 11 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 75 76 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) .. .. 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.2 2.0 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 97 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 76 80 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Cuba (..) ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 80 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 3.5 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 44 61 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 29 .. .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1 4 255 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 41 .. 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 5 9 70 104 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 12 24 38 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 81 .. 89 88 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 10.0 .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 5.2 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 .. 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Cuba Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 12.4 .. 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 20.0 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 53.5 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 7.35 .. 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.6 .. 3.6 3.3 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 30 .. 195 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 16.0 .. 25.5 .. 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.09 0.26 0.39 Cuba Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.2 0.1 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 183 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Czech Republic Europe & Upper-middle- Central Asia Czech Republic income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 10 10 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 74 74 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 3.6 10,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 5,690 9,150 4,770 3,290 8,000 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 0.9 2.9 2.7 5.0 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 94 97 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 76 80 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Czech Republic ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.3 4.1 3.8 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 377 331 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 77 .. 39 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 423 1,059 490 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 97 265 133 115 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 122 196 99 73 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 89 .. 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 17.0 6.8 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.2 16.5 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 602 2,450 176 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Czech Republic Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 12.1 16.7 13.9 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 15.1 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 20.8 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.97 1.06 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.6 3.7 3.4 3.5 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 349 512 402 150 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 47.1 24.8 18.6 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.6 6.5 5.0 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.55 0.49 0.39 Czech Republic Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 26.7 31.0 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 90 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 184 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Denmark High-income Denmark group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 5 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 85 85 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 50,000 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 31,460 40,650 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.7 1.2 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 96 102 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Denmark ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.8 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 713 644 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 268 288 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 630 957 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 96 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 391 556 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 506 648 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 96 98 98 1.5 Quality 1.0 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 8.0 9.0 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 10.6 168.8 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1,408 34,917 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Denmark Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 20.8 25.7 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 19.9 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 17.3 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.30 0.89 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.6 2.6 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 336 437 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 26.7 15.0 12.3 2 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.2 5.7 7.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.93 0.70 Denmark Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 73.9 319.4 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 100 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 185 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Dominican Republic Latin America & Dominican Lower-middle- the Caribbean Republic income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 8 9 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 58 60 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 2,140 2,080 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 7.8 2.4 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 88 .. 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 74 76 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Dominican Republic ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.4 3.8 3.5 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 107 106 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 183 .. .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 84 286 255 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 88 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 31 60 70 104 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. 46 38 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 79 88 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 3.8 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 6 19 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Dominican Republic Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 18.1 16.9 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 7.0 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 33.1 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. 0.22 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 5.4 7.5 3.6 3.3 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 99 .. 195 .. 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 25.8 .. 25.5 .. 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.36 0.26 0.39 Dominican Republic Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.9 3.7 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 186 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Ecuador Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Ecuador income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 12 13 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 60 62 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 17.7 .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,330 2,180 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 0.7 4.2 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 91 .. 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) .. .. 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Ecuador ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider P C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 2.9 3.8 3.5 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 99 122 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 42 .. .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 39 261 255 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 85 88 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 14 44 70 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 22 35 38 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 76 89 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 35.1 42.0 .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 38 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Ecuador Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 9.8 9.0 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 10.6 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 31.8 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.48 .. 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.8 .. 3.6 3.3 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 244 .. 195 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 25.5 .. 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 2.9 3.7 5.1 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.24 0.26 0.39 Ecuador Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.9 2.9 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 187 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Egypt, Arab Republic of Middle East & Lower-middle- North Africa Egypt, Arab Rep. of income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 64 69 2,430 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 42 42 49 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 3.1 .. .. 2.4 2,500 2,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,490 1,310 1,580 2,000 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.3 3.5 5.7 4.5 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 90 .. 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 80 74 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Egypt, Arab Rep. of ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 300 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.5 3.8 .. 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 86 138 192 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 13 21 .. 20 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 21 110 255 88 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 96 91 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 10 57 70 47 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 13 22 38 30 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 89 95 89 88 5 Quality 4 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 2.0 1.0 .. .. 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) .. 0.4 12.6 0.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 23 58 15 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Egypt, Arab Rep. of Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.3 3.8 5.5 4.9 Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.1 8.9 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 5.5 25.3 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.33 1.45 1.45 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.8 3.5 3.6 2.8 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 125 274 195 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 18.8 18.8 25.5 27.8 2 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 1.1 1.2 5.1 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.10 0.26 0.16 Egypt, Arab Rep. Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.2 0.4 1.6 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 66 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 188 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance El Salvador Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean El Salvador income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 6 7 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 58 60 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 31.1 .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 2,020 2,350 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.3 1.9 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 80 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 65 68 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 El Salvador ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 400 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.8 3.8 3.5 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 101 133 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 137 327 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 120 216 255 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 85 86 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 11 90 70 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 19 31 38 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 88 .. 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 14.5 35.2 .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 2.9 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 7 63 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 El Salvador Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 16.4 12.9 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 13.5 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 48.1 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.40 2.40 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.3 4.1 3.6 3.3 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 323 .. 195 .. 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 155.8 3.8 25.5 .. 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.39 0.26 0.39 El Salvador Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 1.1 5.3 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 189 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Eritrea Low-income Sub-Saharan Eritrea group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 4 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 19 20 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 160 180 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.5 3.3 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 32 35 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Eritrea ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 10 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 8 6 4 ICT sector performance 2 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 7 9 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 5 7 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0 0 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 0 0 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 2 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 2 3 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 11 14 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 57.5 51.1 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Eritrea Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 5.3 4.9 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. .. 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 26.8 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 5.83 3.55 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.8 2.8 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 67 56 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 127.5 5.2 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.00 0.12 0.11 Eritrea Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 190 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Estonia Europe & Upper-middle- Central Asia Estonia income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 1 1 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 69 70 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 3.6 8,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 4,070 7,010 4,770 3,290 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.4 6.2 2.7 5.0 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 100 .. 94 97 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 91 92 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Estonia ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.4 4.1 3.8 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 382 329 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 128 .. 39 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 407 967 490 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 286 390 133 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 161 210 99 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 91 93 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 19.2 .. 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 12.7 103.1 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 137 3,234 176 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Estonia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 9.4 14.2 13.9 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 11.4 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 13.6 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.62 0.90 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 5.3 6.6 3.4 3.5 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 354 .. 402 150 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 17.6 .. 18.6 19.0 4 ICT applications 2 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.70 0.49 0.39 Estonia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 58.7 84.0 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 75 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 191 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Ethiopia Low-income Sub-Saharan Ethiopia group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 64 70 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 15 16 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 23.0 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 110 110 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.3 3.7 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 42 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 32 38 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Ethiopia ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider M M 15 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.7 .. 4.4 10 ICT sector performance 5 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 4 7 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 1 .. 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0 3 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 0 1 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 1 2 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 2 2 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. 100.0 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Ethiopia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 3.1 2.9 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 3.4 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 27.4 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 7.35 7.05 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.4 1.7 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 35 65 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 42.6 27.8 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.03 0.12 0.11 Ethiopia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.0 0.0 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 1 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 192 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Finland High-income Finland group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 5 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 61 61 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 24,940 32,790 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.8 2.2 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 106 108 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Finland ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.7 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 551 489 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 178 .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 721 863 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 373 527 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 396 442 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 92 91 98 2.0 Quality 1.5 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 1.0 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 3.9 149.6 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 347 4,337 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Finland Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 19.4 24.7 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 13.6 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 22.5 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.07 1.80 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.4 3.1 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 272 329 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 20.3 17.2 12.3 2 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.5 6.9 7.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.81 0.70 Finland Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 96.0 246.0 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 193 World Bank · ICT at a Glance France High-income France group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 59 60 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 76 76 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 23,990 30,090 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.7 1.4 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 91 92 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 France ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.7 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 577 565 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 173 212 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 493 719 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 144 399 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 304 414 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 94 95 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 6.5 .. .. 0.6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 3.3 108.8 126.2 0.4 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1,148 8,433 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 France Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 18.4 25.7 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 29.7 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 14.2 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.82 0.84 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.1 2.3 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 405 542 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 26.5 10.9 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.5 5.9 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.54 0.70 France Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 27.7 64.3 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 97 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 194 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Gabon Upper-middle- Sub-Saharan Gabon income group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 1 1 576 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 81 84 72 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 5,000 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,120 3,940 4,770 600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.4 1.7 2.7 3.9 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 94 59 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 72 .. 80 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Gabon ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 300 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 4.1 4.4 200 100 ICT sector performance Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 31 29 220 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a .. .. 39 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 95 223 490 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 13 24 84 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 12 26 133 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 10 22 99 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 51 54 92 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 57.0 50.0 20.3 .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 3.7 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 34 176 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Gabon Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 27.3 27.8 13.9 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 16.8 11.1 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 122.0 20.8 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 14.12 5.68 1.03 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.2 2.6 3.4 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 150 .. 402 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 41.8 8.8 18.6 27.8 2 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.08 0.49 0.11 Gabon Sub-Saharan Africa Region Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.8 4.4 10.7 1.9 Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 195 World Bank · ICT at a Glance The Gambia Low-income Sub-Saharan Gambia, The group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 1 1 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 26 26 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 320 290 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.6 3.8 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 45 48 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Gambia, The ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 200 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.3 .. 4.4 150 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 25 21 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a .. .. 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 4 131 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 60 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 9 35 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 11 15 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 12 12 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 3 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Gambia, The Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) .. 3.9 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. .. 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 27.1 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 5.39 1.81 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 6.4 10.3 2.3 5.0 15 Total telephone subscribers per employee 41 124 89 144 10 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 23.5 9.0 27.8 27.8 5 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.08 0.12 0.11 Gambia, The Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 196 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Georgia Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Georgia income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 5 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 53 52 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 2.8 2.7 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 660 1,040 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.7 7.6 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 69 71 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Georgia ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed .. Level of competition: international long distance P C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 300 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.3 3.8 3.8 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 108 142 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 29 .. .. 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 41 231 255 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 79 .. 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 5 33 70 115 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 24 34 38 73 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 81 76 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 26.3 17.2 .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) .. 0.3 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 6 58 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Georgia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.2 4.6 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.5 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 25.1 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.88 0.68 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.7 4.0 3.6 3.5 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 69 162 195 150 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. 3.5 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.15 0.26 0.39 Georgia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 2.1 2.4 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 197 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Germany High-income Germany group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 82 83 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 88 88 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 25,140 30,120 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.8 0.5 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 89 89 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Germany ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.9 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 611 660 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 191 .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 586 858 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 302 472 480 Price of Call to the United Stated, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 336 440 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 94 94 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 0.6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 0.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 3.2 83.6 126.2 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 848 6,850 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Germany Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 15.1 17.5 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 30.6 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 14.1 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.34 0.43 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.7 3.0 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 409 526 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 17.4 7.9 12.3 2 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.2 5.7 7.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.80 0.70 Germany Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 62.6 167.6 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 198 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Ghana Low-income Sub-Saharan Ghana group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 20 21 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 44 46 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 44.8 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 330 380 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.4 4.8 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 54 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 45 48 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Ghana ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 60 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.7 .. 4.4 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 12 15 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 11 10 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 7 71 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 28 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 24 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 3 4 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 22 21 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 67.4 .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Ghana Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 3.9 3.6 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 11.1 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 40.0 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.65 0.39 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.8 5.3 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 97 150 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 29.5 46.4 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.05 0.12 0.11 Ghana Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 0.0 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 1 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 199 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Greece High-income Greece group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 11 11 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 60 61 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 11,290 16,610 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.4 4.1 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 91 .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 86 92 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Greece ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.3 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 518 573 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 154 167 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 543 988 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 92 156 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 69 82 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 97 98 98 1.5 Quality 1.0 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 11.3 13.6 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 4.6 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 51 588 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Greece Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.2 14.3 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 19.3 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 23.0 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.69 1.09 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.1 4.0 2.9 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 451 .. 485 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 42.3 22.7 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.5 4.3 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.41 0.70 Greece Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 10.6 26.2 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 59 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 200 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Guatemala Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Guatemala income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 11 13 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 45 47 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 16.0 .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,700 2,130 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.1 2.3 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 69 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 57 61 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Guatemala ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 400 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.3 3.8 3.5 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 59 87 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 37 80 .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 75 216 255 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 54 78 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 7 48 70 104 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 19 35 38 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 39 .. 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 56 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Guatemala Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 11.0 10.5 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.3 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 31.2 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.76 1.21 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.2 2.8 3.6 3.3 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 307 .. 195 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 25.5 .. 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.32 0.26 0.39 Guatemala Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 1.0 4.0 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 201 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Guinea Low-income Sub-Saharan Guinea group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 7 8 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 33 36 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 450 460 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.4 2.9 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 34 41 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Guinea ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 20 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 15 10 ICT sector performance 5 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 3 3 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 5 7 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 6 14 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 5 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 4 5 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 9 9 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 62.6 1.6 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Guinea Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.6 9.4 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. .. 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 63.3 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 5.15 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.9 1.1 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 82 150 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 17.8 .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.03 0.12 0.11 Guinea Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 202 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Guinea-Bissau Low-income Sub-Saharan Guinea-Bissau group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 1 2 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 32 35 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 160 160 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­2.7 ­1.2 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 37 .. 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Guinea-Bissau ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 15 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 10 ICT sector performance 5 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 8 7 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 9 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0 1 PCs 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 13 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. .. 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 20 26 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 70.5 .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 .. 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Guinea-Bissau Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) .. .. 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. .. 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 105.0 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) .. .. 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 46 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.00 0.12 0.11 Guinea-Bissau (..) Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 203 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Honduras Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Honduras income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 6 7 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 44 46 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 20.7 .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 860 1,030 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.8 3.3 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 80 .. 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 62 .. 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Honduras ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance C M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C .. 200 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 2.9 3.8 3.5 150 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 46 55 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 45 81 .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 24 99 255 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 49 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 9 31 70 104 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 11 14 38 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 46 58 89 88 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 24.0 3.6 .. .. 3 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 5.2 2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 3 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Honduras Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 6.2 5.9 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.9 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 40.6 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.97 2.52 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 5.1 5.8 3.6 3.3 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 158 186 195 .. 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 16.2 25.5 25.5 .. 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.2 4.6 5.1 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.24 0.26 0.39 Honduras Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.6 4.3 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 204 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Hong Kong, China High-income Hong Kong, China group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 7 7 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 100 100 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 26,820 26,810 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.6 3.2 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 71 74 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Hong Kong, China ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator .. .. Level of competition: international long distance .. .. ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. .. Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.3 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 589 552 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 754 894 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 817 1,192 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 100 100 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 278 508 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 354 453 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 98 99 98 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. 1.3 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 66.7 216.9 126.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 627 4,819 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Hong Kong, China Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 12.6 15.1 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 3.4 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 3.9 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.62 2.62 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.5 3.9 2.9 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 243 532 485 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 12.0 16.9 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.2 8.4 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. .. 0.70 Hong Kong, China Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 80.0 141.0 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 100 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 205 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Hungary Europe & Upper-middle- Central Asia Hungary income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 10 10 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 64 66 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 <2 .. 3.6 10,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 4,650 8,270 4,770 3,290 8,000 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.2 3.5 2.7 5.0 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 99 .. 94 97 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 83 89 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Hungary ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.4 4.1 3.8 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 379 356 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 68 .. 39 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 307 832 490 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 95 99 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 71 237 133 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 87 119 99 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 91 92 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.3 36.3 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 102 1,060 176 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Hungary Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 14.4 20.3 13.9 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 13.3 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 18.2 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.28 1.01 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 6.9 5.7 3.4 3.5 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 330 507 402 150 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 16.9 18.4 18.6 19.0 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.3 6.1 5.0 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.54 0.49 0.39 Hungary Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 12.5 20.8 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 85 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 206 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance India Low-income South Asia India group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 1,016 1,080 2,338 1,448 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 28 29 31 28 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 35.3 .. .. 31.3 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 450 620 510 590 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.8 6.2 5.4 5.8 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 61 .. 61 58 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 55 60 55 56 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 India ICT sector structure South Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M Level of competition: mobile P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 100 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.7 .. 5.3 80 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 32 43 33 41 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 2 3 4 4 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 4 48 48 47 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 41 43 43 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 5 23 20 21 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 5 11 8 11 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 30 37 16 32 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 165.5 113.0 .. 88.1 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.6 0.5 0.6 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 4 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 India Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 6.0 3.2 6.6 3.2 South Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 3.2 11.6 3.2 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 8.7 45.5 15.1 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.36 1.19 1.95 1.21 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.5 1.9 2.3 1.9 2.0 Total telephone subscribers per employee 85 .. 89 89 1.5 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 49.3 .. 27.8 15.3 1.0 ICT applications 0.5 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 3.6 3.7 4.1 4.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.57 0.12 0.34 India Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.4 South Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 207 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Indonesia Lower-middle- East Asia & Indonesia income group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 206 218 2,430 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 42 47 49 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 7.2 7.5 .. 14.9 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 590 1,140 1,580 1,280 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­0.6 4.6 5.7 7.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 88 90 90 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 64 66 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Indonesia ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 200 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.2 3.8 4.8 150 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 32 46 192 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 4 5 .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 18 141 255 248 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 85 76 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 9 52 70 75 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 11 19 38 37 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 56 66 89 80 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 49.0 49.3 .. .. 3 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.3 12.6 13.4 2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 18 58 52 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Indonesia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.5 6.2 5.5 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.6 8.9 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 22.3 25.3 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.90 2.79 1.45 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.4 2.3 3.6 3.6 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 259 665 195 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 11.4 42.4 25.5 31.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 2.5 3.0 5.1 5.0 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.32 0.26 0.21 Indonesia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.3 0.4 1.6 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 208 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Iran, Islamic Republic of Middle East & Lower-middle- North Africa Iran, Islamic Rep. of income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 64 67 2,430 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 64 67 49 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 2.4 2,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,650 2,300 1,580 2,000 2,000 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.2 6.2 5.7 4.5 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 77 90 .. 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 70 69 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Iran, Islamic Rep. of ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. M 300 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 .. 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 149 219 192 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 7 7 .. 20 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 15 51 255 88 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 10 65 70 47 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 63 75 38 30 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 68 77 89 88 10 Quality 8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.2 12.6 0.2 4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 15 58 15 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Iran, Islamic Rep. of Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.8 2.8 5.5 4.9 Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 2.9 8.9 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 5.9 25.3 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 7.65 0.55 1.45 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.2 1.1 3.6 2.8 3 Total telephone subscribers per employee 221 304 195 .. 2 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 5.8 122.8 25.5 27.8 1 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) 1.6 2.2 5.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.16 0.26 0.16 Iran, Islamic Rep. of Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.0 0.2 1.6 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 209 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Ireland High-income Ireland group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 4 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 59 60 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 23,030 34,280 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 9.9 5.4 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 90 93 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Ireland ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.1 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 480 502 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 708 995 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 645 921 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 98 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 178 298 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 357 510 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 95 95 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 7.1 6.0 .. 0.6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 34.4 126.2 0.4 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 240 6,118 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Ireland Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 22.6 39.7 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 19.1 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 28.3 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.80 0.71 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.8 2.7 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 246 395 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 14.3 10.8 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 5.7 3.9 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.66 0.70 Ireland Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 90.6 309.8 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 210 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Israel High-income Israel group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 6 7 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 91 92 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 17,060 17,380 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.9 0.9 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 97 .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 90 91 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Israel ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.1 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 473 426 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 268 306 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 700 1,076 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 97 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 202 397 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 253 327 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 92 93 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 0.6 0.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1.0 135.3 126.2 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 53 471 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Israel Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 11.6 14.9 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 9.3 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 29.8 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. 0.59 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.2 4.5 2.9 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 618 825 485 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 16.1 39.1 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 8.2 7.9 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.69 0.70 Israel Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 46.7 127.8 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 95 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 211 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Italy High-income Italy group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 58 58 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 67 67 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 20,160 26,120 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.9 0.8 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 82 87 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Italy ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.9 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 471 461 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 156 .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 732 1,091 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 100 100 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 229 321 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 179 232 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 98 .. 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 17.4 .. .. 0.6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2.0 81.7 126.2 0.4 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 165 1,572 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Italy Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 18.9 23.8 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 14.0 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 16.5 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.81 0.79 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.3 2.6 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 915 .. 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 35.3 .. 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.8 4.1 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.55 0.70 Italy Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 18.0 34.6 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 88 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 212 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Jamaica Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Jamaica income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 3 3 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 52 52 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 2,710 2,900 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­1.9 1.7 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 88 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 74 74 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Jamaica ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.7 3.8 3.5 800 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 198 174 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 156 230 .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 142 615 255 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 80 95 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 31 264 70 104 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 47 54 38 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 69 70 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 48.0 39.7 .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) .. 9.5 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 28 43 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Jamaica Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 5.0 10.3 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 8.1 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 39.8 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. 0.87 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 6.4 6.0 3.6 3.3 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 274 345 195 .. 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 32.5 24.9 25.5 .. 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 11.2 12.4 5.1 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.41 0.26 0.39 Jamaica Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 1.9 9.0 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 10 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 213 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Japan High-income Japan group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 127 128 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 65 66 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 35,280 37,180 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.0 1.3 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 83 84 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Japan ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Private Level of competition: international long distance C C Level of competition: mobile C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 6.1 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 586 531 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 30 37 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 526 669 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 300 606 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 359 425 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 99 99 98 2.0 Quality 1.5 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 1.0 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 6.7 145.8 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 57 1,038 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Japan Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 33.1 26.0 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 29.1 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 21.1 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.67 1.66 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.6 3.0 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 910 .. 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 26.8 14.4 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 8.4 7.4 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.63 0.70 Japan Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 40.5 160.2 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 214 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Jordan Middle East & Lower-middle- North Africa Jordan income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 5 2,430 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 79 79 49 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 2.4 2,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,750 2,140 1,580 2,000 2,000 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.1 5.1 5.7 4.5 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 90 90 .. 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 75 78 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Jordan ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.3 3.8 .. 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 127 117 192 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 79 84 .. 20 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 80 272 255 88 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 26 86 70 47 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 31 55 38 30 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 97 97 89 88 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 18.2 12.6 .. .. 3 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.1 0.9 12.6 0.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 29 58 15 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Jordan Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 8.8 10.0 5.5 4.9 Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 9.4 8.9 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 26.3 25.3 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.86 1.44 1.45 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 6.7 8.4 3.6 2.8 10 Total telephone subscribers per employee 157 303 195 .. 8 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 38.5 25.4 25.5 27.8 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 8.8 8.7 5.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.35 0.26 0.16 Jordan Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.4 3.9 1.6 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 18 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 215 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Kazakhstan Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Kazakhstan incomegroup Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 15 15 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 56 56 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 <2 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,250 2,260 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.9 10.3 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 100 .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 79 85 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Kazakhstan ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 300 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 3.8 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 122 150 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 19 26 .. 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 13 174 255 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 94 .. 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 7 20.2 70 115 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 23 .. 38 73 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 92 95 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. 88.0 .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 3 58 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Kazakhstan Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.0 3.8 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.7 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 34.5 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.76 .. 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.5 3.0 3.6 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 66 110 195 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 26.7 19.6 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.32 0.26 0.39 Kazakhstan Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.5 0.4 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 216 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Kenya Low-income Sub-Saharan Kenya group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 30 32 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 36 40 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 22.8 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 360 460 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.7 1.5 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 74 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 53 52 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Kenya ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M P Level of competition: mobile P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 150 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.0 .. 4.4 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 10 10 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 3 2 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 4 108 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 3 15 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 5 8 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 15 19 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 220.9 149.0 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 2 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Kenya Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 6.6 12.5 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 14.0 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 45.7 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 7.35 3.00 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.9 4.9 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 21 80 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 17.0 7.8 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) 3.5 3.1 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.14 0.12 0.11 Kenya Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.0 0.2 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 217 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Korea, Republic of High-income Korea, Rep. of group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 47 48 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 80 81 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 9,790 13,980 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.5 4.7 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 91 94 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Korea, Rep. of ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.4 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 467 467 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 38 41 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 570 760 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 405 656 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 396 558 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 94 93 98 2.5 Quality 2.0 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 1.8 1.0 .. 1.5 1.0 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 82.3 247.6 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 48 993 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Korea, Rep. of Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 7.1 7.3 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 2.1 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 9.7 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.93 0.76 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.5 4.2 2.9 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 702 .. 485 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 43.9 0.0 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.8 6.6 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.95 0.70 Korea, Rep. of Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 7.3 18.6 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 100 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 218 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Kuwait High-income Kuwait group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 2 2 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 96 96 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 16,290 17,970 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 0.9 2.4 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 83 .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 74 74 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Kuwait ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance C M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider P P 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 213 202 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 178 184 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 217 855 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 68 237 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 114 122 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) .. 95 98 2.5 Quality 2.0 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 30.0 27.0 .. 1.5 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2.2 5.4 126.2 1.0 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 26 120 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Kuwait Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 9.9 10.3 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 7.4 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 24.7 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.94 1.50 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.7 2.4 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 123 234 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 1.7 1.7 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.14 0.70 Kuwait Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 1.8 21.1 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 219 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Kyrgyz Republic Europe & Low-income Central Asia Kyrgyz Republic group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 5 2,338 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 34 34 31 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 <2 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 280 400 510 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.4 4.5 5.4 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 99 .. 61 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 80 82 55 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Kyrgyz Republic ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M C Level of competition: mobile P C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider P C 150 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 3.8 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 77 78 33 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 12 13 4 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 18 48 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 10 30 20 115 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 10 18 8 73 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 85 .. 16 92 15 Quality 10 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. 82.0 .. 30.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 2.4 5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 3 3 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Kyrgyz Republic Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 0.7 1.4 6.6 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 10.8 11.6 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 13.0 45.5 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 9.84 .. 1.95 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.0 3.8 2.3 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 53 65 89 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 8.0 20.2 27.8 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.39 0.12 0.39 Kyrgyz Republic Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.4 0.4 0.3 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) 1 .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 220 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Lao People's Democratic Republic Low-income East Asia & Lao PDR group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 6 2,338 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 19 21 31 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 26.3 .. .. 14.9 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 280 390 510 1,280 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 6.1 5.7 5.4 7.5 500 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 69 .. 61 90 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 57 61 55 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Lao PDR ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M Level of competition: mobile M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 50 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.8 40 30 20 ICT sector performance 10 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 8 12 33 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 5 .. 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 35 48 248 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 7 43 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 3 20 75 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 3 3 8 37 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 30 .. 16 80 10 Quality 8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 6 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 13.4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 .. 3 52 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Lao PDR Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 2.9 2.3 6.6 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 2.2 11.6 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 31.9 45.5 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 9.20 1.11 1.95 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.5 1.6 2.3 3.6 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 47 85 89 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 31.3 40.5 27.8 31.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.0 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.06 0.12 0.21 Lao PDR Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 221 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Latvia Europe & Upper-middle- Central Asia Latvia income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 2 2 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 67 66 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 3.6 6,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,190 5,460 4,770 3,290 4,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.4 7.5 2.7 5.0 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 100 .. 94 97 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 87 90 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Latvia ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Public Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.8 4.1 3.8 800 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 310 274 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 62 69 39 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 169 673 490 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 89 97 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 63 403 133 115 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 143 171 99 73 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 76 85 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 28.7 20.3 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.1 16.9 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 65 729 176 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Latvia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 12.5 15.6 13.9 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 14.9 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 58.1 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.05 1.63 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 5.6 6.4 3.4 3.5 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 263 415 402 150 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 16.9 15.8 18.6 19.0 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.39 0.49 0.39 Latvia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 18.2 34.7 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 97 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 222 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Lebanon Middle East & Upper-middle- North Africa Lebanon income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 5 576 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 87 88 72 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 2.4 6,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 4,080 4,980 4,770 2,000 4,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.0 4.4 2.7 4.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 94 .. Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 77 79 80 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Lebanon ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. .. Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C .. 400 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 4.1 .. 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 133 156 220 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a .. .. 39 20 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 172 178 490 88 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 84 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 69 122 133 47 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 40 62 99 30 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 92 93 92 88 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. 31.0 20.3 .. 3 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) .. 7.9 3.7 0.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 14 176 15 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Lebanon Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 21.3 20.4 13.9 4.9 Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 20.1 11.1 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 36.9 20.8 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.48 2.19 1.03 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 6.4 4.9 3.4 2.8 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee .. 300 402 .. 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 18.6 27.8 4 ICT applications 2 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.24 0.49 0.16 Lebanon Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 4.3 6.4 10.7 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 20 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 223 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Lesotho Low-income Sub-Saharan Lesotho group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 2 2 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 18 18 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 36.4 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 640 740 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.2 3.3 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 81 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 64 66 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Lesotho ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 80 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 13 20 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a .. .. 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 12 94 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 80 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 17 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. 8 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 16 17 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 69.2 72.8 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Lesotho Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 9.7 18.6 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 14.3 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 43.4 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.31 3.28 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.3 2.5 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 126 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 9.8 40.8 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.19 0.12 0.11 Lesotho Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 224 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Lithuania Europe & Upper-middle- Central Asia Lithuania income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 3 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 67 67 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 3.6 8,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,170 5,740 4,770 3,290 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.3 7.5 2.7 5.0 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 100 .. 94 97 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 88 94 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Lithuania ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C Level of competition: mobile C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.7 4.1 3.8 800 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 339 239 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 43 .. 39 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 150 828 490 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 100 100 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 64 201 133 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 68 110 99 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 95 97 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 19.8 16.3 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 37.5 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 14 194 176 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Lithuania Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 9.5 14.6 13.9 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.9 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 34.1 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.10 2.31 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.3 3.5 3.4 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 283 .. 402 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 49.8 .. 18.6 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.43 0.49 0.39 Lithuania Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 12.3 13.7 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 56 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 225 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Macedonia, Former Yugoslav Republic of Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Macedonia, FYR income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 2 2 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 59 60 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,830 2,350 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.0 0.8 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 96 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 70 70 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Macedonia, FYR ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.6 3.8 3.8 800 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 250 304 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 118 127 .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 57 478 255 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 90 99 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 25 97 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 35 68 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 82 .. 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. 17.2 .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 1.5 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 25 58 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Macedonia, FYR (..) Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 5.3 .. 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. .. 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 18.9 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.95 .. 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 5.2 6.7 3.6 3.5 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 168 .. 195 150 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 23.0 12.6 25.5 19.0 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.12 0.26 0.39 Macedonia, FYR Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.5 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 226 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Madagascar Low-income Sub-Saharan Madagascar group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 16 17 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 26 27 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 49.1 61.0 .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 250 300 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.9 0.9 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 71 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 44 51 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Madagascar ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 25 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.7 .. 4.4 20 15 10 ICT sector performance 5 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 4 3 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 2 1 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 4 19 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 30 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 4 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 2 5 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 7 8 16 15 10 Quality 8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 79.0 42.5 .. .. 6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 11.3 7.5 6.6 8.5 Madagascar Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.0 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 67.3 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 8.98 0.59 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 10.3 12.5 2.3 5.0 15 Total telephone subscribers per employee 44 93 89 144 10 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 14.0 .. 27.8 27.8 5 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.08 0.12 0.11 Madagascar Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.1 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 227 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Malawi Low-income Sub-Saharan Malawi group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 10 11 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 15 17 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 41.7 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 170 170 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.8 1.8 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 64 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 72 72 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Malawi ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. P 25 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.5 .. 4.4 20 15 10 ICT sector performance 5 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 5 8 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 2 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 5 12 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 70 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 3 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 1 1 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 1 2 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 .. 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 5.8 4.5 6.6 8.5 Malawi Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 20.0 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 62.0 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.32 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.7 2.0 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 33 49 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.15 0.12 0.11 Malawi Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.1 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 1 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 228 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Malaysia Upper-middle- East Asia & Malaysia income group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 23 25 576 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 62 64 72 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 14.9 5,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,390 4,650 4,770 1,280 4,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.7 4.3 2.7 7.5 3,000 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 89 .. 94 90 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 70 71 80 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Malaysia ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance P C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 800 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.2 4.1 4.8 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 199 176 220 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 63 .. 39 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 220 573 490 248 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 95 96 84 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 214 392 133 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 95 170 99 37 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 84 98 92 80 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 40.0 28.0 20.3 .. 3 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 10.0 3.7 13.4 2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 23 127 176 52 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Malaysia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 6.9 8.7 13.9 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 5.6 11.1 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 8.4 20.8 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.37 0.71 1.03 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.3 4.5 3.4 3.6 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 394 722 402 .. 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 27.7 18.9 18.6 31.0 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.5 6.9 5.0 5.0 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.49 0.49 0.21 Malaysia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 6.1 11.3 10.7 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) 15 .. 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 229 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Mali Low-income Sub-Saharan Mali group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 11 12 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 30 33 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 240 360 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.5 6.3 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 19 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 27 32 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Mali Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 15 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.0 .. 4.4 10 ICT sector performance 5 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 4 5 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 7 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1 21 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 15 .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 5 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 1 1 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 13 15 16 15 15 Quality 10 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 177.6 .. .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Mali Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 8.3 8.5 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 13.5 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 58.0 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 12.64 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.5 3.0 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 37 71 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 28.1 .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.01 0.12 0.11 Mali Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 230 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Mauritania Low-income Sub-Saharan Mauritania group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 3 3 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 58 63 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 25.9 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 390 420 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.0 5.3 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 51 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 44 45 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Mauritania ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 150 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 7 13 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a .. .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 6 123 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 5 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 9 10 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 19 21 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 115.0 128.0 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 3 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Mauritania (..) Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 14.1 12.3 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. .. 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 38.6 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.36 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.7 8.4 2.3 5.0 10 Total telephone subscribers per employee 48 .. 89 144 8 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 27.8 27.8 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.07 0.12 0.11 Mauritania Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.4 .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 231 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Mauritius Upper-middle- Sub-Saharan Mauritius income group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 1 1 576 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 43 44 72 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 5,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,690 4,640 4,770 600 4,000 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.4 4.4 2.7 3.9 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 84 .. 94 59 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 68 71 80 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Mauritius ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider M C 1,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.8 4.1 4.4 800 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 237 287 220 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 72 83 39 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 152 505 490 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 100 99 84 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 73 146 133 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 101 176 99 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 91 94 92 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 56.4 41.5 20.3 .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 2.0 3.7 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 5 146 176 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 5.2 7.4 13.9 8.5 Mauritius Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.8 11.1 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 15.0 20.8 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.00 1.67 1.03 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.4 3.7 3.4 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 251 373 402 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 37.6 36.0 18.6 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.54 0.49 0.11 Mauritius Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 10.0 15.4 10.7 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 19 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 232 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Mexico Latin America & Upper-middle- the Caribbean Mexico income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 98 104 576 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 75 76 72 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 9.9 .. .. 9.5 8,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 5,110 6,770 4,770 3,600 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.4 1.5 2.7 1.5 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 90 94 89 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 72 75 80 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Mexico ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.2 4.1 3.5 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 126 174 220 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 79 82 39 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 144 370 490 324 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 86 86 84 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 52 135 133 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 58 84 99 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 90 92 92 88 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 1.9 .. 20.3 .. 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.2 3.1 3.7 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 9 108 176 165 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Mexico Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 17.5 15.5 13.9 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 11.4 11.1 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 22.6 20.8 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.01 .. 1.03 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.1 2.7 3.4 3.3 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 272 504 402 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 41.5 19.5 18.6 .. 2 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 3.1 3.1 5.0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.78 0.49 0.39 Mexico Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 2.6 6.1 10.7 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 60 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 233 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Moldova Europe & Low-income Central Asia Moldova group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 4 2,338 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 46 46 31 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 32.2 21.8 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 390 710 510 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­2.7 6.9 5.4 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 96 .. 61 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 61 62 55 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Moldova ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 400 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 3.8 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 136 205 33 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 38 43 4 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 32 142 48 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 70 92 43 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 12 96 20 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 15 23 8 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) .. 75 16 92 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 55.3 35.0 .. 30.4 3 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) .. 0.7 0.5 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 8 3 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Moldova Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 2.2 1.8 6.6 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 27.6 11.6 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 19.0 45.5 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.10 2.21 1.95 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.9 7.5 2.3 3.5 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 97 158 89 150 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 67.9 36.9 27.8 19.0 4 ICT applications 2 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.09 0.12 0.39 Moldova Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.7 2.1 0.3 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 50 .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 234 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Mongolia Low-income East Asia & Mongolia group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 2 3 2,338 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 57 57 31 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 27.0 .. .. 14.9 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 390 590 510 1,280 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.0 5.2 5.4 7.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 98 .. 61 90 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 68 74 55 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Mongolia ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 200 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.8 150 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 49 55 33 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 10 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 64 129 48 248 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 58 64 43 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 13 58 20 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 13 28 8 37 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 28 29 16 80 6 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 51.6 20.4 .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.2 0.5 13.4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 3 14 3 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Mongolia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 2.6 2.5 6.6 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 9.6 11.6 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 17.8 45.5 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.92 .. 1.95 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 5.0 3.7 2.3 3.6 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 60 82 89 .. 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 4.7 9.1 27.8 31.0 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.0 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.19 0.12 0.21 Mongolia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.4 2.0 0.3 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 19 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 235 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Morocco Middle East & Lower-middle- North Africa Morocco income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 29 31 2,430 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 55 58 49 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 2.4 2,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,180 1,520 1,580 2,000 2,000 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.2 4.5 5.7 4.5 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 51 90 .. 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 54 58 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Morocco ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Numbr per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 400 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.3 3.8 .. 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 50 43 192 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 26 28 .. 20 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 82 305 255 88 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 95 95 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 7 82 70 47 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 12 20 38 30 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 72 76 89 88 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 24.8 .. .. .. 3 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 2.1 12.6 0.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 4 25 58 15 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Morocco Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.8 18.4 5.5 4.9 Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 16.0 8.9 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 25.3 25.3 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.03 1.41 1.45 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.5 4.9 3.6 2.8 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 251 .. 195 .. 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 50.7 13.6 25.5 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) 5.4 5.6 5.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.23 0.26 0.16 Morocco Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.2 0.6 1.6 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 236 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Mozambique Low-income Sub-Saharan Mozambique group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 18 19 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 32 37 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 37.9 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 210 250 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 8.7 8.5 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 46 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 38 43 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Mozambique ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 30 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.5 .. 4.4 20 ICT sector performance 10 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 5 4 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 3 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 3 47 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 5 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 3 4 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 4 6 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 80.0 65.0 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 14.6 16.5 6.6 8.5 Mozambique Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 10.9 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 40.8 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 5.22 1.17 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.0 3.0 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 60 158 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 49.6 46.1 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.17 0.12 0.11 Mozambique Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.1 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 0 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 237 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Myanmar Low-income East Asia & Myanmar group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 48 50 2,338 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 28 30 31 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 14.9 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) .. .. 510 1,280 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 8.1 .. 5.4 7.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 90 .. 61 90 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 47 48 55 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Myanmar (..) ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider M P 10 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.8 8 6 4 ICT sector performance 2 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 6 7 33 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 1 2 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0 1 48 248 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 0 1 20 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 2 5 8 37 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 3 3 16 80 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 172.0 155 .. .. 3 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 13.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Myanmar Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 0.6 2.9 6.6 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. .. 11.6 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 42.5 45.5 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.44 .. 1.95 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.2 .. 2.3 3.6 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 37 49 89 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 25.3 21.7 27.8 31.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.0 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.19 0.12 0.21 Myanmar Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.0 0.3 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 238 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Namibia Lower-middle- Sub-Saharan Namibia income group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 2 2 2,430 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 31 33 49 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 2,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,870 2,370 1,580 600 2,000 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.5 3.2 5.7 3.9 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 85 .. 90 59 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 71 71 72 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Namibia ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 200 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.4 3.8 4.4 150 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 58 63 192 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 59 57 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 43 111 255 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 84 88 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 16 39 70 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 40 95 38 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 37 39 89 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 51.5 32.6 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 4 58 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Namibia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 9.4 15.8 5.5 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 14.7 8.9 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 33.4 25.3 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.28 .. 1.45 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.6 4.6 3.6 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 115 181 195 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 29.6 7.5 25.5 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.12 0.26 0.11 Namibia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 1.5 4.4 1.6 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 4 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 239 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Nepal Low-income South Asia Nepal group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 23 25 2,338 1,448 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 14 15 31 28 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 39.1 .. .. 31.3 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 230 260 510 590 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.6 2.6 5.4 5.8 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 49 .. 61 58 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 58 61 55 56 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Nepal ICT sector structure South Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 30 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 5.3 20 ICT sector performance 10 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 12 17 33 41 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 2 4 4 4 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0 10 48 47 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 43 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 9 20 21 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 3 4 8 11 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 3 .. 16 32 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 100.2 88.1 .. 88.1 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.6 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 2.6 3.1 6.6 Nepal 3.2 South Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 2.8 11.6 3.2 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 13.5 45.5 15.1 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 5.28 2.04 1.95 1.21 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.3 1.7 2.3 1.9 2.0 Total telephone subscribers per employee 60 88 89 89 1.5 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 26.7 .. 27.8 15.3 1.0 ICT applications 0.5 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 4.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.34 0.12 0.34 Nepal Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.3 0.3 0.4 South Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 240 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Netherlands High-income Netherlands group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 16 16 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 64 66 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 25,210 31,700 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.8 0.3 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 99 99 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Netherlands High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C P 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.9 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 621 588 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 311 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 676 992 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 100 100 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 440 524 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 396 524 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 95 99 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 2.7 .. .. 0.6 0.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 16.3 189.8 126.2 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 4,277 20,589 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) Netherlands 20.9 31.7 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 24.5 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 24.1 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.56 0.32 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.9 3.3 2.9 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 353 657 485 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 21.6 .. 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.9 6.4 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.72 0.70 Netherlands Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 49.8 232.6 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 92 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 241 World Bank · ICT at a Glance New Zealand High-income New Zealand group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 4 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 86 86 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 13,700 20,310 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.4 3.9 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 99 106 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure New Zealand High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.4 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 475 443 558 International voice traffic (minutes per person)a Fixed + mobile subscribers 289 468 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 400 811 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 97 97 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 393 526 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 358 417 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 97 98 98 1.5 Quality 1.0 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 19.3 .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1.2 18.0 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 65 1,127 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) New Zealand 17.0 18.1 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 19.8 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 12.9 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.80 1.30 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.5 3.3 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 630 .. 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 16.2 13.2 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 11.3 10.0 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.74 0.70 New Zealand Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 156.9 426.7 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 242 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Nicaragua Latin America & Low-income the Caribbean Nicaragua group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 6 2,338 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 56 58 31 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 44.7 45.1 .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 740 790 510 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.0 2.3 5.4 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 77 .. 61 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 69 69 55 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Nicaragua ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Private Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 200 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.6 .. 3.5 150 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 32 38 33 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 35 19 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 18 132 48 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 48 43 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 10 19 20 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 24 31.9 8 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 59 .. 16 88 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 79.3 4.6 .. .. 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.1 0.4 0.5 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 6 3 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Nicaragua Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 17.7 14.3 6.6 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 16.0 11.6 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 51.1 45.5 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.20 3.20 1.95 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.6 2.5 2.3 3.3 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 114 179 89 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 5.9 40.1 27.8 .. 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.27 0.12 0.39 Nicaragua Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 1.2 2.5 0.3 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 243 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Niger Low-income Sub-Saharan Niger group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 11 12 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 21 23 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 60.6 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 180 230 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.4 4.1 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 14 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 18 21 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Niger ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C M 5 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 4 3 2 ICT sector performance 1 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 2 2 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 1 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0 2 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 13 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 0 1 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 0 1 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 5 5 16 15 10 Quality 8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 94.8 .. .. .. 6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 9.4 .. 6.6 8.5 Niger Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 19.3 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 96.9 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 9.03 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.9 .. 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 16 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.01 0.12 0.11 Niger Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 244 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Nigeria Low-income Sub-Saharan Nigeria group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 127 140 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 44 47 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 70.2 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 260 390 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.6 4.9 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 67 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) .. 64 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Nigeria ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 80 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.9 .. 4.4 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 4 8 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 2 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0 66 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 58 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 7 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 6 6 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 26 26 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 12.8 13.7 6.6 8.5 Nigeria Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 11.2 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 85.5 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 7.15 1.49 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.8 4.4 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 50 192 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 37.2 164.2 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.14 0.12 0.11 Nigeria Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.0 0.1 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 245 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Norway High-income Norway group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 5 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 76 80 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 60,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 35,660 52,030 32,040 40,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.5 1.7 2.0 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 20,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 98 101 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Norway High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.2 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 735 670 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 213 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 750 863 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 96 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 434 546 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 490 567 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 99 100 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 0.6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 5.2 87.4 126.2 0.4 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 875 9,389 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) Norway 25.4 29.9 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.4 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 26.3 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.40 0.31 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.5 1.8 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 298 478 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 82.4 9.9 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 5.7 5.1 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.69 0.70 Norway Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 81.8 246.6 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 246 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Oman Middle East & Upper-middle- North Africa Oman Income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 2 3 576 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 76 78 72 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 2.4 10,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 6,710 7,890 4,770 2,000 8,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.2 3.5 2.7 4.5 6,000 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 74 94 .. 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 63 63 80 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Oman Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. M 400 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 4.1 .. 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 92 91 220 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 108 .. 39 20 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 68 228 490 88 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 84 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 37 71 133 47 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 33 37 99 30 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 79 79 92 88 10 Quality 8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. 19.3 20.3 .. 6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 3.7 0.2 4 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 15 176 15 2 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 13.1 12.9 13.9 4.9 Oman Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 5.1 11.1 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 23.6 20.8 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 7.89 1.87 1.03 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.9 2.5 3.4 2.8 3 Total telephone subscribers per employee 187 322 402 .. 2 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 19.0 25.0 18.6 27.8 1 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.05 0.49 0.16 Oman Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.8 2.3 10.7 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 247 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Pakistan Low-income South Asia Pakistan group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 138 152 2,338 1,448 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 33 34 31 28 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 13.4 .. .. 31.3 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 480 600 510 590 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.0 4.1 5.4 5.8 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 49 61 58 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 37 35 55 56 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Pakistan ICT sector structure South Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 100 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.7 .. 5.3 80 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 22 32 33 41 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 7 11 4 4 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 3 52 48 47 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 45 43 43 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 13 20 21 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 4 5 8 11 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 37 39 16 32 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 88.1 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.6 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 4 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) .. 6.1 6.6 Pakistan 3.2 South Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 2.9 11.6 3.2 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 15.6 45.5 15.1 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.60 1.03 1.95 1.21 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.8 2.1 2.3 1.9 2.5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 61 89 89 89 2.0 1.5 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 19.8 11.7 27.8 15.3 1.0 ICT applications 0.5 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.6 7.3 4.1 4.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.48 0.12 0.34 Pakistan Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.0 0.2 0.3 0.4 South Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 248 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Panama Latin America & Upper-middle- the Caribbean Panama income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 3 3 576 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 56 57 72 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 7.2 .. .. 9.5 5,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,870 4,450 4,770 3,600 4,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.0 3.3 2.7 1.5 3,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 92 .. 94 89 2,000 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 77 79 80 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Panama Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.1 4.1 3.5 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 150 124 220 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 57 .. 39 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 144 283 490 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 74 87 84 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 32 78 133 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 37 40 99 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 77 77 92 88 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 48.0 13.9 20.3 .. 3 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 6.0 3.7 5.2 2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 5 5 176 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.9 .. Panama 13.9 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 18.1 11.1 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 36.0 20.8 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.36 3.64 1.03 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.8 4.7 3.4 3.3 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 153 188 402 .. 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 18.6 .. 3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 9.0 9.2 5.0 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.52 0.49 0.39 Panama Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 10.0 49.2 10.7 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 249 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Papua New Guinea Low-income East Asia & Papua New Guinea group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 6 2,338 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 13 13 31 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 14.9 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 670 580 510 1,280 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 0.7 0.6 5.4 7.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 57 .. 61 90 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 41 41 55 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Papua New Guinea ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. P 80 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.8 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 13 12 33 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 8 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 7 48 248 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 9 18.2 20 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 55 60 8 37 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 8 .. 16 80 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 3 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 13.4 2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 1 3 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Papua New Guinea (..) Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 20.1 6.6 6.6 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 8.4 11.6 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 20.0 45.5 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.32 .. 1.95 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.3 .. 2.3 3.6 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 41 .. 89 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 82.6 .. 27.8 31.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.0 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.12 0.12 0.21 Papua New Guinea Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.2 0.3 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 250 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Paraguay Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Paraguay income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 6 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 55 58 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 14.9 16.4 .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,510 1,170 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 0.7 1.2 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 92 .. 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 71 73 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Paraguay ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 400 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 2.6 3.8 3.5 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 54 52 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 20 .. .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 156 208 255 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 60 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 8 24 70 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 13 36 38 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 75 .. 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 4.1 .. .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.1 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 18 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 18.0 .. Paraguay 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 7.3 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 36.3 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.97 0.90 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.2 4.1 3.6 3.3 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 123 .. 195 .. 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 26.3 .. 25.5 .. 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.11 0.26 0.39 Paraguay Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.7 1.6 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 251 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Peru Latin America & Lower-middle- the Caribbean Peru income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 26 28 2,430 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 73 74 49 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 18.1 .. .. 9.5 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 2,050 2,360 1,580 3,600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.3 3.6 5.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 88 90 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 88 87 72 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Peru Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 250 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 2.8 3.8 3.5 200 150 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 66 74 192 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 17 46 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 49 149 255 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 75 76 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 31 105 70 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 40 52 38 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 67 .. 89 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 17.1 .. .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 7.6 12.6 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 4 55 58 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 18.9 19.4 Peru 5.5 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 21.9 8.9 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 32.8 25.3 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.08 1.80 1.45 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.7 3.0 3.6 3.3 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 317 .. 195 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 22.2 19.2 25.5 .. 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.9 6.9 5.1 0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.52 0.26 0.39 Peru Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 1.3 4.7 1.6 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) 3 .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 252 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Philippines Lower-middle- East Asia & Philippines income group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 77 83 2,430 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 59 62 49 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 15.5 .. .. 14.9 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,030 1,170 1,580 1,280 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.5 4.2 5.7 7.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 93 .. 90 90 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 80 82 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Philippines ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.5 3.8 4.8 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 40 41 192 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 28 35 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 84 387 255 248 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 70 80 76 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 20 58 70 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 19 29 38 37 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 53 76 89 80 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 3 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.3 12.6 13.4 2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2 12 58 52 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Philippines Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 14.0 12.2 5.5 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.0 8.9 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 17.1 25.3 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.07 1.20 1.45 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.9 3.7 3.6 3.6 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 476 .. 195 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 47.4 25.5 25.5 31.0 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.5 5.9 5.1 5.0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.59 0.26 0.21 Philippines Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.9 1.9 1.6 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) 2 .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 253 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Poland Europe & Upper-middle- Central Asia Poland income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 39 38 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 62 62 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 <2 .. 3.6 8,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 4,430 6,090 4,770 3,290 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.1 2.8 2.7 5.0 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 94 97 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 88 90 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Poland ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 2.9 4.1 3.8 800 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 283 321 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 50 .. 39 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 175 603 490 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 95 98 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 72 235 133 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 69 127 99 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 92 92 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 17.2 .. 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 32.7 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 20 340 176 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 14.0 17.3 Poland 13.9 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 7.7 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 15.7 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.92 0.99 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.2 3.5 3.4 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 256 602 402 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 25.8 18.8 18.6 19.0 2 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.2 4.5 5.0 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.58 0.49 0.39 Poland Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 8.5 14.8 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 90 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 254 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Portugal High-income Portugal group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 10 10 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 53 55 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 10,930 14,350 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.9 0.3 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 93 94 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Portugal High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.9 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 422 406 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 138 195 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 651 954 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 244 195 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 103 165 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 100 99 98 1.5 Quality 1.0 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 10.5 10.1 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2.5 82.3 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 49 838 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Portugal Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 17.4 25.8 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 31.7 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 20.6 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.83 1.04 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.8 5.4 2.9 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 594 883 485 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 39.3 11.3 12.3 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.4 4.2 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.39 0.70 Portugal Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 13.4 43.9 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 92 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 255 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Romania Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Romania income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 22 22 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 55 55 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 2.1 <2 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,680 2,920 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­2.3 5.5 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 97 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 68 72 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Romania ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 800 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.3 3.8 3.8 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 174 198 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 34 49 .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 111 464 255 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 97 97 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 36 184 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 32 83 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 96 .. 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 35.7 8.9 .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.3 0.7 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 4 107 58 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Romania Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.6 9.6 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 8.8 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 25.3 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.49 0.82 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.3 3.8 3.6 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 151 252 195 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 67.8 17.5 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 3.1 2.8 5.1 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.61 0.26 0.39 Romania Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 2.4 3.0 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 57 .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 256 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Russian Federation Europe & Russian Upper-middle- Central Asia Federation income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 146 143 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 73 73 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 6.1 <2 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,720 3,410 4,770 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.2 6.1 2.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 99 94 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 90 90 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Russian Federation ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.0 4.1 3.8 400 200 ICT sector performance 0 Access 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 220 261 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 13 15 39 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 24 517 490 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 78 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 20 91 133 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 64 113 99 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 89 98 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 35.2 29.0 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.9 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 21 101 176 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Russian Federation Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) .. 7.8 13.9 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.3 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 10.0 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.56 2.03 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.0 3.2 3.4 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 83 194 402 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 11.5 25.5 18.6 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 3.5 3.7 5.0 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.39 0.49 0.39 Russian Federation Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 2.0 2.1 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 65 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 257 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Rwanda Low-income Sub-Saharan Rwanda group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 8 8 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 14 20 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 51.7 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 260 220 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 9.8 5.1 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 64 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 53 55 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Rwanda ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 25 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 20 15 10 ICT sector performance 5 0 Access 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 2 3 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 1 1 4 .. Internet users PCs (..) Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 5 16 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 65 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 4 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. .. 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 2 2 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 16.0 .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Rwanda Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 8.4 7.9 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 24.8 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 66.8 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 11.23 2.43 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.0 4.2 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 189 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 15.9 11.3 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.12 0.12 0.11 Rwanda Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 258 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Saudi Arabia High-income Saudi Arabia group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 21 23 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 86 88 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 8,110 10,430 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.3 3.4 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 79 .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 58 57 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Saudi Arabia ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 4.9 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 143 159 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 87 125 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 66 395 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 92 .. 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 22 95 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 63 137 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 93 99 98 6 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 2.0 1.7 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.4 126.2 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 56 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Saudi Arabia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 11.7 11.7 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 9.6 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 34.7 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 5.20 2.40 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.4 3.2 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 189 .. 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 33.9 24.5 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 2.4 2.5 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.31 0.70 Saudi Arabia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.5 2.5 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 259 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Senegal Low-income Sub-Saharan Senegal group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 10 10 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 47 50 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 22.3 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 490 670 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.3 4.6 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 39 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 37 40 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Senegal ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 150 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.8 .. 4.4 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 22 23 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 18 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 26 107 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 85 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 4 19 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 17 21 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 26 29 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 17.0 .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.2 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 4 30 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 8.7 14.5 6.6 8.5 Senegal Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 13.5 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 40.6 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.23 1.02 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.2 7.1 2.3 5.0 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 324 .. 89 144 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 42.5 42.8 27.8 27.8 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.2 7.5 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.29 0.12 0.11 Senegal Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 0.3 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 260 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Serbia and Montenegro Europe & Serbia and Lower-middle- Central Asia Montenegro income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 11 8 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 52 52 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,220 2,620 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­0.8 4.5 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 96 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 74 .. 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Serbia and Montenegro ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator .. Mixed Level of competition: international long distance .. .. ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 1,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.5 3.8 3.8 800 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 226 322 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 96 118 .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 123 528 255 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 77 95 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 38 104 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 23 36 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) .. 92 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) .. 0.0 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 23 58 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 2.8 2.3 5.5 3.5 Serbia and Montenegro Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.4 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 13.2 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.52 2.08 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.3 .. 3.6 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 247 374 195 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 28.0 .. 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.34 0.26 0.39 Serbia and Montenegro Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.7 1.1 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 70 .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications Development 2006 261 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Sierra Leone Low-income Sub-Saharan Sierra Leone group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 5 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 37 40 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 130 200 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­5.2 15.8 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 30 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 45 .. 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Sierra Leone ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C P 30 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 20 ICT sector performance 10 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 4 5 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a .. .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 22 48 86 PCs (..) Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 35 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 2 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. .. 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 4 7 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 3.0 3.0 6.6 8.5 Sierra Leone (..) Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 13.6 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 100.0 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.74 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) .. 2.8 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 31 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.10 0.12 0.11 Sierra Leone Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.2 .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 262 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Singapore High-income Singapore group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 4 4 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 100 100 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 22,890 24,220 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.6 2.8 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 93 .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) .. .. 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Singapore ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 6.1 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 484 430 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 646 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 684 891 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 100 100 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 324 559 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 483 565 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 98 98 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 2.4 .. .. 0.6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 18.9 118.2 126.2 0.4 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 560 5,699 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Singapore Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 6.2 6.7 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 5.7 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 11.0 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.68 0.69 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.4 3.4 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 310 403 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 14.9 11.2 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 9.9 10.4 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.97 0.70 Singapore Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 127.1 226.3 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 100 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 263 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Slovak Republic Europe & Upper-middle- Central Asia Slovak Republic income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 5 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 57 58 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 3.6 8,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,870 6,480 4,770 3,290 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.6 4.6 2.7 5.0 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 100 .. 94 97 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 73 75 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Slovak Republic Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.1 4.1 3.8 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 315 232 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 59 88 39 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 206 793 490 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 98 99 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 94 422 133 115 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 137 241 99 73 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 90 100 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 27.0 9.5 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 11.6 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 41 1,855 176 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 9.2 .. 13.9 3.5 Slovak Republic Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 10.3 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 20.7 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.13 1.06 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.9 4.0 3.4 3.5 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 186 508 402 150 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 22.6 15.5 18.6 19.0 3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 5.9 5.3 5.0 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.49 0.49 0.39 Slovak Republic Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 14.7 11.7 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 65 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 264 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Slovenia High-income Slovenia group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 2 2 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 51 51 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 10,630 14,810 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.3 3.2 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 100 .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 90 95 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Slovenia ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.3 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 395 407 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a .. .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 611 952 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 98 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 158 319 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 276 301 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 97 98 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 20.5 22.5 .. 0.6 0.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2.8 59.2 126.2 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 95 1,086 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Slovenia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.1 12.6 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 11.7 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 25.4 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.81 0.65 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.8 2.8 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 541 556 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 101.1 22.1 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.51 0.70 Slovenia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 51.2 65.2 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 265 World Bank · ICT at a Glance South Africa Upper-middle- Sub-Saharan South Africa income group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 44 46 576 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 55 57 72 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 10.7 .. .. 46.4 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 3,050 3,630 4,770 600 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.5 3.2 2.7 3.9 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 94 59 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 76 78 80 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure South Africa Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 800 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.8 4.1 4.4 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 113 104 220 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 22 40 39 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 190 471 490 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 92 96 84 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 55 81 133 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 66 88 99 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 55 54 92 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 51.8 43.3 20.3 .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 1.3 3.7 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 8 29 176 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 South Africa Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 13.3 21.6 13.9 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 13.5 11.1 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 33.3 20.8 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.98 0.79 1.03 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 5.1 5.8 3.4 5.0 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 264 672 402 144 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 25.5 11.3 18.6 27.8 4 ICT applications 2 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.9 7.8 5.0 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.52 0.49 0.11 South Africa Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 11.6 19.9 10.7 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 27 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 266 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Spain High-income Spain group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 40 41 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 76 77 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 14,790 21,210 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.0 2.5 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 91 94 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Spain ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.5 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 422 434 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 139 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 599 935 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 135 317 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 143 199 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 99 99 98 1.5 Quality 1.0 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 1.5 4.0 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1.9 83.6 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 295 2,918 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Spain Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 14.6 20.3 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 21.5 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 20.7 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.08 0.60 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 4.1 4.7 2.9 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 638 871 485 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 29.6 13.2 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.1 3.8 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.39 0.70 Spain Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 23.0 68.7 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 94 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 267 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Sri Lanka Lower-middle- South Asia Sri Lanka income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 18 19 2,430 1,448 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 21 21 49 28 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 7.6 .. .. 31.3 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 850 1,010 1,580 590 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.0 3.8 5.7 5.8 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 90 .. 90 58 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) .. 68 72 56 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Sri Lanka ICT sector structure South Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 200 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.8 3.8 5.3 150 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 42 51 192 41 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 10 20 .. 4 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 23 114 255 47 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 40 76 43 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 7 14 70 21 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 7 13 38 11 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 22 32 89 32 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 132.0 18.5 .. 88.1 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.1 12.6 0.6 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 17 58 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Sri Lanka Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 6.9 7.3 5.5 3.2 South Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 3.7 8.9 3.2 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 15.1 25.3 15.1 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.29 2.11 1.45 1.21 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.9 2.2 3.6 1.9 2.5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 101 166 195 89 2.0 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 35.8 24.6 25.5 15.3 1.5 1.0 ICT applications 0.5 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 5.0 5.7 5.1 4.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.27 0.26 0.34 Sri Lanka Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.3 1.5 1.6 0.4 South Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 268 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Sudan Low-income Sub-Saharan Sudan group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 31 34 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 36 40 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 330 530 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 6.3 6.0 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 59 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 36 38 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Sudan ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 60 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 12 31 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 6 9 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1 22 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 60 60 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 9 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 3 6 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 45 49 16 15 50 Quality 40 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 5.0 17.0 .. .. 30 20 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.1 0.5 0.1 10 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 6 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Sudan Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 3.8 4.4 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 3.2 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 160.7 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 42.02 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.1 2.4 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 146 225 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 71.2 70.7 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.14 0.12 0.11 Sudan Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 269 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Swaziland Lower-middle- Sub-Saharan Swaziland income group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 1 1 2,430 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 23 24 49 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 2,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,370 1,660 1,580 600 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.4 2.3 5.7 3.9 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 79 .. 90 59 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 62 60 72 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Swaziland ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 150 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 4.4 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 30 42 192 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 47 38 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 32 129 255 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 70 90 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 10 24 70 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 11 27 38 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 18 18 89 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 160.0 100.0 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 1 58 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.1 8.3 5.5 8.5 Swaziland Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 16.6 8.9 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 20.6 25.3 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.68 2.97 1.45 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.7 3.7 3.6 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 137 209 195 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 9.9 56.1 25.5 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.26 0.26 0.11 Swaziland Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.9 1.8 1.6 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 270 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Sweden High-income Sweden group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 9 9 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 83 83 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 28,650 35,770 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.3 2.0 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 113 114 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Sweden ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.1 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 759 709 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 245 264 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 718 1,026 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 456 592 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 507 640 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 94 94 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. 0.6 0.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 9.3 152.7 126.2 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2,098 17,544 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Sweden Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 19.6 27.1 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 15.8 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 22.4 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.36 0.41 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.2 1.9 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 456 772 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 31.9 10.9 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.5 7.0 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.77 0.70 Sweden Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 116.1 262.0 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 271 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Switzerland High-income Switzerland group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 7 7 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 68 68 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 60,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 40,160 48,230 32,040 40,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.0 0.5 2.0 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 20,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 88 90 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Switzerland ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.7 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 729 701 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 634 704 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 646 852 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 98 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 292 421 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 655 827 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 99 99 98 11.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 18.5 8.0 .. 0.6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 6.0 173.7 126.2 0.4 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 2,942 9,681 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Switzerland Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 20.3 29.6 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 33.0 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 22.4 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 0.21 0.29 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.4 3.6 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 409 513 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 27.2 14.1 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.8 7.2 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.59 0.70 Switzerland Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 149.2 382.1 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) 66 .. 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 272 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Syrian Arab Republic Middle East & Syrian Arab Lower-middle- North Africa Republic income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 16 18 2,430 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 50 50 49 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 2.4 2,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 950 1,190 1,580 2,000 2,000 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.5 3.1 5.7 4.5 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 83 90 .. 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 59 62 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Syrian Arab Republic ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. P 300 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 .. 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 103 132 192 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 24 .. .. 20 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 141 255 88 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 50 99 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 45 70 47 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 15 19 38 30 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 72 80 89 88 6 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 50.0 .. .. .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 0.2 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 1 58 15 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Syrian Arab Republic Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 3.3 3.0 5.5 4.9 Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 48.2 8.9 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 55.2 25.3 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.81 .. 1.45 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.0 .. 3.6 2.8 3 Total telephone subscribers per employee 80 .. 195 .. 2 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 58.2 .. 25.5 27.8 1 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.05 0.26 0.16 Syrian Arab Republic Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 .. 1.6 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 273 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Tajikistan Europe & Low-income Central Asia Tajikistan group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 6 6 2,338 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 26 25 31 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 13.9 7.4 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 180 280 510 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.1 9.9 5.4 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 99 .. 61 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 71 76 55 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Tajikistan ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. .. Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 50 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 3.8 40 30 20 ICT sector performance 10 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 35 38 33 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 4 8 4 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0 7 48 487 PCs (..) Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 0 1 20 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. .. 8 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 80 .. 16 92 10 Quality 8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 124.9 144.0 .. 30.4 6 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 2.4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 0 3 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Tajikistan Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 1.3 1.0 6.6 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 12.3 11.6 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 54.4 45.5 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 9.57 6.96 1.95 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.6 2.1 2.3 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 45 57 89 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 1.0 2.2 27.8 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.00 0.12 0.39 Tajikistan Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 0.3 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 274 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Tanzania Low-income Sub-Saharan Tanzania group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 34 37 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 32 36 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 280 330 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.9 6.8 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 69 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 31 41 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Tanzania ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance P M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. C 60 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.5 .. 4.4 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 5 4 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 1 1 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 5 51 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 25 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 7 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 3 6 8 12 Households with television (%) 9 14 16 15 US$ per 3 minutes 15 Quality Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 21.0 24.0 .. .. 10 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Tanzania Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 9.3 11.6 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 11.1 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 117.0 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 10.70 3.17 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.9 2.4 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 97 262 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 12.6 .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.23 0.12 0.11 Tanzania Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.0 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 275 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Thailand Lower-middle- East Asia & Thailand income group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 61 62 2,430 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 31 32 49 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 14.9 3,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 2,010 2,540 1,580 1,280 2,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­0.7 5.3 5.7 7.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 93 .. 90 90 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 73 72 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Thailand ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.3 3.8 4.8 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 92 106 192 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 10 11 .. .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 50 420 255 248 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 92 76 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 38 112 70 75 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 28 74 38 37 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 91 92 89 80 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 19.6 .. .. .. 3 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.2 12.6 13.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 4 48 58 52 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Thailand Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 8.4 8.3 5.5 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.8 8.9 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 7.0 25.3 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.19 0.67 1.45 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 265 .. 195 .. 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 27.0 36.5 25.5 31.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 3.5 3.5 5.1 5.0 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.53 0.26 0.21 Thailand Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 1.9 4.1 1.6 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 37 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 276 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Togo Low-income Sub-Saharan Togo group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 5 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 33 36 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 320 380 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.2 2.6 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 53 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 65 66 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Togo ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile P P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 80 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 4.4 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 9 12 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 9 16 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 11 45 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 80 80 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 22 70 20 15 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 22 33 8 12 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Households with television (%) 17 51 16 15 US$ per 3 minutes 10 Quality 8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 6.0 6.2 .. .. 6 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 3 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Togo Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.2 10.4 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 13.4 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 30.4 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 7.90 3.98 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.9 3.4 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 106 248 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 45.3 71.2 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.05 0.12 0.11 Togo Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.2 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 277 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Trinidad and Tobago Latin America & Upper-middle- the Caribbean Trinidad and Tobago income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 1 1 576 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 74 76 72 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 9.5 10,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 5,220 8,580 4,770 3,600 8,000 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.0 7.2 2.7 1.5 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 98 94 89 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 67 66 80 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Trinidad and Tobago ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.0 4.1 3.5 400 200 ICT sector performance Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 246 249 220 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 183 .. 39 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 126 396 490 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 84 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 78 114 133 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 62 79 99 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 86 88 92 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. 20.3 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.1 3.7 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 47 67 176 165 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Trinidad and Tobago Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 7.0 7.0 13.9 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 7.8 11.1 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 13.4 20.8 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.47 0.95 1.03 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.0 3.7 3.4 3.3 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 157 .. 402 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 39.2 .. 18.6 .. 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.33 0.49 0.39 Trinidad and Tobago Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 9.3 11.3 10.7 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 15 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 278 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Tunisia Middle East & Lower-middle- North Africa Tunisia income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 10 10 2,430 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 63 64 49 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 2.4 3,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 2,080 2,630 1,580 2,000 2,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.5 4.3 5.7 4.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 74 90 .. 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 75 74 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Tunisia ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 600 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.5 3.8 .. 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 100 120 192 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 45 61 .. 20 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 12 373 255 88 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 95 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 27 83 70 47 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 22 47 38 30 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 87 90 89 88 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 34.0 28.0 .. .. 3 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.7 12.6 0.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 5 22 58 15 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Tunisia Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.2 4.7 5.5 4.9 Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.8 8.9 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 17.3 25.3 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.25 2.28 1.45 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.1 4.0 3.6 2.8 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 153 224 195 .. 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 39.8 52.8 25.5 27.8 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.8 5.2 5.1 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.15 0.26 0.16 Tunisia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.4 1.9 1.6 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 25 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 279 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Turkey Europe & Upper-middle- Central Asia Turkey income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 67 72 576 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 65 67 72 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. <2 .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 2,980 3,750 4,770 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.4 4.2 2.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 88 94 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 66 68 80 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Turkey ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 800 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.8 4.1 3.8 600 400 ICT sector performance 200 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 273 267 220 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 29 26 39 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 239 494 490 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 88 68 84 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 30 78 133 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 37 45 99 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 96 .. 92 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 55.4 30.4 20.3 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.8 3.7 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 9 40 176 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Turkey Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.4 10.3 13.9 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.4 11.1 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 19.8 20.8 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.30 2.09 1.03 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.5 3.0 3.4 3.5 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 477 665 402 150 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 12.6 2.7 18.6 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.9 7.3 5.0 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.53 0.49 0.39 Turkey Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 3.2 12.3 10.7 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 40 60 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 280 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Turkmenistan Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Turkmenistan income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 5 5 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 45 46 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 12.1 .. .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 620 1,340 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.9 18.5 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) .. .. 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Turkmenistan ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 100 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 3.8 80 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 78 77 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 6 .. .. 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 2 255 487 PCs (..) Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 2 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. .. 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 94 94 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 93.9 96.0 .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 58 148 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 1.5 1.5 5.5 3.5 Turkmenistan (..) Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. .. 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 20.0 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. .. 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.9 0.8 3.6 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 50 59 195 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 14.9 14.1 25.5 19.0 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 5.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.07 0.26 0.39 Turkmenistan Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 281 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Uganda Low-income Sub-Saharan Uganda group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 23 26 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 12 12 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 270 270 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 6.3 5.8 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 69 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 70 74 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Uganda ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance C P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 60 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.9 .. 4.4 40 20 ICT sector performance Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 3 3 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 1 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 5 45 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 16 70 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 6 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 3 5 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 5 6 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 3 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Uganda Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 14.4 16.6 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 7.9 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 96.8 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.63 3.51 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.6 4.6 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 79 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. 7.7 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.29 0.12 0.11 Uganda Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.1 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 1 .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 282 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Ukraine Europe & Lower-middle- Central Asia Ukraine income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 50 48 2,430 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 67 67 49 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 2.9 .. .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 690 1,260 1,580 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) ­1.9 8.6 5.7 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 99 .. 90 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 86 86 72 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Ukraine ICT sector structure Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 400 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.7 3.8 3.8 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 210 230 192 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 13 15 .. 28 Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 17 285 255 487 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 75 76 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 7 62 70 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 18 20 38 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) .. 97 89 92 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 34.5 43.0 .. 30.4 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 2.4 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 17 58 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Ukraine Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 2.4 2.5 5.5 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 10.3 8.9 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 16.7 25.3 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. 1.65 1.45 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.8 6.1 3.6 3.5 8 Total telephone subscribers per employee 88 142 195 150 6 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 22.3 33.0 25.5 19.0 4 2 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 7.9 7.0 5.1 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.56 0.26 0.39 Ukraine Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.9 1.1 1.6 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 283 World Bank · ICT at a Glance United Arab Emirates United Arab High-income Emirates group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 3 4 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 85 85 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 17,790 .. 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.0 2.6 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 77 .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 72 74 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 United Arab Emirates (..) ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Mixed Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider M M 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.9 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 314 277 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 485 757 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 440 860 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 236 397 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 123 117 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 86 86 98 4 Quality 3 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 0.2 0.3 .. 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.4 13.1 126.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 5 543 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability United Arab Emirates Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 5.0 5.0 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 3.5 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 13.1 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 3.51 1.73 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.7 3.1 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 294 500 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 28.9 13.0 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.31 0.70 United Arab Emirates Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 8.9 40.4 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 284 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance United Kingdom High-income United Kingdom group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 59 59 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 89 89 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 40,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 25,410 33,940 32,040 30,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 3.1 2.2 2.0 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 113 123 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 United Kingdom ICT sector structure High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 2,000 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.0 4.9 1,500 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 598 567 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 263 .. .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 738 1,042 767 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 268 533 480 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 343 496 504 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 99 99 98 1.5 Quality 1.0 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 4.5 11.0 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 1.8 103.3 126.2 0.5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1,469 13,156 4,718 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 United Kingdom Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 25.3 29.5 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 19.1 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 23.9 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.07 0.77 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.8 3.8 2.9 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 380 358 485 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 30.5 22.1 12.3 3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 8.1 7.3 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.97 0.70 United Kingdom Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 109.5 354.1 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 285 World Bank · ICT at a Glance United States High-income United States group 2000 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 282 294 1,001 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 79 80 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 50,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 34,400 41,400 32,040 40,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.2 2.6 2.0 30,000 20,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. .. .. 10,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 92 93 93 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure United States High-income group Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Private Private Level of competition: international long distance C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 1,500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 5.2 4.9 1,000 ICT sector performance 500 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 663 606 558 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 149 199 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 388 615 767 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 95 98 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 439 569 480 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 570 760 504 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 97 97 98 1.0 Quality 0.8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 14.2 11.7 .. 0.6 0.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 25.1 129.1 126.2 0.2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 394 3,308 4,718 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability United States (..) Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 21.5 25.0 25.8 High-income group Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 10.8 17.8 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 15.0 20.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. .. 0.77 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.0 2.5 2.9 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 261 344 485 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 38.7 18.0 12.3 2 ICT applications 1 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 9.5 8.8 7.1 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 1.00 0.70 United States Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 273.8 674.9 311.4 High-income group Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 99 99 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 286 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Uruguay Latin America & Upper-middle- the Caribbean Uruguay income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 3 3 576 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 92 93 72 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) <2 .. .. 9.5 8,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 6,120 3,950 4,770 3,600 6,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.2 ­1.2 2.7 1.5 4,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 98 94 89 2,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 84 88 80 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Uruguay ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider P C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.0 4.1 3.5 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 280 278 220 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 61 .. 39 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 124 165 490 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 99 99 84 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 111 170 133 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 105 121 99 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 99 .. 92 88 6 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 5.6 .. 20.3 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.4 3.3 3.7 5.2 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 8 177 176 165 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Uruguay Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 15.6 9.0 13.9 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 7.4 11.1 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 26.5 20.8 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.88 0.52 1.03 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.9 2.9 3.4 3.3 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 243 .. 402 .. 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 13.5 7.0 18.6 .. 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 6.2 7.1 5.0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.48 0.49 0.39 Uruguay Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 11.1 23.2 10.7 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. 50 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 287 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Uzbekistan Europe & Low-income Central Asia Uzbekistan group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 25 26 2,338 472 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 37 37 31 64 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 17.3 .. .. 3.6 4,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 630 460 510 3,290 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.1 4.8 5.4 5.0 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 99 61 97 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 76 76 55 81 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 ICT sector structure Uzbekistan Europe & Central Asia Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance P P ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 100 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. 3.8 80 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 67 67 33 243 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 6 .. 4 28 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 13 48 487 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 75 43 82 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 5 19 20 115 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 7 .. 8 73 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 93 .. 16 92 15 Quality 10 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 92.6 97.0 .. 30.4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.1 0.5 2.4 5 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 1 3 148 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 2.6 .. 6.6 Uzbekistan 3.5 Europe & Central Asia Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 4.6 11.6 10.3 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 20.2 45.5 19.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 13.95 .. 1.95 1.06 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.6 2.1 2.3 3.5 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 66 87 89 150 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 25.3 .. 27.8 19.0 2 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.1 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.23 0.12 0.39 Uzbekistan Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.0 0.3 6.4 Europe & Central Asia Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. 65 Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 288 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Venezuela, República Bolivariana de Latin America & Upper-middle- the Caribbean Venezuela, R.B. de income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 24 26 576 541 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 87 88 72 77 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 14.3 .. .. 9.5 5,000 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 4,100 4,020 4,770 3,600 4,000 3,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 0.6 ­1.3 2.7 1.5 2,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 93 .. 94 89 1,000 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 72 75 80 82 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Venezuela, R.B. de ICT sector structure Latin America & the Caribbean Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Mixed Private Level of competition: international long distance M C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.4 4.1 3.5 400 300 ICT sector performance 200 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 104 128 220 181 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 23 35 39 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 224 322 490 324 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 90 84 76 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 34 89 133 104 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 45 66 99 75 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 79 90 92 88 3 Quality 2 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 2.0 .. 20.3 .. Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.3 8.0 3.7 5.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 6 38 176 165 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Venezuela, R.B. de Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) .. 16.2 13.9 9.0 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 14.5 11.1 9.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 19.5 20.8 31.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) .. 0.84 1.03 0.90 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 3.3 3.0 3.4 3.3 5 Total telephone subscribers per employee 386 .. 402 .. 4 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 26.3 23.0 18.6 .. 2 ICT applications 1 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) 3.7 5.3 5.0 5.3 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.52 0.49 0.39 Venezuela, RB de Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 3.7 4.4 10.7 8.6 Latin America & the Caribbean Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. 60 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 289 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Vietnam Low-income East Asia & Vietnam group Pacific Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 79 82 2,338 1,870 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 24 26 31 41 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 3.8 <2 .. 14.9 1,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 380 550 510 1,280 1,000 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 6.7 7.2 5.4 7.5 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 90 .. 61 90 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 64 64 55 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Vietnam ICT sector structure East Asia & Pacific Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile M M Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider P P 150 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 4.9 .. 4.8 100 ICT sector performance 50 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 32 70 33 194 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 7 8 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 10 53 48 248 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 67 43 73 Internet users (per 1,000 people) 3 65 20 75 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 7 11 8 37 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 78 83 16 80 10 Quality 8 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 6 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.6 0.5 13.4 4 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 27 3 52 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Vietnam Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 5.4 4.3 6.6 4.5 East Asia & Pacific Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 6.9 11.6 5.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 19.9 45.5 19.9 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 9.29 1.95 1.95 1.20 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.5 3.5 2.3 3.6 4 Total telephone subscribers per employee 43 73 89 .. 3 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) .. .. 27.8 31.0 2 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 5.0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.14 0.12 0.21 Vietnam Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.6 East Asia & Pacific Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) 20 .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 290 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance West Bank and Gaza Middle East & Lower-middle- North Africa West Bank and Gaza income group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 3 4 2,430 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) .. .. 49 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) .. .. .. 2.4 2,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 1,750 1,120 1,580 2,000 2,000 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 4.3 ­13.3 5.7 4.5 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 92 90 .. 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 78 80 72 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 West Bank and Gaza ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator .. .. Level of competition: international long distance .. .. ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile .. .. Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider .. .. 500 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. 3.8 .. 400 300 200 ICT sector performance 100 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 92 83 192 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 28 30 .. 20 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 59 303 255 88 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 95 95 76 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 12 43 70 47 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) .. 39 38 30 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 85 94 89 88 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. 97.0 .. .. 3 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 12.6 0.2 2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) .. 12 58 15 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 10.3 9.4 5.5 4.9 West Bank and Gaza Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. .. 8.9 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 25.4 25.3 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 1.11 1.03 1.45 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 0.5 0.6 3.6 2.8 3 Total telephone subscribers per employee 263 .. 195 .. 2 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 32.3 .. 25.5 27.8 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 5.1 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. .. 0.26 0.16 West Bank and Gaza Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. .. 1.6 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 291 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Yemen, Republic of Middle East & Low-income North Africa Yemen, Rep. of group Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 18 20 2,338 294 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 25 26 31 56 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 15.7 .. .. 2.4 2,500 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 420 570 510 2,000 2,000 1,500 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 5.6 3.6 5.4 4.5 1,000 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 49 61 .. 500 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 53 55 55 68 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Yemen, Rep. of ICT sector structure Middle East & North Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator .. .. Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C C Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider M C 80 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. .. .. .. 60 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 20 36 33 118 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 8 12 4 20 Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 2 37 48 88 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. 68 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 1 5 20 47 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 2 8 8 30 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 43 43 16 88 5 Quality 4 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 3 2 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.2 1 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 .. 3 15 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 3.7 3.0 6.6 4.9 Yemen, Rep. of Middle East & North Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 5.9 11.6 8.1 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 30.8 45.5 24.5 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.45 2.39 1.95 1.64 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 1.0 1.5 2.3 2.8 3 Total telephone subscribers per employee 72 176 89 .. 2 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 51.1 51.1 27.8 27.8 1 ICT applications 0 ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.05 0.12 0.16 Yemen, Rep. of Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.1 0.3 0.6 Middle East & North Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 292 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Zambia Low-income Sub-Saharan Zambia group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 10 11 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 35 36 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 63.7 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 320 450 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 2.2 4.4 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) 68 .. 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 45 48 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Zambia ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator Yes Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance .. M ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Level of competition: mobile C P Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C P 40 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.7 .. 4.4 30 20 ICT sector performance 10 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 8 8 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 4 .. 4 .. Internet users Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 10 23 48 86 PCs Population covered by mobile telephony (%) 51 .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 2 5 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 7 9 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 23 26 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) 90.9 90.8 .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 0 0 3 4 0 Affordability 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 4.6 5.4 6.6 8.5 Zambia Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 13.1 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 32.6 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 2.57 6.45 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.0 .. 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 59 .. 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 12.3 .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) .. .. 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.00 0.12 0.11 Zambia Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) .. 0.2 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. Information and Communications for Development 2006 293 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Zimbabwe Low-income Sub-Saharan Zimbabwe group Africa Region 2000 2004 2004 2004 Economic and social context Population, total (millions) 13 13 2,338 719 GNI per Capita, Atlas Method, 2000­4 Urban population (% total population) 34 35 31 37 Current US$ Poverty (% population below US$1 per day) 56.1 .. .. 46.4 800 GNI per capita, Atlas method (current US$) 440 .. 510 600 600 GDP growth, 1995­2000 and 2000­4 (%) 1.9 ­7.0 5.4 3.9 400 Adult literacy rate (% ages 15 and over) .. 90 61 59 200 Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment (% gross) 58 52 55 52 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Zimbabwe ICT sector structure Sub-Saharan Africa Region Separate telecommunications regulator No Yes Status of main fixed-line operator Public Public Level of competition: international long distance M C Level of competition: mobile C C ICT MDGb Indicators, 2000­4 Number per 1,000 people Level of competition: Internet service provider C C 60 Government prioritization of ICT (scale 1­7) .. 3.1 .. 4.4 40 ICT sector performance 20 Access 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Telephone main lines (per 1,000 people) 20 23 33 17 Fixed + mobile subscribers International voice traffic (minutes per person)a 12 13 4 .. Internet users PCs Mobile subscribers (per 1,000 people) 24 30 48 86 Population covered by mobile telephony (%) .. .. 43 .. Internet users (per 1,000 people) 4 30 20 15 Price of Call to the United States, 2000­4 Personal computers (per 1,000 people) 15 47 8 12 US$ per 3 minutes Households with television (%) 25 26 16 15 8 Quality 6 Telephone faults (per 100 main lines per year) .. .. .. .. 4 Broadband subscribers (per 1,000 people) 0.0 0.4 0.5 0.1 2 International Internet bandwidth (bits per person) 1 1 3 4 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Affordability Zimbabwe Price basket for fixed line (US$ per month, residential) 6.3 2.0 6.6 8.5 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Price basket for mobile (US$ per month) .. 17.8 11.6 13.5 Price basket for Internet (US$ per month) .. 23.3 45.5 54.8 Price of call to United States (US$ per 3 minutes) 4.36 .. 1.95 2.43 Total Telecommunications Revenue, 2000­4 Institutional efficiency and sustainability Percentage of GDP Total telecommunications revenue (% GDP) 2.5 .. 2.3 5.0 6 Total telephone subscribers per employee 121 140 89 144 4 Total telecommunications investment (% revenue) 66.6 .. 27.8 27.8 2 ICT applications ICT expenditure (% GDP) 4.2 11.8 4.1 .. 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 E-government readiness index (scale 0­1) .. 0.02 0.12 0.11 Zimbabwe Secure Internet servers (per 1 million people) 0.1 0.5 0.3 1.9 Sub-Saharan Africa Region Schools connected to the Internet (%) .. .. .. .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. C = competition; GDP = gross domestic product; GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology; M = monopoly; MDG = Millennium Development Goal; P = partial competition; and PCs = personal computers. a. Outgoing and incoming. b. Millennium Development Goal indicators 47, 48a, and 48b. Sources: Economic and social context: UNDP and World Bank; ICT sector structure: ITU, WEF; ICT sector performance: Global Insight/WITSA, ITU, Netcraft, UNDESA, UNPAN, and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions Data and Sources. 294 Information and Communications for Development 2006 World Bank · ICT at a Glance Key ICT Indicators for Other Economies GNI per capita, Telephone main Mobile Internet users Personal Population Atlas method lines (per 1,000 subscribers (per (per 1,000 computers (per (thousands) (current US$) people) 1,000 people) people) 1,000 people) 2004 2004 2002­4a 2002­4a 2002­4a 2002­4a Afghanistan .. ..b .. .. .. .. American Samoa 57 ..c .. .. .. .. Andorra 66 ..d 683 786 152 .. Antigua and Barbuda 80 10,000 484 500 131 .. Aruba 99 ..d .. .. .. .. Bahamas, The 320 14,920 415 388 265 .. Bahrain 725 12,410 261 905 275 153 Barbados 272 9,270 495 517 370 104 Belize 283 3,940 122 221 128 132 Bermuda 64 ..d 871 467 .. 529 Bhutan 896 760 29 9 17 12 Brunei Darussalam 361 ..d 252 .. .. 77 Cape Verde 481 1,770 146 137 43 85 Cayman Islands 44 ..d .. .. .. .. Channel Islands 149 ..d .. .. .. .. Comoros 614 530 22 3 8 8 Cyprus 776 17,580 650 717 325 252 Djibouti 716 1,030 13 33 9 21 Dominica 71 3,650 334 132 176 112 Equatorial Guinea 506 ..c 19 84 4 7 Faeroe Islands 48 ..d .. 631 .. .. Fiji 848 2,690 122 132 66 49 French Polynesia 246 ..d 218 375 146 292 Greenland 57 ..d 448 522 442 .. Grenada 106 3,760 312 404 182 135 Guam 164 ..d .. .. 314 .. Guyana 772 990 121 196 39 38 Haiti 8,592 390 16 17 10 .. Iceland 290 38,620 660 1,000 586 451 Iraq 25,261 ..e 28 44 1 8 Isle of Man 77 ..d .. .. .. .. Kiribati 98 970 47 6 21 11 Korea, Democratic People's Republic of 22,745 ..b 43 0 .. .. Liberia 3,449 110 2 15 1 .. Libya 5,674 4,450 135 18 29 24 Liechtenstein 34 ..d .. .. .. .. Luxembourg 450 56,230 805 1,222 460 598 Macao, China 449 ..d 387 963 270 210 Maldives 300 2,510 105 378 97 100 Malta 401 12,250 511 744 302 254 Marshall Islands 60 2,370 78 10 25 57 Mayotte 172 ..c .. 302 .. .. Micronesia, Federated States of 127 1,990 .. 14 49 .. Monaco 33 ..d 1,015 457 485 .. Netherlands Antilles 222 ..d .. .. .. .. New Caledonia 229 ..d 236 363 267 .. Northern Mariana Islands 77 ..c .. .. .. .. Palau 20 6,870 .. .. 204 .. Puerto Rico 3,929 ..d 316 465 175 .. Qatar 637 ..d 296 769 202 180 Information and Communications for Development 2006 295 GNI per capita, Telephone main Mobile Internet users Personal Population Atlas method lines (per 1,000 subscribers (per (per 1,000 computers (per (thousands) (current US$) people) 1,000 people) people) 1,000 people) 2004 2004 2002­4a 2002­4a 2002­4a 2002­4a Samoa 179 1,860 67 15 23 7 San Marino 28 ..d 739 604 517 .. São Tomé and Principe 161 370 44 31 95 .. Seychelles 85 8,090 264 652 213 158 Solomon Islands 471 550 14 3 5 41 Somalia 9,938 ..b 11 4 3 .. St. Kitts and Nevis 47 7,600 503 107 214 193 St. Lucia 164 4,310 309 826 .. 151 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 108 3,650 250 91 64 128 Suriname 443 2,250 182 384 57 .. Timor-Leste 925 550 2 27 2 .. Tonga 102 1,830 111 33 29 20 Vanuatu 215 1,340 31 37 36 15 Virgin Islands (U.S.) 113 ..d .. .. 272 .. Notes: Figures in italics are for years other than those specified. .. indicates data are not available. GNI = gross national income; ICT = information and communication technology. a. Data are the latest year available in the period shown. b. Estimated to be low income ($825 or less). c. Estimated to be upper-middle income ($3,256­$10,066). d. Estimated to be high income ($10,066 or more). e. Estimated to be lower-middle income ($826­$3,255). Sources: ITU and World Bank. Produced by the Global Information and Communication Technologies Department and the Development Economics Data Group. For complete information, see Definitions and Data Sources. 296 Information and Communications for Development 2006 Definitions and Data Sources T his section provides definitions of the indicators mid-year population. GNI is the sum of value added by all used in the World Bank ICT At-a-Glance country resident producers plus any product taxes (less subsidies) not tables. It also indicates the source of the data used. included in the valuation of output plus net receipts of pri- mary income (compensation of employees and property Economic and Social Context income) from abroad. GNI, calculated in national currency, is usually converted to U.S. dollars at official exchange rates for Total population is mid-year estimates based on the de facto comparisons across economies, although an alternative rate is definition of population, which counts all residents regard- used when the official exchange rate is judged to diverge by an less of legal status or citizenship--except for refugees not exceptionally large margin from the rate actually applied in permanently settled in the country of asylum, who are gen- international transactions. To smooth fluctuations in prices erally considered part of the population of their country of and exchange rates, a special Atlas method of conversion is origin. (World Bank) used by the World Bank. This applies a conversion factor that Urban population is the share of the total population living averages the country's exchange rates for a given year and the in areas defined as urban in each country. (United Nations) two preceding years, adjusted for the difference between the rate of inflation in the country and that in Japan, the United Poverty is the percentage of the population living on less Kingdom, the United States, and the euro zone. (World Bank) than $1.08 a day at 1993 international prices. As a result of revisions in PPP (purchasing power parity) exchange rates, GDP growth is the average annual growth rate of gross poverty rates cannot be compared with poverty rates report- domestic product at market prices based on constant ed previously for individual countries. Data are from nation- local currency. Aggregates are based on constant 2000 U.S. ally representative primary household surveys conducted by dollars. GDP is the sum of gross value added by all resident national statistical offices or by private agencies under the producers in the economy plus any product taxes and minus supervision of government or international agencies and any subsidies not included in the value of the products. It is obtained from government statistical offices and World calculated without making deductions for depreciation of Bank Group country departments. (World Bank) fabricated assets or for depletion and degradation of natural GNI per capita is the gross national income, converted to U.S. resources. (World Bank, Organisation for Economic Co- dollars using the World Bank Atlas method, divided by the operation and Development, United Nations) 297 Adult literacy rate is the percentage of people ages 15 and telephone network, per 1,000 people. (International above who can, with understanding, read and write a short, Telecommunication Union, World Bank) simple statement about their everyday life. (United Nations International voice traffic is derived from the sum of Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization international incoming and outgoing telephone traffic (in [UNESCO] Institute for Statistics) minutes) divided by total population. (International Primary, secondary, tertiary school enrollment is the Telecommunication Union, World Bank) combined number of students enrolled in primary, Mobile subscribers is the number of subscribers to a public secondary, and tertiary levels of education, regardless of age, mobile telephone service using cellular technology, per 1,000 as a percentage of the population of official school age for people. (International Telecommunication Union, World the three levels. (United Nations Development Programme) Bank) ICT Sector Structure Population covered by mobile telephony measures the percentage of people who are within range of a mobile Separate telecommunications regulator refers to whether a cellular signal regardless of whether they are subscribers. separate telecommunications regulator exists. (International (International Telecommunication Union, World Bank) Telecommunication Union) Internet users is the number of persons with access to the Status of main fixed-line operator shows the status of the worldwide computer network, per 1,000 people. In some incumbent fixed-line operator. Public refers to a fully state- countries, surveys are carried out to measure Internet usage. owned operator, private refers to a fully private operator, These surveys show penetration as a percentage of a target and mixed refers to a partially private operator. (Interna- age group that varies between countries. Therefore, this tional Telecommunication Union) indicator divides the number of Internet users in the target- Level of competition: international long distance refers to ed age group by the total population. In countries where the level of competition for international long distance there are no regular surveys, data are estimated based on the telephone calls (M = monopoly, P = partial, C = full compe- number of subscribers. Therefore, the data are not strictly tition). (International Telecommunication Union) comparable. (International Telecommunication Union, Level of competition: mobile refers to the level of competi- World Bank) tion for digital cellular mobile services (M = monopoly, Personal computers is the number of self-contained P = partial, C = full competition). (International Telecom- computers designed to be used by a single individual, per munication Union) 1,000 people. (International Telecommunication Union, Level of competition: Internet service provider refers to World Bank) the level of competition for retail Internet access service Households with a television is the percentage of house- (M = monopoly, P = partial, C = full competition). (Inter- holds with a television set. Note that some countries national Telecommunication Union) report only the number of households with a color televi- Government prioritization of ICT is based on replies to sion set and therefore the true figure may be higher than the following question: "Information and communi- reported. (International Telecommunication Union, cation technologies (ICT) are an overall priority for the World Bank) government" (1 = strongly disagree, 7 = strongly agree). (World Economic Forum) Quality Telephone faults is the number of reported telephone ICT Sector Performance faults per year per 100 telephone main lines. (International Access Telecommunication Union, World Bank) Telephone main lines is the number of telephone lines Broadband subscribers is the total number of broadband connecting a customer's equipment to the public switched subscribers (that is, Digital Subscriber Line [DSL], cable 298 Information and Communications for Development 2006 modem, and other high-speed technologies), per 1,000 people. Institutional efficiency and sustainability Because data are from national sources that have different def- Total telecommunication revenue is the amount of rev- initions of broadband, the data are not strictly comparable. enues from the provision of telecommunications services (International Telecommunication Union, World Bank) such as fixed, mobile, and data divided by GDP. (Interna- International Internet bandwidth is the international tional Telecommunication Union, World Bank) Internet bandwidth (that is, contracted capacity of interna- Total telephone subscribers per employee is the total num- tional connections between countries for transmitting Inter- ber of telephone subscribers (fixed plus mobile) divided by net traffic) divided by the population. (International total telecommunications employees. (International Telecommunication Union, World Bank) Telecommunication Union, World Bank) Total telecom investment is the total telecommunications Affordability investment (capital expenditure) as a percentage of telecom- Price basket for fixed line is calculated based on a portion munications revenue. (International Telecommunication of the installation charge (one-fifth), monthly subscription Union, World Bank) charge and cost of local calls (15 peak and 15 off-peak calls of three minutes each). Data are compiled in the national ICT Applications currency and converted to U.S. dollars using the annual ICT expenditure includes hardware (computers, storage average exchange rate. (International Telecommunication devices, printers, and other peripherals); software (operat- Union, World Bank) ing systems, programming tools, utilities, applications, and Price basket for mobile is calculated based on the pre-paid internal software development); services (information price for 25 calls per month spread over same mobile technology consulting, computer and network systems inte- network, other mobile networks, and mobile to fixed calls gration, Web hosting, data processing services, and other and during peak, off-peak, and weekend times. The basket services); and communications services (voice and data also includes the price of 30 text messages per month. Data communications services) and wired and wireless commu- are compiled in the national currency and converted to U.S. nications equipment. (Global Insight, Inc., published by dollars using the annual average exchange rate. (World World Information Technology and Services Alliance) Bank) E-government readiness index is based on a five-stage Price basket for Internet is calculated based on the cheap- model, ascending in nature, and building upon the previous est available tariff for accessing the Internet 20 hours a level of sophistication of a government's online presence. month (10 hours peak and 10 hours off-peak). The basket These stages are Emerging, Enhanced, Interactive, Transac- does not include the telephone line rental but does include tional, and Networked. Countries are scored on the basis of telephone usage charges if applicable. Data are compiled in whether they provide specific products and services (1 = the national currency and converted to U.S. dollars using best). (United Nations Department of Economic and Social the annual average exchange rate. (International Telecom- Affairs, United Nations Online Network in Public Adminis- munication Union) tration and Finance) Secure Internet servers is the number of servers using Price of call to United States is the cost of a three- encryption technology for Internet transactions, per 1 mil- minute, peak rate, fixed-line call from the country to the lion people. (Netcraft, http:// www.netcraft.com/) United States. Data are compiled in the national currency and converted to U.S. dollars using the annual average Schools connected to the Internet is the percentage of exchange rate. (International Telecommunication Union, primary and secondary schools in the country that have World Bank) access to the Internet. (World Bank) Definitions and Data Sources 299 Contributors Aref Adamali is a management consultant with the On The Competition Policy and Regulation team in the World Frontier (OTF) Group. He is currently working in Bank's Development Economics Research Group. His work Afghanistan on the National Innovation and Competitive- has focused on privatization, competition, and regulation of ness Project, developing growth strategies across a range of infrastructure and on firm surveys. He was a core member of sectors from carpets to finance. Prior to joining OTF, he the team working on the World Development Report 2005. worked at the World Bank's Global Information and His research has been published in several books and aca- Communication Technologies Department (GICT) and demic journals including the Journal of Law and Economics, with BearingPoint's nonprofit consulting practice. He has a the Journal of Public Economics, and the Journal of Develop- master's degree from Columbia University's School of Inter- ment Economics. He has a PhD in economics from the national and Public Affairs. University of Rochester. David A. Cieslikowski is a senior economist with the Devel- John Oliver Coffey is a consultant on a private sector devel- opment Economics Data Group of the World Bank. He has opment project in Manaus, Brazil. With the GICT Policy Divi- been the team coordinator of the Bank's flagship statistical sion, he conducted research and analysis on the national ICT publication, World Development Indicators (WDI), and is the strategies of 40 countries. The findings of this study informed team's specialist on data related to the private sector, the Analysis of National E-Strategies report. He also con- governance, transport, ICT, and science and technology. He tributed to the E-Strategies Monitoring and Evaluation Toolkit developed, along with a Data Group colleague, the original and studied e-government strategy implementations and the ICT At-a-Glance table, and he collaborates with Bank staff lessons to be learned from failed e-government initiatives. He on ICT-related statistical issues and the global Partnership has recently worked as an economist studying remittances and on Measuring ICT for Development. He has an MA in labor migration between Mexico and the United States, and as International Relations from the University of Southern an investment analyst for a private equity investment firm in California. the Serbian telecommunications sector. He received a master's degree in international affairs from Columbia University's George R. Clarke is a senior economist working for the School of International and Public Affairs. Regional Program on Enterprise Development (RPED) in the Africa Private Sector Group at the World Bank. Before Pierre Guislain is the manager of the World Bank GICT joining the RPED team in 2005, he was a member of the Policy Division, where he is in charge of the Bank's ICT, 301 telecommunications and postal sector strategy, projects and Nations in New York, head of Strategic Planning, and later analytical portfolio. Prior to taking this position, he was chief of the SME Trade Competitiveness Unit of UNCTAD/ based in Brussels, where he managed a joint program SITE. He was the main drafter, team leader, and editor of between the World Bank and the European Commission on Building Confidence: Electronic Commerce and Development, Private Participation in Mediterranean Infrastructure. He published in January 2000. In 2003 and in 2004, he co- has also worked in the West Africa Projects Department, the authored the Global Information Technology Report Legal Department, the Asia Technical Department, and the (INSEAD, The World Economic Forum, infoDev). He holds Private Sector Advisory Services Department at the World an MBA from Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales Bank. He has written and edited numerous publications on (HEC) in Paris and a PhD in economics from the Universi- ICT, infrastructure sector reform, and privatization. He ty of Paris I (La Sorbonne). holds an MPA in economics and public policy from Princeton University and a graduate law degree from the Michael Minges is a senior market analyst at Telecommuni- University of Louvain. cations Management Group, Inc. (TMG), a telecommunica- tions consulting firm. Before joining TMG, he worked as Naomi Halewood is a consultant with the GICT Policy head of the Market, Economics and Finance Unit, Telecom- Division of the World Bank. She is currently working on a munication Development Bureau at the International number of ICT projects in the East Asia and Pacific region Telecommunication Union (ITU), where his functions and is part of the Monitoring & Evaluation (M&E) team, for included the analysis of telecommunications trends in devel- which she performs data analysis and research. Prior to oping nations, market studies of countries and regions, and joining GICT, she worked in the Development Economics regulatory and policy advice. While at the ITU, he launched Data Group of the World Bank and for the Center for Inter- the World Telecommunication Development Report, a national Political Economy in New York. She has an MBA principal industry publication, and designed the Digital and an MA in international development from American Access Index, for measuring ICT progress. He also worked at University. the International Monetary Fund as an information technol- ogy specialist. He has an MBA from George Washington Kaoru Kimura is a consultant and team member of the University. Monitoring & Evaluation (M&E) team in the GICT Policy Division at the World Bank. Her work includes ICT data William Prince is an information officer in the Develop- collection and analysis. Prior to joining GICT, Kaoru was at ment Economics Data Group of the World Bank, where he is Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation (NTT) responsible for production and content management of Japan, where she worked on marketing, business consulting, electronic data products, including the online and CD-ROM and designing communication systems for multinational versions of World Development Indicators and Global Devel- corporate clients. She has a master's degree in international opment Finance. He also provides overall data quality development studies from the National Graduate Institute management and specialized data support for the Data for Policy Studies (GRIPS) in Japan. Group's clients. Prior to joining the Bank, he was a statistical consultant for British Telecom. He has an MBA in Decision Bruno Lanvin is an adviser on e-strategies with the World Analysis from Arizona State University. Bank, based in Geneva (Switzerland). From June 2001 to December 2003, he was the manager of the Information for Christine Zhen-Wei Qiang is a senior economist in the Development Program (infoDev). From 2000 to 2001, he GICT Policy Division of the World Bank Group. Her main was executive secretary of the Group of Eight (G-8) Digital responsibilities include ICT policy and economics analysis as Opportunity Task Force, and before that, he was head of well as the design and management of ICT projects in Asia. Electronic Commerce in the United Nations Conference on She has published over 10 journal articles and book chapters Trade and Development (UNCTAD) in Geneva. He has on ICT for development, economic growth, and productivi- occupied various senior positions in the UN system, includ- ty. She holds a PhD in economics and an MSE in computer ing chief of cabinet of the director general of the United science and engineering from the Johns Hopkins University. 302 Contributors Zaid Safdar is a consultant in the GICT Policy Division of information. He holds a PhD in economics from the State the World Bank. He specializes in economic, policy, and University of New York at Buffalo. strategy aspects of telecommunications and ICT and has worked in the sector for seven years. Prior to joining the Björn Wellenius is an independent consultant on telecom- World Bank, he was a project manager at Lucent Technolo- munications policy, regulation, and economics, with experi- gies Bell Laboratories. He did product and business develop- ence in about 40 developing countries and transition ment for broadband, wireless, and Voice-over-IP segments economies. He advises the World Bank Group, law and of North American and East Asian markets. He has also consulting firms in Europe and North America, and govern- worked in the Foreign Policy Department of the Brookings ments and regulatory authorities. Until 1999 he was an Institution. Zaid has an MA in international economics adviser on telecommunications with the World Bank. His from the Johns Hopkins University Paul H. Nitze School of publications include five books on telecommunications and Advanced International Studies and an MS in engineering economic development as well as best practice notes and from the University of Pennsylvania. technical papers on universal service, rural infrastructure financing, competition policy, spectrum management, and Eric Swanson is program manager in the Development sector reform. Before joining the World Bank, he was profes- Economics Data Group, where he leads a team responsible sor of telecommunications at Universidad de Chile. He has a for producing the World Development Indicators and PhD in physical sciences (telecommunications) from the monitoring the Millennium Development Goals. He works University of Essex, England, and a degree in electronics and extensively with the UN and its specialized agencies to telecommunications engineering from Universidad de coordinate the compilation and dissemination of statistical Chile. Contributors 303 Notes Notes Notes Notes Notes Notes Notes I nformation and communication technology (ICT) is rapidly evolving, changing rich and poor societies alike. It has become a powerful tool for participating in the global economy and for offer- ing new opportunities for development efforts. Mobile phones provide market links for urban entrepreneurs and rural farming communities. The Internet delivers indispensable knowledge to schools and hospitals. Computers improve public and private services and increase economic pro- ductivity and political participation. ICT can and should advance economic growth and reduce poverty in developing countries. It has been 20 years since the first telephone operator was priva- tized, a little over 10 since the World Wide Web emerged, and 5 since the telecommunications bubble burst. How have the ICT sector and its role in development evolved? What have we learned? How can we move forward? Information and Communications for Development 2006: Global Trends and Policies contains lessons from both developed and developing countries. It examines the roles of the public and private sec- tors, identifying the challenges and the benefits of adopting and expanding ICT use. The report first assesses topics essential to building an information society, including investment, access, diffusion, and country policies and strategies. It then introduces the new World Bank ICT At-a-Glance tables for 144 economies, which show the most recent national data on key indicators of ICT development. The tables enable assessments and comparisons both over time and across economies, so they help gauge ICT capacity, performance, and progress. Assessing what has worked, what hasn't, and why, this report is an invaluable guide for understand- ing how to capture the benefits of ICT around the world. I nformation and Communications for Development 2006 is a highly comprehensive, eye-opening study of the role ICT can play in development today. The report presents new, revealing data and insights on current trends, and the application of ICT in areas such as governance, education, and business. It presents a thoughtful, realistic discussion on the outlook for networked technolo- gies in the global development agenda. In addition, the report offers fresh perspectives on how ICT can be used for poverty alleviation and for promoting long-term growth. The report is essential reading for policy makers, government workers, and academics pursuing the goal of equitable, sus- tainable development across the world. --N. R. Narayana Murthy, Chairman and Chief Mentor, Infosys Technologies Ltd. ISBN 0-8213-6346-8